Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2004

Registration No. 333-120614


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware   6794, 3861, 3663, 7819   90-0199783

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

(415) 558-0200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


N. W. (Bill) Jasper, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

(415) 558-0200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Please send copies of all communications to:

Larry W. Sonsini, Esq.

Thomas C. DeFilipps, Esq.

Herbert P. Fockler, Esq.

Mark B. Baudler, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

(650) 493-9300

  

Mark S. Anderson, Esq.

Phyllis T. Solomon, Esq.

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

(415) 558-0200

  

Paul C. Pringle, Esq.

Eric S. Haueter, Esq.

Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP

555 California Street

San Francisco, CA 94104-1715

(415) 772-1200


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.   ¨

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Prospectus (Subject to Completion)

Issued December 30, 2004

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 


 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc. is offering                      shares of its Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders are offering                      shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 


 

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock.

 


 

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DLB.”

 


 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 7.

 


 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 


 

     Price to Public

  

Underwriting

Discounts and

Commissions


  

Proceeds to

Dolby

Laboratories


  

Proceeds to

Selling

Stockholders


Per Share

   $                $                $                $            

Total

   $                    $                    $                    $                

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on             , 2005.

 


 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

    JPMORGAN    

 

ADAMS HARKNESS   WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY

 

                    , 2005


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   7

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

   29

Use of Proceeds

   30

Dividend Policy

   30

Capitalization

   31

Dilution

   32

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   33

Pro Forma Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

   35

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   38
     Page

Business

   62

Management

   89

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   102

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   104

Description of Capital Stock

   106

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   110

Underwriters

   112

Legal Matters

   115

Experts

   115

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   115

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 


 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Until                     , 2005 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our financial statements and the related notes, elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors.”

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers products and technologies that make the entertainment experience more realistic and immersive in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories nearly 40 years ago, we have been at the forefront of developing sound technologies that enhance the entertainment experience. Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technologies for both professionals and consumers. Our technologies are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to faithfully recreate the original audio experience and enable digital audio and surround sound in applications such as movie soundtracks, DVDs, television, satellite and cable broadcasts, video games and personal computers. Our technologies have been adopted as standards throughout the entertainment industry. For example, virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using our technologies, and virtually all DVD players incorporate our technologies. We believe that the Dolby brand is recognized globally for quality sound technologies. In fiscal 2004, our total revenue was $289.0 million and our net income was $34.6 million, or $0.40 per share. On a pro forma basis, in fiscal 2004 our net income was $57.3 million, or $0.67 per share. See “Pro Forma Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations Data—Pro Forma Presentation,” for a detailed explanation of our pro forma statements of operations data included in this prospectus.

 

Our products, services and technologies are used throughout the entertainment chain—from content creation, such as movie studios; to distribution for large-scale playback, such as movie theatres; to repackaging and distribution for consumer media, such as DVDs; to consumer playback, such as DVD players and home theatre systems. We have built strong, long-lasting relationships with industry professionals at every link in the entertainment chain. The following graphic illustrates our participation in this entertainment chain with respect to content for movies:

 

 

LOGO

 

On the professional side, we sell products and provide production services to filmmakers, cinema operators, broadcasters, music producers and video game designers. Our products and production services are used by

 

1


Table of Contents

artists and content creators to help them record and reproduce the sound they envision. For large-scale playback in theatres, cinema operators use our products to play back to audiences rich, realistic soundtracks the way the filmmakers intended. Television, satellite and cable broadcasters use our encoders and decoders to transmit audio encoded with our technologies throughout the broadcast infrastructure and into consumers’ homes. When entertainment content is produced for playback on consumer media, DVD producers use our professional encoders to capture the source audio on DVDs. Our professional products are distributed in over 50 countries and we have sold over 73,000 cinema processors worldwide. Our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVD titles and hundreds of video game titles worldwide. We manufacture our professional products in our Brisbane, California and Wootton Bassett, England manufacturing facilities, where our manufacturing techniques and rigorous test procedures help ensure our products meet customer requirements. In fiscal 2004, professional products and production services revenue represented 27% of our total revenue.

 

On the consumer side, we license our sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers to incorporate into a wide range of consumer products such as DVD players, home theatre systems, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems. In addition, we license our technologies to software developers who implement our technologies for use in personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us to receive a royalty for every product shipped incorporating our technologies. Our technologies are incorporated in products sold by approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers and software developers located in nearly 30 countries. Over 1.6 billion consumer electronics products sold worldwide have incorporated our licensed technologies, including over 500 million consumer electronics products since the beginning of fiscal 2002. Our Dolby Digital technologies alone have been incorporated in over 240 million DVD players and over 50 million audio/video receivers and set-top boxes. In fiscal 2004, licensing revenue represented 73% of our total revenue.

 

In recent years, we have expanded our business beyond sound to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment, such as technologies that process digital moving images or protect content from piracy, as well as products and services to facilitate the cinema industry’s change from 35 mm film projection to digital cinema, an all digital medium for the distribution and exhibition of movies.

 

Key Dolby Strengths

 

Our ability to develop and deliver innovative technologies for both professional and consumer applications is founded on the following key strengths:

 

  ·   Our culture and history of innovation;

 

  ·   Our longstanding relationships with industry participants throughout the entertainment chain;

 

  ·   The repeated adoption of our technologies as industry standards;

 

  ·   Our global leadership in the market for surround sound technologies;

 

  ·   Our neutral position among competing industry participants or groups;

 

  ·   The global strength of the Dolby brand; and

 

  ·   Our experienced management team and highly skilled employee base.

 

Our Strategy

 

Key elements of our strategy include:

 

  ·   Encouraging the continued expansion of the markets for surround sound;

 

2


Table of Contents
  ·   Continuing to develop new technologies for the needs of industry professionals;

 

  ·   Developing system solutions for digital cinema;

 

  ·   Developing technologies for the entertainment industry beyond sound;

 

  ·   Continuing to promote the adoption of our technologies as industry standards; and

 

  ·   Building upon the strength of the Dolby brand.

 

Industry

 

The global entertainment industry is in the midst of a transition from analog to digital technologies. New digital media formats and products, such as DVD players and recorders, HDTV, digital cable and personal computer-based video, music and game systems, have led to enhanced consumer entertainment experiences in their homes, cars and elsewhere. Sales of digital-based consumer electronics products have increased significantly in recent years. For example, according to independent market research firm International Data Corporation, or IDC, worldwide DVD player shipments increased from approximately 13.5 million in 2000 to approximately 89.9 million in 2003, a compound annual growth rate of approximately 88%. IDC expects worldwide DVD player shipments to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2003 through 2008. In addition, the growing installed base of home theatre systems with surround sound capabilities enables television broadcasters to offer programming with digital audio comparable in quality to that of DVDs. Governments worldwide are driving digital broadcasting by mandating that broadcasters transition to digital transmission, including in the United States, where all local terrestrial, or over-the-air, television stations are supposed to broadcast with a digital signal. Personal computers have also played an important role in driving the adoption of digital technology, especially for multi-media applications.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were founded in London, England in 1965 and incorporated as a New York corporation in 1967. We reincorporated in California in 1976 and reincorporated in Delaware in September 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103, and our telephone number is (415) 558-0200. Our web site address is www.dolby.com. The information on our web site is not part of this prospectus.

 

Dolby, Dolby Digital, Dolby Headphone, Dolby SR, Dolby Surround, EQ Assist, MLP, Surround EX and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories in the United States and other countries. This prospectus also includes other registered and unregistered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories and trademarks of other persons.

 

3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of Class A common stock offered:

         

By us

                        shares     

By the selling stockholders

                        shares     

Total

                        shares     

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering:

         

Class A

                        shares     

Class B

                        shares     

Total

                        shares     

Use of proceeds

   General corporate purposes, including working capital, and possible acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Proposed NYSE symbol

   DLB     

 

The shares of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering will represent     % of the total shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

 

The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding at September 24, 2004, and excludes:

 

  ·   12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at September 24, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share;

 

  ·   780,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 24, 2004, at an exercise price of $6.28 per share; and

 

  ·   6,000,000 shares of Class A common stock available for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  ·   A five-for-one split of our common stock that will occur prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   That all currently outstanding shares of our common stock are converted into shares of Class B common stock prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

  ·   That the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option to purchase                      additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

 

4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables summarize consolidated financial data regarding our business and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented include the 52-week periods ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004, respectively. Ray Dolby, our founder, will contribute to us prior to the completion of this offering all of the rights he holds in intellectual property related to our business, which he currently licenses to us in exchange for royalty payments. Upon the completion of this asset contribution, all of our licensing arrangements with, and related royalty obligations to, Ray Dolby will terminate. The following summary pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data give effect to the asset contribution to be made by Ray Dolby, as well as the effects of a previous change in certain licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby in June 2002, as though such transactions had been completed prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002. There will be no material change to our balance sheet as a result of the asset contribution. See “Pro Forma Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations Data—Pro Forma Presentation.”

 

    Actual

    Pro Forma

 
    Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


    Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Licensing

  $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395     $ 113,361     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

    41,377       44,403       57,981       41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

    13,851       15,147       19,665       13,851       15,147       19,665  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    161,868       217,472       289,041       168,589       217,472       289,041  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                                               

Cost of licensing

    25,063       40,001       53,838       8,685       14,875       20,070  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    26,694       26,684       30,096       24,281       24,190       27,007  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    5,960       6,958       7,643       5,960       6,958       7,643  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    57,717       73,643       91,577       38,926       46,023       54,720  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    104,151       143,829       197,464       129,663       171,449       234,321  

Operating expenses:

                                               

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    64,269       76,590       113,477       70,297       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004, actual and pro forma)(1)

    15,128       18,262       23,884       15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

    24,205             (2,000 )     24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

          1,310       1,738             1,310       1,738  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    103,602       96,162       137,099       109,630       96,162       137,099  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    549       47,667       60,365       20,033       75,287       97,222  

Other income (expenses), net

    (747 )     (57 )     229       (747 )     (57 )     229  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    (198 )     47,610       60,594       19,286       75,230       97,451  

Provision for income taxes

    11       16,079       25,039       7,884       26,714       39,267  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before controlling interest

    (209 )     31,531       35,555       11,402       48,516       58,184  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

    104       (562 )     (929 )     104       (562 )     (929 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

  $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626     $ 11,506     $ 47,954     $ 57,255  
   


 


 


 


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40     $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.67  

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36     $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.59  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income (loss) per share

    85,008       85,009       85,556       85,008       85,009       85,556  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share

    85,008       85,983       96,525       85,010       85,983       96,525  

 

5


Table of Contents

(1) Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

 

    Actual and Pro Forma

    Fiscal Year Ended
September 24, 2004


Cost of product sales

  $ 157

Cost of production services

    55

Selling, general and administrative

    12,711

Research and development

    1,215
   

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 14,138
   

 

The consolidated balance sheet data table below presents a summary of our balance sheet as of September 24, 2004, on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the receipt of net proceeds from the sale of              shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”

 

     As of September 24, 2004

     Actual

   As Adjusted

     (in thousands)

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 78,711    $             

Working capital

     82,450       

Total assets

     261,897       

Total debt

     14,870       

Total stockholders’ equity

     145,374       

 

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks and you may lose all or part of your investment as a result. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand, and if we do not maintain and strengthen our brand, our business will be materially harmed.

 

Maintaining and strengthening the “Dolby” brand is critical to maintaining and expanding both our products and services business and our technology licensing business, as well as to our ability to enter new markets for our sound and other technologies. Our continued success is due, in part, to our reputation for providing high quality products, services and technologies across a wide range of entertainment industries, including the consumer electronics product industry. If we fail to promote and maintain the Dolby brand successfully on either the professional products and production services or the licensing sides of our business, our overall business and prospects will suffer. Moreover, we believe that the likelihood that our technologies will be adopted as an industry standard in various markets and for various applications depends, in part, upon the strength of our brand, because professional organizations and industry participants are more likely to accept as an industry standard technologies developed by a well-respected and well-known brand. Maintaining and strengthening our brand will depend heavily on our ability to continue to develop innovative technologies for the entertainment industry and to continue to provide high quality products and services, which we may not do successfully. Moreover, because we engage in relatively little direct brand advertising, the promotion of our brand depends upon entertainment industry participants displaying our trademarks on their products that incorporate our technologies, such as film prints and consumer electronics products. Although we do not require our customers to place our brand on their products, we actively encourage them to do so. For example, we rely on consumer electronics product manufacturers that license our technologies to display our trademarks on their products in order to promote our brand. If our customers choose for any reason not to display our trademarks, our ability to maintain or increase our brand awareness may be harmed, which would have an adverse effect on our business and prospects. In addition, if we fail to maintain high quality standards for our professional products, or if we fail to maintain high quality standards for the products that incorporate our technologies through the quality-control certification process that we require of our licensees, the strength of our brand could be adversely affected.

 

We are dependent on the sale by our licensees of consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies, and a reduction in those sales would adversely affect our licensing revenue.

 

We derive most of our revenue from the licensing of our technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers. We derived 66%, 73% and 73% of our total revenue from our technology licensing business in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We do not manufacture consumer electronics products ourselves and are dependent for our licensing revenue on the sale by our licensees of consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies. We cannot control these manufacturers’ product development or commercialization efforts or predict their success. In addition, our license agreements, which typically require manufacturers of consumer electronics products and software developers to pay us a specified royalty for every consumer electronics product shipped that incorporates our technologies, do not require these manufacturers to include our technologies in any specific number or percentage of units, and only a few of these agreements guarantee us a minimum aggregate licensing fee. Accordingly, if our licensees sell fewer products incorporating our technologies, or otherwise face significant economic difficulties, our revenue will decline. Moreover, we have a widespread presence in certain markets for consumer electronics products, such as the markets for DVD players, audio/video receivers and other home theatre consumer electronics products, and, as a result, there is little room for us to further penetrate such markets. Lower sales of products incorporating our technologies could occur for a number of reasons. Changes in consumer tastes or trends, or changes in industry standards, may adversely affect

 

7


Table of Contents

our licensing revenue. Demand for new consumer electronics products could also be adversely affected by increasing market saturation, durability of products in the marketplace, new competing products and alternate consumer entertainment options. In addition, our licensees, for whatever reason, may not choose to or may not be able to incorporate our future technologies into their products.

 

We do not expect sales of DVD players to continue to grow as quickly as they have in the past. To the extent that sales of DVD players and home theatre systems level off or decline, or alternative technologies in which we do not participate replace DVDs as a dominant medium for consumer video entertainment, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected.

 

Growth in our revenue over the past several years has been the result, in large part, of the rapid growth in sales of DVD players and home theatre systems incorporating our technologies. However, as the markets for DVD players mature, we do not expect sales of DVD players to continue to grow as quickly as they have in the past. To the extent that sales of DVD players and home theatre systems level off or decline, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected. In addition, if new technologies are developed for use with DVDs or new technologies are developed that substantially compete with or replace DVDs as a dominant medium for consumer video entertainment, and if we are unable to develop and successfully market technologies that are incorporated into or compatible with such new technologies, our revenue will be adversely affected.

 

If we fail to develop and deliver innovative technologies in response to changes in the entertainment industry, our business could decline.

 

The markets for our professional products and the markets for consumer electronics products utilizing our licensed technologies are characterized by rapid change and technological evolution. We will need to expend considerable resources on research and development in the future in order to continue to design and deliver enduring, innovative entertainment products and technologies. Despite our efforts, we may not be able to develop and effectively market new products, technologies and services that adequately or competitively address the needs of the changing marketplace. In addition, we may not correctly identify new or changing market trends at an early enough stage to capitalize on market opportunities. At times such changes can be dramatic, such as the shift from VHS tapes to DVDs for consumer playback of movies in homes and elsewhere. Our future success depends to a great extent on our ability to develop and deliver innovative technologies that are widely adopted in response to changes in the entertainment industry and that are compatible with the technologies or products introduced by other entertainment industry participants.

 

If our products and technologies fail to be adopted as industry standards, our business prospects could be limited and our operating results could be adversely affected.

 

The entertainment industry depends upon industry standards to ensure the compatibility of its content across a wide variety of entertainment systems and products. Accordingly, we expend significant efforts to ensure that our products and technologies have the necessary capabilities and are of sufficient quality and acceptable cost such that they either meet, or, more importantly, are adopted as, industry standards across the broad range of entertainment industry markets in which we participate, as well as the markets in which we hope to compete in the future, including digital cinema. To have our products and technologies adopted as industry standards, we must convince a broad spectrum of professional organizations throughout the world, as well as our major customers and licensees who are members of such organizations, to adopt them as such and to ensure that other industry standards are consistent with our products and technologies. If our technologies are not adopted or do not remain as industry standards, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. We expect that meeting, maintaining and establishing industry standard technologies will continue to be critical to our business in the future. For example, we expect that the development of the market for digital cinema will be based upon industry standards. In addition, the market for broadcast technologies has traditionally been heavily based upon industry standards, often set by governments or other regulatory bodies, and we expect this to continue to be the case in the future. If our technologies are not chosen as industry standards for broadcasting in a geographic area, this could adversely affect our ability to compete in these markets.

 

8


Table of Contents

It may be more difficult for us, in the future, to have our technologies adopted as individual industry standards to the extent that entertainment industry participants collaborate on the development of industry standard technologies.

 

Increasingly, standards-setting organizations are adopting or establishing technology standards for use in a wide-range of consumer electronics products. As a result, it is more difficult for individual companies to have their technologies adopted wholesale as an informal industry standard. We call this type of standard a “de facto” industry standard, meaning that the standard is not explicitly mandated by any industry standards-setting body but is nonetheless widely adopted. In addition, increasingly there are a large number of companies, including ones that typically compete against one another, involved in the development of new technologies for use in consumer entertainment products. As a result, these companies often license their collective intellectual property rights as a group, making it more difficult for any single company to have its technologies adopted widely as a de facto industry standard or to have its technologies adopted as an exclusive, explicit industry standard for consumer electronic products.

 

Even if our technologies are adopted as an industry standard for a particular market, market participants may not widely adopt our technologies.

 

Even when our technologies are mandated for a particular market by a standards-setting body, which we call an “explicit” industry standard, our technologies may not be the sole technologies adopted for that market as an industry standard. Accordingly, our operating results depend upon participants in that market choosing to adopt our technologies instead of competitive technologies that also may be acceptable under such standard. For example, the continued growth of our revenue from the broadcast market will depend upon both the continued adoption of digital television generally and the choice to use our technologies where it is an optional industry standard.

 

The licensing of patents constitutes a significant source of our revenue. If we are unable to replace expiring patents with new patents or proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.

 

We hold patents covering much of the technology that we license to consumer electronics product manufacturers, and our licensing revenue is tied in large part to the life of those patents. Our right to receive royalties related to our patents terminates with the expiration of the last patent covering the relevant technologies. However, many of our licensees choose to continue to pay royalties for continued use of our trademarks and know-how even after the licensed patents have expired, although at a reduced royalty rate. Accordingly, to the extent that we do not continue to replace licensing revenue from technologies covered by expiring patents with licensing revenue based on new patents and proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.

 

The 775 patents we currently hold are scheduled to expire at various times through April 2023. Of these, ten patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2005, 66 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, and 44 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007. We derive our licensing revenue principally from our Dolby Digital technologies. Patents relating to our Dolby Digital technologies expire between 2008 and 2017, and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies, an extension of Dolby Digital, expire between 2019 and 2020.

 

We have limited or no patent protection for our technologies in certain developing countries such as China and India, which could limit our ability to grow our business in these markets.

 

We have relatively few or no issued patents in certain countries, including China and India. For example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies. In India, we have no issued patents. As such, growing our licensing revenue in developing countries such as China and India will depend on our ability to obtain patent rights in these counties for existing and new technologies, which is uncertain. However, because of the limitations of the legal systems in many of these countries, the effectiveness of patents obtained or that may in the future be obtained, if any, is likewise uncertain.

 

9


Table of Contents

We are, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property rights claims, which are costly to defend, could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.

 

Companies in the technology and entertainment industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have faced such claims in the past, we currently face such claims and we expect to face similar claims in the future. For example, Lucent has asserted that we infringe certain patents held by them, prompting us to file a complaint for declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity of such Lucent patents. These patents generally involve a process and means for encoding and decoding audio signals. Lucent contends that products incorporating our AC-3 technology infringe those patents. A determination against us in the Lucent litigation could materially impact our technology licensing business, which may seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management resources and attention. For example, in the past we have settled claims relating to infringement allegations and agreed to make payments in connection with such settlements. An adverse determination could require that we pay damages or stop using technologies found to be in violation of a third party’s rights and could prevent us from offering our products and services to others. In order to avoid these restrictions, we may have to seek a license for the technology. This license may not be available on reasonable terms, could require us to pay significant royalties and may significantly increase our operating expenses. The technologies also may not be available for license to us at all. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technologies, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for the infringing aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our product and service offerings and may be unable to compete effectively. In addition, at times in the past, we have chosen to defend our licensees from third-party intellectual property infringement claims even where such defense was not contractually required, and we may choose to take on such defense in the future. Any of these results could harm our brand, our operating results and our financial condition.

 

Third parties from whom we license technologies may challenge our calculation of the royalties we owe them for inclusion of their technologies in our products and licensed technologies, which could adversely affect our operating results, business and prospects.

 

In some cases, primarily in connection with the licensing of our Dolby Digital technologies, the products we sell and the technologies we license to our customers include intellectual property that we have licensed from third parties. Our agreements with these third parties generally require us to pay them royalties for that use, and give the third parties the right to audit the calculation of those royalties. As a result of such an audit, a third party could challenge the accuracy of the Company’s calculation. A successful challenge could increase the amount of royalties we have to pay to the third party, decrease our gross margin and adversely affect our operating results. Such a challenge could also impair our ability to continue to use and re-license intellectual property from that third party, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

Our relationships with entertainment industry participants are particularly important to our professional products and production services and our technology licensing businesses, and if we fail to maintain such relationships our business could be materially harmed.

 

If we fail to maintain and expand our relationships with a broad range of participants throughout the entertainment chain, including motion picture studios, broadcasters, video game designers, music producers and manufacturers of consumer electronics products, our business and prospects could be materially harmed. Relationships have historically played an important role in the entertainment industries that we serve, both on the professional and consumer sides of our business. For example, our products and services business is particularly dependent upon our relationships with the major motion picture studios and broadcasters, and our technology licensing business is particularly dependent upon our relationships with consumer electronics product manufacturers, software developers and integrated circuit, or IC, manufacturers. If we fail to maintain and

 

10


Table of Contents

strengthen these relationships, these entertainment industry participants may be more likely not to purchase and use our products, services and technologies, which could materially harm our business and prospects. In addition to directly providing substantially all of our revenue, these relationships are also critical to our ability to have our technologies adopted as industry standards. Moreover, if we fail to maintain our relationships, or if we are not able to develop relationships in new markets in which we intend to compete in the future, including markets for new technologies and expanding geographic markets such as China and India, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if major industry participants form strategic relationships that exclude us, whether on the professional products and production services side or the licensing side of our business, our business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

We rely on our licensees to accurately prepare royalty reports in determining our licensing revenue, and if these reports are inaccurate, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our licensing revenue is generated primarily from consumer electronics product manufacturers and software developers who license our technologies and incorporate them in their products. Under our existing arrangements, these licensees typically pay us a specified royalty for every consumer electronics product they ship that incorporates our technologies. We rely on our licensees to accurately report the number of units shipped that incorporate our technologies. We calculate our license fees, prepare our financial reports, projections and budgets, and direct our sales and product development efforts based on these reports we receive from our licensees. However, it is often difficult for us to independently determine whether or not our licensees are reporting shipments accurately. This is especially true with respect to software incorporating our technologies because software can be copied relatively easily and we oftentimes do not have easy ways to determine how many copies have been made. Most of our license agreements permit us to audit our licensees’ records, but audits are generally expensive and time consuming and initiating audits could harm our customer relationships. To the extent that our licensees understate or fail to report the number of products incorporating our technologies that they ship, we will not collect and recognize revenue to which we are entitled, which would adversely affect our operating results.

 

Our operating results may fluctuate depending upon when we receive royalty reports from our licensees.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate depending upon when we receive royalty reports from our licensees. We recognize license revenue only after we receive royalty reports from our licensees regarding the shipment of their products that incorporate our technologies. As a result, the timing of our revenue is dependent upon the timing of our receipt of those reports. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. Furthermore, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our operating results.

 

Our licensing revenue depends in large part upon semiconductor manufacturers incorporating our technologies into integrated circuits, or ICs, for sale to our consumer electronics product licensees and if, for any reason, our technologies are not incorporated in these ICs or fewer ICs are sold that incorporate our technologies, our operating results would be adversely affected.

 

Our licensing revenue from consumer electronics product manufacturers depends in large part upon the availability of integrated circuits, or ICs, that implement our technologies. IC manufacturers incorporate our technologies into these ICs, which are then incorporated in consumer electronics products. We do not manufacture these ICs, but rather depend on IC manufacturers to develop, produce and then sell them to licensed consumer electronics product manufacturers. We cannot control the IC manufacturers’ decision whether or not to incorporate our technologies into their ICs, and we cannot control their product development or

 

11


Table of Contents

commercialization efforts nor predict their success. As a result, if these IC manufacturers are unable or unwilling, for any reason, to implement our technologies into their ICs, or if, for any reason, they sell fewer ICs incorporating our technologies, our operating results will be adversely affected.

 

Our future success depends, in part, upon the growth of new markets for surround sound technologies and our ability to develop and adapt our technologies for those new markets. If such markets fail to grow or we are unable to develop successful products for them, our business prospects could be limited.

 

We expect that future growth of our licensing revenue will depend, in part, upon the growth of, and our successful participation in, new markets for surround sound technologies, including:

 

  ·   Digital broadcasting;

 

  ·   HDTV;

 

  ·   Broadband Internet;

 

  ·   Home DVD recording;

 

  ·   DVD-Audio;

 

  ·   Video games;

 

  ·   Personal audio and video players, including Internet music applications; and

 

  ·   In-car entertainment systems.

 

The development of these markets depends on increased consumer demand for surround sound products, which may not occur. Any failure of such markets to develop or consumer demand to grow would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. For example, only a small number of automobile manufacturers currently offer in-car entertainment systems incorporating our surround sound technologies, and those that do typically limit those systems only to certain models. Additional manufacturers may not offer surround sound entertainment systems, and, even if they do, the car models on which surround sound may be offered are likely to be, at least initially, limited to the high end of these manufacturers’ lines. Similarly, whether our revenue from digital broadcast networks and broadband Internet services increases depends upon the expansion of digital broadcast technologies and broadband Internet as a medium of entertainment, which may not occur. In addition, even when our technologies are adopted as industry standards for a particular market, such market may not be fully developed. In such case, our success depends not only on whether our technology is adopted as an industry standard for such market, but also on the development of that market, which may not occur. Demand for our technologies in any of these developing markets may not continue to grow, and a sufficiently broad base of consumers and professionals may not adopt or continue to use these technologies. In addition, our ability to generate revenue from these markets may be limited to the extent that service providers in these markets choose to provide certain technologies and entertainment for little or no cost, such as many of the services provided in connection with broadband Internet services. Moreover, some of these markets are ones in which we have not previously participated and, because of our limited experience, we may not be able to adequately adapt our business and our technologies to the needs of customers in these fields.

 

If the sale of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies does not grow in emerging markets, our ability to increase our licensing revenue may be limited.

 

We also expect that growth in our licensing revenue will depend, in part, upon the growth of sales of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies in other countries, including China and India, as consumers in these markets have more disposable income and are increasingly purchasing entertainment products with surround sound capabilities. However, if our licensing revenue from the use of our technologies in these new markets or geographic areas does not expand, our prospects could be adversely affected.

 

12


Table of Contents

We face significant competition in various markets, and if we are unable to compete successfully, our business will suffer.

 

The markets for entertainment industry technologies are highly competitive, and we face competitive threats and pricing pressure in all of these industries. Our competitors on the professional side of our business include Avica, Digital Theater Systems, EVS, GDC, Kodak, Microsoft, NEC, Panastereo, Sony and UltraStereo. Competitors on the consumer side of our business include Coding Technologies, Digital Theater Systems, Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits, Microsoft, Philips, RealNetworks, Sony, SRS Labs and Thomson. In addition, other companies may become competitors in the future. The quality of sound produced by some of our competitors’ technologies may be perceived by some people as equivalent or superior to that produced by ours. In addition, some of our current and/or future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, or may have more experience or advantages in the markets in which they compete. For example, Microsoft and RealNetworks may have an advantage over us in the market for Internet technologies because of their greater experience and presence in that market. In addition, some of our current or potential competitors, such as Microsoft and RealNetworks, may be able to offer integrated system solutions in certain markets for sound or non-sound entertainment technologies, including audio, video and rights management technologies related to personal computers or the Internet, which could make competing technologies that we develop unnecessary. By offering an integrated system solution, these potential competitors also may be able to offer competing technologies at lower prices that our technologies, which could adversely affect our operating results. Further, many of the consumer electronics products that include our sound technology also include sound technologies developed by our competitors. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our technologies and our existing products and services and introduce new high-quality products and services to meet the wide variety of such competitive pressures. Our business will suffer if we fail to do so successfully.

 

Some of our customers are also our current or potential competitors, and if those customers were to choose to utilize their competing technologies rather than ours, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

 

We face competitive risks in situations where our customers are also current or potential competitors. For example, Sony is a significant licensee customer and is a significant purchaser of our professional products and production services, but Sony is also a competitor with respect to certain of our professional and consumer technologies. Sony’s plan to acquire Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, which is also a significant purchaser of our professional products and production services, is expected to increase this potential competitive risk. In addition, Universal, which is a purchaser of our professional products and production services, also has had an ownership interest in Digital Theater Systems, one of our competitors. To the extent that our customers choose to utilize competing technologies they have developed or in which they have an interest, rather than utilizing our technologies, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Pricing pressures on the consumer electronics product manufacturers who incorporate our technologies into their products could limit the licensing fees we charge for our technologies, which could adversely affect our revenues.

 

The markets for the consumer electronics products in which our technologies are incorporated are intensely competitive and price sensitive. Retail prices for consumer electronics products that include our sound technology, such as DVD players and home theatre systems, have decreased significantly, and we expect prices to continue to decrease for the foreseeable future. In response, manufacturers have sought to reduce their product costs, which can result in downward pressure on the licensing fees we charge our customers who incorporate our technologies into the consumer electronics products that they sell. A decline in the licensing fees we charge could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

 

13


Table of Contents

Surround sound technologies could be treated as a commodity in the future, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects.

 

We believe that the success we have had licensing our surround sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers is due, in part, to the strength of our brand and the perception that our technologies provide a high-quality solution for surround sound. However, as applications that incorporate surround sound technologies become increasingly prevalent, we expect more competitors to enter this field with other solutions. Furthermore, to the extent that competitors’ solutions are perceived, accurately or not, to provide the same advantages as our technologies, at a lower or comparable price, there is a risk that sound encoding technology such as ours will be treated as a commodity, resulting in loss of status of our technologies, decline in their use, and significant pricing pressure. To the extent that our audio technologies become a commodity, rather than a premium solution, our business, operating results and prospects could be adversely affected.

 

We face risks with respect to conducting business in China due to China’s historically limited recognition and enforcement of intellectual property and contractual rights.

 

The percentage of our licensing revenue from Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers grew from 11% in fiscal 2002 to 16% in fiscal 2004. We expect this trend to continue in the future, as consumer electronics product manufacturing in China continues to increase due to the lower manufacturing cost structure there as compared to other industrial countries. We also expect that our sales of professional products and production services in China will expand in the future to the extent that the use of digital surround sound technologies increases in China, including in movies, broadcast television and video games. We further expect that the sale of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies will increase in China to the extent that Chinese consumers become more affluent. However, we face many risks in China, in large part due to China’s historically limited recognition and enforcement of intellectual property and contractual rights. In particular, we have many times experienced, and expect to continue to experience, problems with Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies or incorporating our technologies and trademarks into their products without our authorization and without paying us any licensing fees, which adversely affects our operating results. We may also experience difficulties in enforcing our intellectual property rights in China, where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Japan and Europe. In addition, we have only limited patent protection in China, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies, which may make it more difficult for us to enforce our intellectual property rights in China. We believe that it is critical that we strengthen existing relationships and develop new relationships with entertainment industry participants in China to increase our ability to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights in China without relying solely on the Chinese legal system. If we are unable to develop, maintain and strengthen these relationships, our revenue from China could be adversely affected. However, developing, maintaining and strengthening relationships in China is especially difficult because of the multiple Chinese cultures and resulting fragmented nature of the Chinese economy. As a result, we must develop, maintain and strengthen relationships at each step of the entertainment chain in many different regions of China in order to successfully enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights in China.

 

We face diverse risks in our international business, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We are dependent on international sales for a substantial amount of our total revenue. For fiscal years ended 2002, 2003 and 2004, our sales outside the United States were 64%, 60% and 59%, respectively, of our professional products and production services revenue, and royalties from licensees outside the United States were 76%, 80% and 80%, respectively, of our licensing revenue. We expect that international and export sales will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. This future revenue will depend to a large extent on the continued use and expansion of our technologies in entertainment industries worldwide. Increased worldwide use of our technologies is also an important factor in our future growth.

 

14


Table of Contents

Due to our reliance on sales to customers outside the United States, we are subject to the risks of conducting business internationally, including:

 

  ·   Our ability to enforce our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the United States, Japan and European countries, which increases the risk of unauthorized, and uncompensated, use of our technology;

 

  ·   United States and foreign government trade restrictions, including those which may impose restrictions on importation of programming, technology or components to or from the United States;

 

  ·   Foreign government taxes, regulations and permit requirements, including foreign taxes that we may not be able to offset against taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting our ability to repatriate funds to the United States;

 

  ·   Foreign labor laws, regulations and restrictions;

 

  ·   Changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 

  ·   Difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  ·   Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, including risks related to any interest rate swap or other hedging activities we undertake;

 

  ·   Political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism; and

 

  ·   The strength of international economies.

 

A loss of one or more of our key customers or licensees in any of our markets could adversely affect our operating results.

 

From time to time, one or a small number of our customers or licensees may represent a significant percentage of our professional or licensing revenue. Although we have agreements with many of these customers, these agreements typically do not require any minimum purchases or minimum royalty fees and do not prohibit customers from purchasing products and services from competitors. A decision by any of our major customers or licensees not to use our technologies, or their failure or inability to pay amounts owed to us in a timely manner, or at all, whether due to strategic redirections or adverse changes in their businesses or for other reasons, could have a significant effect on our operating results.

 

Our licensing of industry standard technologies can be subject to limitations that could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

When our technologies are adopted as explicit industry standards by a standards-setting body, we generally must agree to license such technologies on a fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory basis, which could limit our control over the use of these technologies. In these situations, we must often limit the royalty rates we charge for these technologies, which could adversely affect our gross margins. Furthermore, we may be unable to limit to whom we license such technologies, and may be unable to restrict many terms of the license. From time to time we may be subject to claims that our licenses of our industry standard technologies may not conform to the requirements of the standards-setting body. Private parties have raised this type of issue with us in the past. Allegations such as these could be asserted in private actions seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief, or in regulatory actions. Claimants in such cases could seek to restrict or change our licensing practices or our ability to license our technologies in ways that could injure our reputation and otherwise materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects.

 

Licensing some of our technologies in “patent pools” is a relatively new business model for us, and we may face many challenges in conducting this business.

 

In fiscal 2002, we began licensing some of our patents through our wholly-owned subsidiary Via Licensing Corporation in “patent pools” with other companies in an effort to ensure that our technologies are compatible

 

15


Table of Contents

with other technologies in the entertainment industry and to promote our technologies as industry standards. These patent pools are comprised of a group of patents held by a number of companies, including us in some cases, and administered by Via Licensing, that allow product manufacturers streamlined access to certain foundational technologies. This is a different business model for us and we cannot predict all of the challenges we may face or whether we will be successful. For instance, Via Licensing licenses patents into areas such as wireless markets in which we have not competed previously. As a result, our control over the license of our technologies from these patent pools may be limited as compared to our traditional business model in which we license our patents as bundles of technologies and interact directly with our customers. In addition, our control over the application and quality control of our technologies that are included in these pools may be limited.

 

Our ability to develop proprietary technology in markets in which “open standards” are adopted may be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.

 

Standards-setting bodies, such as those for digital cinema technologies, may require the use of so-called “open standards,” meaning that the technologies necessary to meet those standards are freely available without the payment of a licensing fee or royalty. The use of open standards may reduce our opportunity to generate revenue, as open standards technologies are based upon non-proprietary technology platforms, in which no one company maintains ownership over the dominant technologies.

 

Events and conditions in the motion picture industry may affect sales of our professional products and production services.

 

Sales of our professional products and production services tend to fluctuate based on the underlying trends in the motion picture industry. In part, this is because our products have been so widely adopted in this industry. When box office receipts for the motion picture industry increase, we have typically seen sales of our professional products increase as well, as cinema owners are more likely to build new theatres and upgrade existing theatres with our more advanced cinema products when they are doing well financially. On the other hand, our production services revenue, both in the United States and internationally, is tied to the number of films being made by studios and independent filmmakers. The number of films that are produced can be affected by a number of factors, including strikes and work stoppages within the motion picture industry, as well as by the tax incentive arrangements that many foreign governments provide filmmakers to promote local filmmaking.

 

We may be unable to significantly expand our current professional product sales in the cinema industry because our professional products are already used by the vast majority of major cinema operators and major motion picture studios in the United States and much of the rest of the world. If the cinema industry does not expand, or if it contracts, the demand for our professional products will be adversely affected.

 

Our ability to further penetrate the market for motion picture sound technologies is limited because of the widespread use of our current professional products by major motion picture content creators, distributors and cinema operators. As a result, our future revenue from our professional products for the cinema industry will depend, in part, upon events and conditions in that industry—specifically, the continued production and distribution of motion pictures, and the construction of new theatres and the renovation of existing theatres, using our products and services. For example, in the late 1990s cinema operators in the United States built a large number of new cinema megaplexes. This initially resulted in increased sales of our cinema processors, but also resulted in an oversupply of screens in some markets. This oversupply led to significant declines in new theatre construction in the United States in the early 2000s, resulting in a corresponding decline in sales of our cinema processors. As a result, future growth in sales of our existing cinema products may be limited, and may decrease in the future, as the number of new cinemas being built and the number of existing cinemas without our products continues to decline.

 

The piracy of motion pictures could adversely affect the motion picture industry and therefore our operating results.

 

The construction of new screens and the renovation of existing theatres, as well as the continued production of new motion pictures, are also adversely impacted by the growth in piracy of motion pictures. Technological

 

16


Table of Contents

advances and the conversion of motion pictures into digital formats have made it easier to create, transmit and “share” high-quality unauthorized copies of motion pictures, including on pirated DVDs and on the Internet. If cinema operators decide to close a significant number of screens in the future or cut their capital spending as a result of piracy, demand for our playback systems and cinema processors will decline, which could negatively impact our operating results.

 

If the market for digital cinema does not develop, our future prospects could be limited and our business could be adversely affected.

 

Digital cinema is a term used to describe movies that are delivered to and stored in movie theatres in electronic form rather than on film, and that are projected on theatre screens using digital projectors. The cinema industry is in the early stages of the adoption of digital cinema for the distribution and exhibition of movies. We are committed to helping the motion picture industry develop system solutions for digital cinema; this is our major initiative in our products and services segment. However, the conversion of movie theatres from film to digital cinema will be a significant expense, and we cannot predict how quickly digital cinema will become widely adopted, if at all. There are at present only a very limited number of movie theatres that have been converted to digital cinema and we expect that the conversion of theatres to digital cinema technologies, if it occurs, will be a long-term process due to both technological and financial obstacles. Digital cinema may require a significant investment per screen by cinema operators. If the market for digital cinema fails to develop, or develops more slowly than expected, or if there is significant and sustained resistance by the motion picture industry or cinema operators to this technology or the cost of implementation, we may not realize significant returns on our investment in this area, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, because the conversion from film-based to digital cinema is in the early stages, it is impossible to predict accurately how the roles and allocation of costs among various industry participants may develop, if or how quickly digital cinema will be adopted and what, if any, industry standards may be adopted. In addition, it is possible that if a large number of cinema owners decide to convert their theatres to digital cinema over a relatively short period of time and our products are selected for these conversions, we may see an initial increase in professional product sales that will not likely be sustained over time.

 

If we are unable to develop successful products in the market for digital cinema, our future prospects could be limited and our business could be adversely affected.

 

Even if the market for digital cinema develops, we may not be successful in selling our products, technologies and services in this market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. Our effort with respect to digital cinema is one of the areas where we are expanding our business beyond sound technology. As a result, our relative lack of experience in this area may harm our ability to compete successfully. A number of competitors and potential competitors, including Avica, EVS, GDC, Kodak, NEC, QuVis and Sony, are developing similar or alternative solutions for digital cinema, some of which may provide technological or cost advantages over our products, technologies and services. In addition, our products, technologies and services may not be compatible with the products and technologies developed by other companies for digital cinema. Moreover, it is possible that we will be selling components or technologies that will be incorporated into products sold by other companies, which would be a departure from our traditional business of manufacturing our own professional products and could limit our ability to control the distribution and use of our professional products. In addition, we are building components of the digital cinema delivery solution that are not solely related to sound and we do not have a long track record of providing these types of products, which may adversely affect our ability to compete in the digital cinema market. In this regard, our competitors may develop entire system solutions for digital cinema, which could make the technologies that we develop for incorporation in digital cinema systems unnecessary. In addition, we expect that our digital cinema products, technologies and services may not be priced as low as those of our competitors, which may make it more difficult for us to compete or have our products and technologies become widely adopted. It is also possible that the professional products used for digital cinema will be sold pursuant to large, long-term contracts at a fixed price, which will be bid upon by potential suppliers. This would be a departure from our traditional model of selling our professional products pursuant to one-time

 

17


Table of Contents

contracts, and could expose us to various risks we have not faced in the past, including an inability to adjust the prices we charge for such services if our costs were to increase. This model also could subject us to potentially higher warranty and intellectual property rights claims.

 

The demand for our current professional products and production services could decline if the film industry broadly adopts digital cinema.

 

If the film industry broadly adopts digital cinema, the demand for our current professional products and production services could decline. Such a decline in our products and services business could also adversely affect our technology licensing business, because the strength of our brand and our ability to use professional developments to advance our consumer licensing technologies would be impaired. If, in such circumstances, we are unable to adapt our professional products and production services or introduce new products for the market for digital cinema successfully, our business could be materially adversely affected.

 

If we are unable to expand our business into non-sound technologies, our future growth could be limited.

 

Our future growth will depend, in part, upon our expansion into areas beyond sound technologies. For example, in addition to our digital cinema initiative, we are exploring other areas that facilitate delivery of digital entertainment, such as technologies for processing digital moving images and content protection. We will need to spend considerable resources on research and development in the future in order to deliver innovative non-sound technologies. However, we have limited experience in these markets and, despite our efforts, we cannot predict whether we will be successful in developing and marketing non-sound products, technologies and services. In addition, many of these markets are relatively new and may not grow as we currently anticipate. Moreover, although we believe that many of the technological advances we may develop for digital cinema may have applicability in other areas, such as broadcasting or consumer electronics products, we may not ever be able to achieve these anticipated benefits in these other markets. A number of competitors and potential competitors may develop non-sound technologies similar to those that we develop, some of which may provide advantages over our products, technologies and services. Some of these competitors have much greater experience and expertise in the non-sound fields we may enter. The non-sound products, technologies and services we expect to market may not achieve or sustain market acceptance, may not meet the needs of the movie industry, and may not be accepted as industry standards. If we are unsuccessful in selling non-sound products, technologies and services, the future growth of our business may be limited. In addition, our efforts to enter or strengthen our positions in non-sound markets may be tied to the success of specific programs. For instance, our subsidiary, Cinea, is currently involved in a program to provide DVD players incorporating technologies intended to prevent the copying of DVDs to members of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences for screening of Oscar nominated motion pictures before these DVDs are released to the general public. However, due to delays in our delivery of these DVD players to Academy members, we have received, and expect that we may continue to receive, negative publicity related to this program. If this program is not successful or there is continued adverse publicity associated with it, our reputation may be harmed and our ability to enter the market for content protection technologies, or markets for other non-sound technologies, could be adversely affected.

 

Fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may adversely affect the value of our stock.

 

A number of factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual revenue and operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting more difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively impact our operations. As discussed more fully below, these fluctuations also could increase the volatility of our stock price. Factors that may cause or contribute to fluctuations in our operating results and revenue include:

 

  ·   Fluctuations in demand for our products and for the consumer electronics products of our licensees;

 

  ·   Fluctuations in the timing of royalty reports we receive from our licensees, including late, sporadic or inaccurate reports;

 

18


Table of Contents
  ·   Sporadic payments we may be able to recover from companies utilizing our technologies without a license;

 

  ·   Introduction or enhancement of products, services and technologies by us and our competitors, and market acceptance of these new or enhanced products, services and technologies;

 

  ·   Rapid, wholesale changes in technology in the entertainment industries in which we compete;

 

  ·   Events and conditions in the motion picture industry that affect the number of theatres constructed and the number of movies produced and exhibited, including box office receipts, the popularity of motion pictures generally and strikes by motion picture industry participants;

 

  ·   The financial resources of cinema operators available to buy our products or to equip their theatres to accommodate upgraded or new technologies;

 

  ·   Consolidation by participants in the markets in which we compete, which could result among other things in pricing pressure;

 

  ·   The amount and timing of our operating costs and capital expenditures, including those related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

  ·   Variations in the time-to-market of our technologies in the entertainment industries in which we operate;

 

  ·   Seasonal product purchasing patterns by customers of our professional products and seasonal product sales patterns by our consumer electronics product licensees;

 

  ·   The impact of, and our ability to react to, political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism;

 

  ·   The impact of, and our ability to react to, interruptions in the entertainment distribution chain, including as a result of work stoppages at our facilities, our customers’ facilities and other points throughout the entertainment distribution chain;

 

  ·   Widespread illnesses such as the SARS illness and Avian Influenza, or Asian Bird Flu, in Asia that could impact our operations, or that could impact the operations of our professional products and production services customers or our consumer electronics product manufacturer licensees—for example, in the past our ability to visit our consumer electronics product manufacturer licensees in Asia was limited by travel restrictions imposed in response to SARS;

 

  ·   Changes in business cycles that affect the markets in which we sell our products and services or the markets for consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies;

 

  ·   Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, or our ability to hedge foreign currency risks through interest rate swaps or other hedging activities we undertake;

 

  ·   Adverse outcomes of litigation or governmental proceedings, including any foreign, federal, state or local tax assessments or audits; and

 

  ·   Costs of litigation and intellectual property protection.

 

One or more of the foregoing or other factors may cause our operating expenses to be disproportionately higher or lower or may cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate significantly in any particular quarterly or annual period. Results from prior periods are thus not necessarily indicative of the results of future periods.

 

The loss of or interruption in operations of one or more of our key suppliers could materially delay or stop the production of our professional products and impair our ability to generate revenue.

 

Our reliance on outside suppliers for some of the key materials and components we use in the manufacture of our professional products involves risks, including limited control over the price, timely delivery and quality

 

19


Table of Contents

of such components. We have no agreements with our suppliers to ensure continued supply of materials and components. Although we have identified alternate suppliers for most of our key materials and components, any required changes in our suppliers could cause material delays in our production operations and increase our production costs. In addition, our suppliers may not be able to meet our future production demands as to volume, quality or timeliness. Moreover, we rely on sole source suppliers for some of the components that we use to manufacture our professional products, including certain charged coupled devices, light emitting diodes and digital signal processors. These sole source suppliers may become unable or unwilling to deliver these components to us at an acceptable cost or at all, which could force us to redesign certain of our products. Our inability to obtain timely delivery of key components of acceptable quality, any significant increases in the prices of components, or the redesign of our professional products could result in material production delays, increased costs and reductions in shipments of our products, any of which could increase our operating costs, harm our customer relationships or materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Revenue from our professional products may suffer if our production processes encounter problems or if we are not able to match our production capacity to fluctuating levels of demand.

 

Our professional products are highly complex, and production difficulties or inefficiencies can interrupt production, resulting in our inability to deliver products on time in a cost effective, competitive manner. If production is interrupted at one of our two manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to shift production to the other facility on a timely basis, and customers may purchase products from our competitors. Likewise, we may be unable to respond to fluctuations in customer demand. A shortage of manufacturing capacity for our professional products could adversely affect our operating results and damage our customer relationships. In addition, because we cannot quickly adapt our manufacturing capacity to rapidly changing market conditions, at times we underutilize our manufacturing facilities as a result of reduced demand for certain of our professional products, which may adversely affect our gross margins.

 

Our professional products, from time to time, experience quality problems that can result in decreased sales and higher operating expenses.

 

Our professional products are complex and sometimes contain undetected software or hardware errors, particularly when first introduced or when new versions are released. In addition, our professional products are sometimes combined with or incorporated into products from other vendors, sometimes making it difficult to identify the source of a problem. These errors could result in a loss of or delay in market acceptance of our professional products or cause delays in delivering them and meeting customer demands, any of which could reduce our revenue and raise significant customer relations issues. In addition, if our professional products contain errors we could be required to replace or reengineer them, which could increase our costs. Moreover, if any such errors cause unintended consequences, we could face claims for product liability. Although we generally attempt to contractually limit liability for defective products to the cost of repairing or replacing these products, if these contract provisions are not enforced or are unenforceable for any reason, or if liabilities arise that are not effectively limited, we could incur substantial costs in defending and settling product liability claims.

 

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management, disposal and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Certain of our products are subject to various federal, state and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. The ultimate costs under environmental laws and the timing of these

 

20


Table of Contents

costs are difficult to predict. We also expect that our operations, whether manufacturing or licensing, will be affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs or decreased revenue, and could require that we redesign or change how we manufacture our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our operating results may be adversely affected as a result of our compliance with the recently adopted European Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive and Restriction on Use of Hazardous Substances Directive.

 

The European Parliament has recently finalized the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE Directive, which makes producers of electrical goods financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. As a producer of electronic equipment, we will incur financial responsibility for the collection, recycling, treatment or disposal of products covered under the WEEE Directive. In addition, the European Parliament has enacted the Restriction on Use of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive, which restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment that are vital components in products we manufacture, including mercury, lead, cadmium and hexavalent chromium. We may need to redesign or reformulate products containing hazardous substances regulated under the RoHS Directive to reduce or eliminate those regulated hazardous substances in our products. For some products, substitutions for regulated hazardous substances may be difficult or costly to obtain or redesign efforts could result in production delays. Individual European member states are required to enact legislation to implement the two directives. Although the United Kingdom has not yet enacted legislation to implement these two directives, we are continuing to review the applicability and impact of both directives on the manufacturing of our professional products in our Wootton Bassett, England facility. We expect to incur increased manufacturing costs or production delays to comply with future legislation which implements these directives, but we cannot currently estimate the extent of such increased costs or production delays. However, to the extent that such cost increases or delays are substantial, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, similar legislation may be enacted in other countries, including federal and state legislation in the United States, the cumulative impact of which could significantly increase our operating costs and adversely affect our operating results.

 

The WEEE Directive and the RoHS Directive likely will impact some customers who license our technology and pay us royalties upon the sale of electronic products. If the directives result in fewer licensed consumer electronics products being sold, whether due to price increases, production delays, compromised product performance due to reformulation or redesign, or for other reasons, then we will receive less revenue in royalties. If the directives materially impair or inhibit such sales, the reduction in licensing revenue could adversely affect our operating results.

 

Any inability to protect our intellectual property rights could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.

 

Our business is dependent upon our patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property rights. We derived 66%, 73% and 73% of our total revenue from licensing revenue in fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Effective intellectual property rights protection, however, may not be available under the laws of every country in which our products and services and those of our licensees are distributed. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. In addition, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. We have taken steps in the past to enforce our intellectual property rights and expect to continue to do so in the future. However, it may not be practicable or cost effective for us to enforce our intellectual property rights fully, particularly in certain developing countries or where the initiation of a claim might harm our business relationships. For example, we have many times experienced, and expect to continue to experience, problems with Chinese consumer electronics

 

21


Table of Contents

product manufacturers incorporating our technologies into their products without our authorization. If we are unable to successfully identify and stop unauthorized use of our intellectual property, we could experience increased operational and enforcement costs both inside and outside China, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We generally seek patent protection for our innovations. It is possible, however, that some of these innovations may not be protectable. In addition, given the costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that later turn out to be important. Moreover, we have limited or no patent protection in certain foreign jurisdictions. For example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies, and in India we have no issued patents. Furthermore, there is always the possibility, despite our efforts, that the scope of the protection gained will be insufficient or that an issued patent may later be found to be invalid or unenforceable. We also seek to maintain certain intellectual property as trade secrets. These trade secrets could be compromised by third parties, or intentionally or accidentally by our employees, which would cause us to lose the competitive advantage resulting from them.

 

It is possible that we may be treated as a personal holding company, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

The Internal Revenue Service may assert that we or any of our subsidiaries are currently, or previously have been, liable for personal holding company tax, plus interest and penalties, if applicable. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Accounting for Income Taxes” for a further explanation of matters relating to personal holding company tax issues. In addition, we and our subsidiaries may be liable for personal holding company tax in the future. The treatment of certain items of our income, and the income of our subsidiaries, for purposes of the personal holding company tax may be subject to challenge. In the event that we or any of our subsidiaries were determined to be a personal holding company, or for prior taxable years, to have been a personal holding company, we or the subsidiary could be liable for additional taxes, and possibly interest and penalties, based on the undistributed income and the tax rate in effect at that time, but only if we or our subsidiary, as the case may be, decides not to fully abate the tax by the payment of a dividend, although such a dividend will not eliminate interest and penalties. In addition, we believe that there exists a meaningful risk that in the relatively near future the mix of our revenue will change so that more of our adjusted ordinary gross income may be classified as personal holding company income. In such event, it is possible that we or one of our subsidiaries could become liable for the personal holding company tax, assuming the ownership test continues to be met. In that case, we or our subsidiary, as the case may be, may be required to pay additional tax, in the event we or the subsidiary decides not to fully abate the tax by the payment of a dividend. We are currently exploring options to reduce our exposure, and the exposure of our subsidiaries, to the personal holding company tax in the future.

 

If we or any of our subsidiaries were to pay personal holding company tax (and possibly interest and penalties), this could significantly increase our consolidated tax expense and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if the statutory tax rate increases in the future, the amount of any personal holding company tax we or any of our subsidiaries may have to pay could increase significantly, further impairing our operating results. In that regard, the statutory tax rate, which is currently 15%, is scheduled to return to ordinary income tax rate levels for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2009. If we are deemed to be a personal holding company and, instead of paying the personal holding company tax, we elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income, we may consume a significant amount of cash resources and be unable to retain or generate working capital. This would adversely affect our financial condition. As a result, if we pay such a dividend, we may decide to seek additional financing, although that financing may not be available to us when and as required on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

Failure to comply with applicable current and future government regulations could have a negative effect on our business.

 

Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government laws and regulations, as well as international laws and regulations, including those relating to consumer and other safety-

 

22


Table of Contents

related compliance for electronic equipment, as well as compulsory license requirements as a prerequisite to being included as part of the industry standards, such as the United States HDTV standard. Any failure by us to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to us or our products could result in our inability to sell those products, additional costs to redesign products to meet such laws and regulations, fines or other administrative actions by the agencies charged with enforcing compliance and, possibly, damages awarded to persons claiming injury as the result of our non-compliance. Changes in or enactment of new statutes, rules or regulations applicable to us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution to our stockholders and other harmful consequences.

 

We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide array of possible strategic transactions and acquisitions. For example, we consider these types of transactions in connection with our efforts to expand our business beyond sound technologies, such as in digital cinema and other technologies related to the delivery of digital entertainment. Although we cannot predict whether or not we will complete any such acquisition or other transactions in the future and have no current plans for any specific strategic transactions or acquisitions, any of these transactions could be material in relation to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of integrating an acquired company, business or technology may create unforeseen difficulties and expenditures. The areas where we may face risks include:

 

  ·   The need to implement or improve internal controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public company at businesses that prior to the acquisition lacked these controls, procedures and policies;

 

  ·   Diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;

 

  ·   Cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired businesses into our organization;

 

  ·   Retaining employees from businesses we acquire;

 

  ·   Possible write-offs or impairment charges resulting from acquisitions;

 

  ·   Unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to acquired businesses; and

 

  ·   The need to integrate acquired businesses’ accounting, management information, manufacturing, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management.

 

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different geographies, cultures and languages, currency risks and risks associated with the particular economic, political and regulatory environment in specific countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of our acquisitions may not materialize. Future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our operating results or financial condition. Future acquisitions may also require us to obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

 

The loss of members of our management team could substantially disrupt our business operations.

 

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued individual and collective contributions of our management team. A limited number of individuals have primary responsibility for managing our business, including our relationships with key customers and licensees. We have a number of key executives and senior technical people who have been with us for a number of years, including over 150 employees who have been with us for over 10 years. These individuals, as well as the rest of our management team and key employees, are at-will employees, and we do not maintain any key-person life insurance policies. Losing the services of any key member of our team, whether from retirement, competing offers or other causes, could prevent us from executing our business strategy, cause us to lose key customer or licensee relationships, or otherwise materially affect our operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire qualified personnel, we may not be able to maintain our operations or grow effectively.

 

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel for all areas of our organization. In this regard, we currently plan to hire a significant number of employees prior to the end of calendar 2005 in response to our growth and our current initiatives and if we are unable to hire and train a sufficient number of qualified employees for any reason, we may not be able to implement our current initiatives or grow effectively. In this regard, we have in the past maintained a rigorous, highly selective and time-consuming hiring process. We believe that our approach to hiring has significantly contributed to our success to date. However, our highly selective hiring process has made it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees, and, as we grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely manner. In addition, we are aware that certain of our competitors have directly targeted our employees. Moreover, the high cost of living in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our corporate headquarters and a significant portion of our operations are located, has been an impediment in attracting new employees and retaining existing employees in the past, and we expect that this high cost of living will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future. Furthermore, for much of our history we have relied upon cash compensation arrangements, such as cash bonuses, rather than option grants, to motivate our employees. In recent years, we have granted options to key employees. Nonetheless, there is no assurance that either of these approaches will provide adequate incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees in the future. If we do not succeed in attracting excellent personnel and retaining and motivating existing personnel, our existing operations may suffer and we may be unable to grow effectively.

 

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork and focus that we believe our culture fosters, and our business may be harmed.

 

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and a focus both on developing and strengthening long-term relationships with entertainment industry participants and on developing practical, enduring technology solutions for the entertainment industry. As we grow and change in response to the requirements of being a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain important aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively affect our future success. We intend to continue to focus on developing technologies for the entertainment industries that provide long-term benefits, and we intend to keep our focus on long-term results.

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could affect our operating results.

 

As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. In addition, our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company, as none of our senior executive officers has significant experience in the public company environment. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage than used to be available. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

 

24


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.

 

We have a complex business organization that is international in scope. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help ensure that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. Both we and our independent auditors will be testing our internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and testing, identify areas for further attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements may seriously affect our stock price.

 

Issues arising from the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could affect our operating results and ability to manage our business effectively.

 

We are currently implementing a PeopleSoft enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system over a three-year period ending in 2007 that is critical to our accounting, financial, operating and manufacturing functions. Implementing a new ERP system raises costs and risks inherent in the conversion to a new computer system, including disruption to our normal accounting procedures and problems achieving accuracy in the conversion of electronic data. Failure to properly or adequately address these issues could result in increased costs, the diversion of management’s attention and resources and could materially adversely affect our operating results and ability to manage our business effectively. In addition, we do not know whether or not the acquisition of PeopleSoft by Oracle will affect the implementation and future use of our ERP system. To the extent that this acquisition delays, complicates or prevents the full implementation, future use or service of our ERP system, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Calamities, power shortages or power interruptions at our San Francisco and Burbank offices or our Brisbane manufacturing facilities could disrupt our business and adversely affect our operations, and could disrupt the businesses of our major professional products and production services customers.

 

Our principal operations are located in Northern California, including our corporate headquarters in San Francisco and one of our manufacturing facilities in Brisbane, California. Many of our motion picture production services operations are located in Burbank, California. In addition, many of our major professional products and production services customers in the motion picture and broadcast industries are located in Burbank and other Southern California locations. All of these locations are in areas of seismic activity near active earthquake faults. Any earthquake, terrorist attack, fire, power shortage or other calamity affecting our facilities or our customers’ facilities may disrupt our business and substantially affect our operations.

 

Accounting for employee stock options using the fair value method could significantly reduce our net income.

 

There has been ongoing public debate whether stock options granted to employees should be treated as a compensation expense and, if so, how to properly value such charges. Currently, we account for options using the

 

25


Table of Contents

intrinsic value method, which, given that we have generally granted employee options with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of grant, results in no compensation expense. If, however, we had used the fair value method of accounting for stock options granted to employees using a Black-Scholes option valuation formula, our net income would have been reduced to $31.9 million, rather than the $34.6 million reported, for the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. If in the future we elect or are required to record expenses for our stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method, we could have on-going accounting charges significantly greater than those we would have recorded under our current method of accounting for stock options, which could have a material adverse affect on our operating results.

 

Holders of our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, are entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. The lower voting power of the Class A common stock may negatively affect the attractiveness of our Class A common stock to investors and, as a result, its market value.

 

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering and which is entitled to one vote per share, and Class B common stock, which is held primarily by Ray Dolby and persons and entities affiliated with Ray Dolby and which is entitled to ten votes per share. Except in certain limited circumstances required by applicable law, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. As of September 24, 2004, 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock are outstanding, and 12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options. Therefore, assuming the exercise of all outstanding options as of September 24, 2004, after completion of this offering approximately     % of the total voting power of our outstanding shares will be held by the Class B common stockholders. Accordingly, our Class B common stockholders constitute, and are expected to continue to constitute, a significant portion of the shares entitled to vote on all matters requiring approval by our stockholders. The difference in the voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock could diminish the market value of our Class A common stock if investors attribute value to the superior voting rights of our Class B common stock and the power those rights confer. There is no threshold or time deadline at which the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

For the foreseeable future, Ray Dolby or his affiliates will be able to control the selection of all members of our board of directors, as well as virtually every other matter that requires stockholder approval, which will severely limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters.

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, Ray Dolby and persons and entities affiliated with Ray Dolby will own approximately         % of our Class B common stock, representing         % of the combined voting power of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. Under our charter, holders of shares of Class B common stock may generally transfer such shares to family members, including spouses and domestic partners, and descendants without having the shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock. Because of this dual class structure, Ray Dolby, his affiliates, and his family members and descendents will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our management and affairs, and will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions such as mergers or other sales of our company or assets, even if they come to own considerably less than 50% of the total number of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. Moreover, these persons may take actions in their own interests that you or our other stockholders do not view as beneficial. There is no threshold or time deadline at which the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock. Assuming conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by persons not affiliated with Ray Dolby, so long as Ray Dolby and his affiliates continue to hold shares of Class B common stock representing approximately 9% or more of the total number of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, they will hold a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A and Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

26


Table of Contents

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We and the representatives of the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock through negotiation. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our Class A common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

  ·   Quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

 

  ·   Our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

  ·   Announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

  ·   The emergence of new markets, such as digital cinema, that may affect our existing business or in which we may not be able to compete effectively;

 

  ·   Whether we are successful in establishing our technologies as part of industry standards in new markets;

 

  ·   Commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

  ·   Changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;

 

  ·   Changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

  ·   Any major change in our board or management;

 

  ·   General economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

  ·   Political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism.

 

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of companies’ stock, including ours, regardless of actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as in effect upon the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

 

  ·   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure. As a result of this structure, Ray Dolby and his affiliates will have control for the foreseeable future over virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that our other stockholders may view as beneficial.

 

  ·   Our board of directors has the sole right to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

 

27


Table of Contents
  ·   After such time as the holders of our Class B common stock hold less than a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, our stockholders may not act by written consent. As a result, a holder or holders controlling a majority of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock at such time would not be able to take certain actions without the convening of a stockholders’ meeting.

 

  ·   Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors. This limits the ability of holders of Class A common stock and minority stockholders to elect director candidates.

 

  ·   Stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover provisions. Under Delaware law, a corporation may, in general, not engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

 

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $              in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share. In addition, following this offering, purchasers in the offering will have contributed         % of the total consideration paid by stockholders to purchase shares of common stock, but will own only         % of the shares then outstanding. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

 

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Class B common stock, in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of September 24, 2004, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                      shares of Class A and Class B common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, an increase of         % from the number of shares outstanding prior to the offering. Of these shares, only the                      shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Our underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

 

We expect that the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, although those lock-up agreements may be extended for up to an additional 35 days under certain circumstances. After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional                      shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,                      of which shares of Class B common stock are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements. In addition,                      shares of Class A or Class B common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.

 

28


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short term and long term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

This prospectus contains statistical data regarding the consumer electronics product industry that we obtained from industry reports generated by Arbitron, the Consumer Electronics Association and International Data Corporation. These reports generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe that the reports are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

29


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $             from our sale of the                      shares of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets and to obtain additional capital. We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds of this offering. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We have no current agreements or commitments with respect to any material acquisitions. Pending such uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds in highly liquid, investment grade securities.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we are deemed to be a personal holding company for tax purposes, we may elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income (which could be significant), rather than paying personal holding company tax on such undistributed personal holding company income, if any. See both “Risk Factors—It is possible that we may be treated as a personal holding company, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Condition—Personal Holding Company Tax Matters.”

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 24, 2004, as follows:

 

  ·   On an actual basis;

 

  ·   On an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance by us of                      shares of Class A common stock in this offering and the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of these shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and pro forma consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 24, 2004

     Actual

     As Adjusted

     (in thousands, except share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 78,711      $             
    


  

Total debt

   $ 14,870      $  

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, one vote per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: no shares issued and outstanding, actual;                      shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

             

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value, ten votes per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: 86,547,910 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                      shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     87         

Additional paid-in capital

     73,942         

Deferred stock-based compensation

     (51,594 )       

Retained earnings

     119,860         

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3,079         
    


  

Total stockholders’ equity

     145,374         
    


  

Total capitalization

   $ 160,244      $             
    


  

 

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

  ·   12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at September 24, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share;

 

  ·   780,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 24, 2004, at an exercise price of $6.28 per share; and

 

  ·   6,000,000 shares of Class A common stock available for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan.

 

If the underwriters were to exercise their over-allotment option in full, our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, Class A common stock, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization as of September 24, 2004 would be $            , $            , $            , $             and $            , respectively.

 

31


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding at September 24, 2004.

 

Our net tangible book value was $116.6 million, computed as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, or $1.35 per share of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding, at September 24, 2004. Assuming the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering at an initial public offering price of $             per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value at September 24, 2004 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to the new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

          $             

Net tangible book value per share of Class A and Class B common stock at September 24, 2004

   $                    

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

             
    

      

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering

             
           

Dilution per share to new investors

          $             
           

 

The following table sets forth on an as adjusted basis, as of September 24, 2004, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing holders of common stock and by the new investors, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased

  Total Consideration

 

Average

Price Per

Share


     Number

   Percent

  Amount

   Percent

 

Existing stockholders

                %   $                         %   $             

New investors

                          
    
  
 

  
     

Total

                %   $                         %      
    
  
 

  
     

 

The discussion and tables above are based on the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding at September 24, 2004. The discussion and tables above exclude the following shares:

 

  ·   12,599,820 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at September 24, 2004, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share;

 

  ·   780,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 24, 2004, at an exercise price of $6.28 per share; and

 

  ·   6,000,000 shares of Class A common stock available for future issuance under our 2005 Stock Plan.

 

To the extent outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

32


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and balance sheet data as of such dates were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2000 and September 28, 2001 and balance sheet data as of such dates were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information contained in those statements. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    September 29,
2000


    September 28,
2001


    September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)                    
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                       

Revenue:

                                       

Licensing

  $ 49,489     $ 73,277     $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

    50,538       39,300       41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

    11,088       12,076       13,851       15,147       19,665  
   


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    111,115       124,653       161,868       217,472       289,041  
   


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                                       

Cost of licensing

    10,520       19,644       25,063       40,001       53,838  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    30,219       25,754       26,694       26,684       30,096  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    4,604       5,044       5,960       6,958       7,643  
   


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    45,343       50,442       57,717       73,643       91,577  
   


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    65,772       74,211       104,151       143,829       197,464  

Operating expenses:

                                       

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    44,714       48,244       64,269       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

    16,744       16,106       15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

                24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

                      1,310       1,738  
   


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    61,458       64,350       103,602       96,162       137,099  
   


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    4,314       9,861       549       47,667       60,365  

Other income (expenses), net

    (356 )     (3,369 )     (747 )     (57 )     229  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    3,958       6,492       (198 )     47,610       60,594  

Provision for income taxes

    621       1,230       11       16,079       25,039  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before controlling interest

    3,337       5,262       (209 )     31,531       35,555  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

    (371 )     389       104       (562 )     (929 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

  $ 2,966     $ 5,651     $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  
   


 


 


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.03     $ 0.07     $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40  

Diluted net income (loss) per common share

  $ 0.03     $ 0.07     $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income (loss) per share

    85,000       85,000       85,008       85,009       85,556  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share

    85,000       85,000       85,008       85,983       96,525  

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                       

Cost of product sales

                                  $ 157  

Cost of production services

                                    55  

Selling, general and administrative

                                    12,711  

Research and development

                                    1,215  
                                   


Total stock-based compensation

                                  $ 14,138  
                                   


 

33


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended

     September 29,
2000


   September 28,
2001


   September 27,
2002


   September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


     (unaudited)    (unaudited)               
     (in thousands)

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,675    $ 22,602    $ 37,394    $ 61,922    $ 78,711

Working capital

     17,918      23,484      35,854      54,213      82,450

Total assets

     115,030      125,635      157,313      202,707      261,897

Total debt

     21,461      19,510      16,775      15,598      14,870

Total stockholders’ equity

     54,508      60,645      61,742      93,775      145,374

 

34


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA

 

Pro Forma Presentation

 

The selected pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data set forth below give effect to the asset contribution to be made by Ray Dolby prior to the completion of this offering, as well as the effects of a previous change in certain licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby in June 2002, as though such transactions had been completed prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002. The pro forma results presented below are not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

Throughout our history, Ray Dolby has retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he created relating to our business. We have licensed these intellectual property rights from him and paid him royalties in return. Prior to June 2002, we also administered the licensing of certain intellectual property rights for Ray Dolby, remitting to him the revenue derived from licensing these rights, net of the related administrative costs we incurred. As a result, prior to June 2002 these revenues were not recorded in our consolidated financial statements, and Ray Dolby’s reimbursement to us of the administrative costs was reported as an offset in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, Ray Dolby will contribute to us all intellectual property rights he holds related to our business, so that we will have full ownership rights in this intellectual property once we are a public company. Upon completion of this asset contribution, all of our licensing arrangements with, and royalty obligations to, Ray Dolby will terminate.

 

The pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations and other pro forma data contained in this prospectus were prepared on the basis that both the June 2002 amendment to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby and his asset contribution occurred prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002. The results of giving effect to the June 2002 amendment as though that amendment had occurred prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002 are a $6.7 million increase in our pro forma licensing revenue, representing the payment to us rather than to Ray Dolby of the royalties described above, and a $6.0 million increase in our selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2002, reflecting the absence of the reimbursement of administrative costs by Ray Dolby described above, in each case as compared to our actual results. In the absence of the asset contribution, the pro forma effect of the June 2002 amendment would also have resulted in an increase in our cost of licensing, representing the royalties we would have paid Ray Dolby under the amended licensing agreements. This increase, however, is not reflected in the pro forma unaudited consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2002 because the pro forma effect of the asset contribution extinguishes all royalty payments to Ray Dolby.

 

The results of giving effect to the asset contribution as though that transaction had occurred prior to the beginning of fiscal 2002 are adjustments to our consolidated results of operations to reverse the effects of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in royalties payable to Ray Dolby that we recorded in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. There will be no material change to our balance sheet as a result of the asset contribution. Because there is no historical accounting cost basis for the assets contributed, we expect to record the transaction at less than $1.0 million, representing acquisition costs (e.g., legal, tax and other professional fees we will incur as a result of the asset contribution).

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table shows the pro forma effects of the transactions described above on the respective line items of our consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 

Increase (decrease):


  

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 
     (in thousands)  

Licensing revenue

   $ 6,721     $     $  

Cost of licensing

     (16,378 )     (25,126 )     (33,768 )

Cost of product sales

     (2,413 )     (2,494 )     (3,089 )

Selling, general and administrative

     6,028              

Provision for income taxes

     7,873       10,635       14,228  

Net income

                  

 

36


Table of Contents

The selected pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                        

Revenue:

                        

Licensing

   $ 113,361     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

     41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

     13,851       15,147       19,665  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     168,589       217,472       289,041  
    


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                        

Cost of licensing

     8,685       14,875       20,070  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     24,281       24,190       27,007  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     5,960       6,958       7,643  
    


 


 


Total cost of revenue

     38,926       46,023       54,720  
    


 


 


Gross margin

     129,663       171,449       234,321  

Operating expenses:

                        

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     70,297       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

     15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

     24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

           1,310       1,738  
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     109,630       96,162       137,099  
    


 


 


Operating income

     20,033       75,287       97,222  

Other income (expenses), net

     (747 )     (57 )     229  
    


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

     19,286       75,230       97,451  

Provision for income taxes

     7,884       26,714       39,267  
    


 


 


Income before controlling interest

     11,402       48,516       58,184  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

     104       (562 )     (929 )
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 11,506     $ 47,954     $ 57,255  
    


 


 


Basic net income per common share

   $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.67  

Diluted net income per common share

   $ 0.14     $ 0.56     $ 0.59  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share

     85,008       85,009       85,556  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share

     85,010       85,983       96,525  

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

               

Cost of product sales

                   $ 157  

Cost of production services

                     55  

Selling, general and administrative

                     12,711  

Research and development

                     1,215  
                    


Total stock-based compensation

                   $ 14,138  
                    


 

37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented herein include the 52-week periods ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004.

 

Overview

 

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that enrich the entertainment experience in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965 to develop noise reduction technologies. Today, we deliver a broad range of sound technologies for use in both professional and consumer applications. In addition, in recent years we have expanded our focus to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment.

 

We conduct our business in two segments: our products and services segment and our technology licensing segment.

 

In our products and services segment, we sell professional products and related production services to filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers, video game designers, cinema operators and DVD producers. These products are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to improve sound quality, provide surround sound and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. Our production services engineers work alongside artists and content producers throughout the world to help them record and reproduce the high quality sound they envision. Our engineers also work with cinema operators to help ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high quality sound in their theatres.

 

In our technology licensing segment, we work with manufacturers of integrated circuits, or ICs, to help them incorporate our technologies into their ICs. These manufacturers then sell ICs to consumer electronics product manufacturers that license our technologies for incorporation in products such as DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems. We also license our technologies to software developers who implement our technologies for use in personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us to receive a royalty for every product that incorporates our technology shipped by our manufacturer and software developer licensees. We do not receive royalties from IC manufacturers.

 

We are a global organization. We sell our professional products and production services in over 50 countries. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenue from sales outside the United States represented 64%, 60% and 59% of our professional products sales and production services revenue, respectively. We have licensed our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products in nearly 30 countries, including countries in North America, Europe and Asia. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenue from licensees outside the United States represented 76%, 80% and 80% of our licensing revenue, respectively. Our licensees distribute consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies throughout the world. Nearly all of our revenue is derived from transactions denominated in United States dollars.

 

Management Discussion Regarding Opportunities, Challenges and Risks

 

Our Technology Licensing Segment

 

Revenue from our technology licensing segment constitutes the majority of our total revenue, representing 66%, 73% and 73% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Our licensing revenue has

 

38


Table of Contents

grown from $49.5 million in fiscal 2000 to $211.4 million in fiscal 2004, principally as a result of the increase in sales of DVD players and in-home theatre systems that incorporate our surround sound technologies. Our licensing revenue is primarily dependent upon our licensees’ sales of DVD players, audio/video receivers and home theatre systems. We anticipate that the DVD player, recordable DVD player and home theatre system markets will continue to grow in fiscal 2005 and 2006. However, we do not expect our licensing revenue growth rates attributable to DVD player sales to remain as high as they have been in recent years, as the markets for DVD players mature. Because our technology is so widely adopted in DVD players, audio/video receivers and other home theatre consumer electronics products, our licensing revenue is subject to fluctuations based on consumer demand for these products. We are continuing to actively promote the incorporation of our surround sound technologies for use in other consumer products such as video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems.

 

We license our sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers throughout the world. Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally book licensing revenue upon receipt of our licensees’ royalty statements. As a result, our recognition of licensing revenue is dependent upon our receipt of royalty reports from our licensees, and our operating results can fluctuate based on the timing of our receipt of those reports. Moreover, our licensees are required to report to us within 30 to 60 days following the end of the quarter in which they ship the product incorporating our technologies, resulting in a time lag between when our licensees ship their products and when they report those shipments to us. Sometimes this time lag can be significant. In the past we have experienced lags of greater than one year. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. Also, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our operating results.

 

We expect that sales of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies in China and India will increase in the future, as consumers in these markets have more disposable income and are increasingly purchasing entertainment products with surround sound capabilities for use in homes, cars and elsewhere, although there can be no assurance that this will in fact occur. The percentage of our revenue derived from licenses to consumer electronics product manufacturers located in China has increased from 11% in fiscal 2002 to 16% in fiscal 2004. We expect that the percentage of our licensing revenue from Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers will increase in fiscal 2005 as a result of the increased percentage of consumer electronics products being produced in China due to the lower manufacturing cost structure there as compared to other industrial countries. Doing business in China involves unique risks that have and will continue to affect our operating results. For example, we have experienced problems in the past with Chinese consumer electronics product manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies, and we expect to continue to experience such problems in the future. In addition, we may experience similar problems in other countries where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Europe and Japan. We actively attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights and also focus on strengthening existing relationships and developing new ones with entertainment industry participants in these countries to increase our ability to enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights without relying solely on the legal systems in such countries. We do not recognize revenue until royalties are reported and are deemed collectible. See “Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition.”

 

We must continue to develop and deliver enduring, innovative entertainment technologies for use in consumer electronics products. As technologies for DVD players and other consumer electronics products with surround sound capabilities evolve, we must continue to design and deliver sound technologies that are sought by manufacturers and consumers alike. In addition, the widespread adoption of alternative formats to DVDs, or our inability to develop sound technology for these new formats successfully, could adversely affect our licensing revenue. We must also continue to strive to have our entertainment technologies adopted either as explicit or de

 

39


Table of Contents

facto industry standards for use in consumer electronics products. Increasingly, standards-setting organizations are adopting or establishing technology standards for use in a wide range of consumer electronics products. As a result, it is more difficult for individual companies to have their technologies adopted wholesale as an informal industry standard. We call this type of standard a “de facto” industry standard, meaning that the standard is not explicitly mandated by any industry standards-setting body but is nonetheless widely adopted. In addition, increasingly there are a large number of companies, including ones that typically compete against one another, involved in the development of new technologies for use in consumer entertainment products. As a result, these companies often end up licensing their collective intellectual property rights as a group, making it more difficult for any single company to have its technologies adopted widely as a de facto industry standard or to have its technologies adopted as an exclusive, explicit industry standard for consumer electronic products. Generally, in order for a technology to be chosen as an industry standard, the royalty rates that can be charged for that technology will be limited, either explicitly or implicitly, because industry standards will be adopted only if they are not excessively costly as compared to other potential alternatives. As a result, the royalty rates we can charge for our technologies that have been adopted as industry standards or that are adopted as industry standards in the future will likely be lower than the royalty rates received for technologies not adopted as industry standards, and our ability to raise these rates will likewise be limited. However, having technologies adopted as explicit industry standards may help increase the volume of products sold that incorporate these technologies. Furthermore, as we continue to expand our focus to include entertainment technologies that are not solely related to sound, such as technologies that process digital moving images and that protect content from piracy, we will be competing with many companies with longer experience and greater expertise in these areas, and there is a risk that we will not be able to develop technology innovations that are widely adopted in these markets.

 

Our licensing revenue is tied in large part to the life of our patents. The 775 patents we currently hold are scheduled to expire at various times through April 2023. Of these, ten patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2005, 66 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, and 44 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007. We derive our licensing revenue principally from our Dolby Digital technologies. Patents relating to our Dolby Digital technologies expire between 2008 and 2017, and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies, an extension of Dolby Digital, expire between 2019 and 2020. Our right to receive royalties related to our patents terminates with the expiration of the last patent covering the relevant technologies. However, many of our licensees choose to continue to pay royalties for continued use of our trademarks and know-how even after the licensed patents have expired, although at a reduced royalty rate. To the extent that we do not continue to replace licensing revenue from technologies covered by expiring patents with licensing revenue based on new patents and proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.

 

Our Products and Services Segment

 

Revenue from our products and services segment represented 34%, 27% and 27% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We remain committed to developing technologies for use by professionals in the entertainment industry. We believe that filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers and video game designers will continue to push for technology solutions to help create, distribute and play back rich, high quality sounds and images. As a result, we believe that major advances in sound, imaging and other technologies for the recording, delivery and playback of entertainment will likely first be introduced in products designed for use by professionals.

 

Sales of our professional products and production services tend to fluctuate based on the underlying trends in the motion picture industry. In part, this is because our products have been so widely adopted in this industry. When box office receipts for the motion picture industry increase, we have typically seen sales of our professional products increase as well, as cinema owners are more likely to build new theatres and upgrade existing theatres with our more advanced cinema products when they are doing well financially. Our professional product sales are also subject to fluctuations based on events and conditions in the theatre industry generally that may or may not be tied to box office receipts in particular periods. For example, in the late 1990s cinema operators in the United States built a large number of new cinema megaplexes. This initially resulted in increased sales of our cinema processors, but also resulted in an oversupply of screens in some markets. This oversupply

 

40


Table of Contents

led to significant declines in new theatre construction in the United States in the early 2000s, resulting in a corresponding decline in sales of our cinema processors. Our production services revenue, both in the United States and internationally, is also tied to the strength of the motion picture production industry and, in particular, to the number of films being made by studios and independent filmmakers. The number of films that are produced can be affected by a number of factors, including strikes and work-stoppages within the motion picture industry as well as by the tax incentive arrangements that many foreign governments provide filmmakers to promote local filmmaking.

 

We are committed to helping the motion picture industry develop system solutions for digital cinema; this is our major initiative in our products and services segment. We believe that our experience and expertise developing and delivering technology solutions for both the motion picture and broadcast industries position us well to deliver technologies for digital cinema. Digital cinema offers the motion picture industry possible means to achieve substantial cost savings in printing and distributing movies, to combat piracy, and to enable movies to be played repeatedly without degradation in image quality. It also provides additional revenue opportunities for cinema operators, as concerts and sporting events already in digital format could be broadcast live via satellite to digitally equipped theatres. However, digital cinema may require a significant investment per screen by cinema operators. If the market for digital cinema develops more slowly than we anticipate, or if our technologies, products and services for this market are not widely adopted, our significant investment in developing digital cinema technology may not yield the returns we anticipate. In addition, if a large number of cinema owners decide to convert their theatres to digital cinema over a relatively short period of time and our products are selected for these conversions, we may see an initial increase in professional product sales that will not likely be sustained over time.

 

In recent years, our products and services segment has grown more slowly than our technology licensing segment. From fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2004, our annual revenue from professional product sales and production services grew at a compound annual growth rate of 19%, compared to a compound annual growth rate of 41% for our licensing revenue over that period. In addition, the profit margin for our products and services segment has been lower than our technology licensing segment. Our gross margin for our products and services segment was 41%, 44% and 51% in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, compared to a gross margin of 76%, 75% and 75% for our technology licensing segment in those periods. On a pro forma basis, our gross margin for our products and services segment was 45%, 48% and 55% in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, compared to a gross margin of 92%, 91% and 91% for our technology licensing segment in those periods.

 

Transition to Being a Public Company

 

Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965, we have been a privately held company and Ray Dolby has owned nearly all of our outstanding capital stock. As a privately held company with a highly concentrated ownership base, we have always run Dolby Laboratories with a view to the long term, consistent with the goals of our founder. We intend to keep our focus on long-term results.

 

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, teamwork and a focus both on developing and strengthening long-term relationships with entertainment industry participants and on developing practical, enduring technology solutions for the entertainment industry. As we grow and change in response to the requirements of being a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain important aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively affect our future success. We intend to continue to focus on developing technologies for entertainment industries that provide long-term benefits.

 

Our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company, as none of our senior executive officers has significant experience in the public company environment. In addition, as part of our transition to being a public company, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase, as we respond to the requirements of being a public company, including increased expenses associated with comprehensively documenting and analyzing our system of internal controls and maintaining our disclosure

 

41


Table of Contents

controls and procedures as a result of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Furthermore, we are converting all of our systems to a new enterprise resource planning platform over a three-year period, and we expect to incur increased general and administrative expenses during this transition.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during a fiscal period. The SEC considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. We have discussed the selection and development of the critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this prospectus. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate and correct, actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operation for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We evaluate revenue recognition for transactions to sell products and services and to license technology, trademarks and know-how using the criteria set forth by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, “Revenue Recognition,” or SAB 104. SAB 104 states that revenue is recognized when each of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Licensing.     Our licensing revenue is primarily derived from royalties paid to us by licensees of our intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks and know-how . Royalties are recorded at their gross amounts and are recognized when all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We make judgments as to whether collectibility can be reasonably assured based on the licensee’s recent payment history or the existence of a standby letter-of-credit between the licensee’s financial institution and our financial institution. In the absence of a favorable collection history or a letter-of-credit, we recognize revenue upon receipt of cash, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Product Sales and Production Services.     Our revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the risk of ownership has transferred to our customer as provided under the terms of the governing purchase agreement, typically the invoice we deliver to the customer, and all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Generally, these purchase agreements provide that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer when the product is shipped. Production services revenue is recognized as the services related to a given project are performed and all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We continually monitor customer payments and maintain a reserve for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. In determining the reserve, we evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based upon a variety of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may

 

42


Table of Contents

impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. For all other customers, we recognize allowances for doubtful accounts based on our actual historical write-off experience in conjunction with the length of time the receivables are past due, customer creditworthiness, geographic risk and the current business environment. Actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates and may have a material effect on our consolidated statements of operations and our financial condition. Our allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $2.1 million at September 24, 2004. An incremental change of 1% in our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of accounts receivable would have a $0.2 million increase or decrease in our operating results.

 

Goodwill

 

In September 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS 142, which, among other things, establishes new standards for goodwill acquired in a business combination, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires the carrying value of goodwill and certain non-amortizing intangibles to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. As required by SFAS 142, we perform an impairment test on recorded goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units to the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of each unit, including goodwill. We determine the fair value of the reporting units principally based upon our board of directors’ determination of the value of Dolby Laboratories as a whole. This value is determined by considering a number of factors, including our historical and projected financial results, third party valuation analyses, risks facing us and the liquidity of our common stock. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting units, including goodwill, were to exceed our estimation of the fair value of the reporting units, we would record an impairment charge in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. Our fiscal 2004 impairment test of goodwill, which was performed in the third fiscal quarter, resulted in no impairment charge. Fluctuations in our fair value, which may result from changes in economic conditions, our results of operations and other factors, relative to the carrying value, could result in impairment charges in future periods. As of the last test for impairment, our estimated fair value would need to have decreased by approximately 65% in order for goodwill impairment to have been recognized.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

 

Generally.     In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and judgments that affect our accounting for income taxes. This process includes estimating actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheets. We also assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent that we believe that recovery is not likely, we have established a valuation allowance.

 

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Our financial position and results of operations may be materially impacted if actual results significantly differ from these estimates or the estimates are adjusted in future periods.

 

Personal Holding Company Tax Matters.     For United States federal income tax purposes, a corporation is generally considered to be a “personal holding company” under the United States Internal Revenue Code if (i) at any time during the last half of its taxable year more than 50% of its stock by value is owned, directly or indirectly, by virtue of the application of certain stock ownership attribution rules set forth in the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of applying the personal holding company rules, by five or fewer individuals and (ii) at least 60% of its adjusted ordinary gross income, as defined for United States federal income tax purposes, is “personal holding company income.” Personal holding company income is generally passive income, including

 

43


Table of Contents

royalty income, subject to certain exceptions such as qualifying software royalties. A personal holding company is subject to an additional tax on its undistributed after-tax income, calculated at the statutory tax rate, which is currently 15%. Since the personal holding company tax is imposed only on undistributed income, a personal holding company can avoid or mitigate liability for the tax, but not interest or penalties, by paying a dividend to its stockholders.

 

Before this offering, more than 50% of the value of our stock was held by Ray Dolby and stockholders considered affiliated with him pursuant to the stock ownership attribution rules applicable to personal holding companies. We expect this will continue to be the case immediately after this offering. In addition, a significant portion of our income is from licensing fees, which may constitute personal holding company income. Currently, however, less than 60% of Dolby Laboratories adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company income. Consequently, given our current sources of revenue, we believe that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is currently liable for personal holding company tax. Moreover, we do not believe that we or any of our subsidiaries have previously been liable for personal holding company tax.

 

However, the Internal Revenue Service may assert that we or one of our subsidiaries are currently, or previously have been, liable for personal holding company tax, plus interest and penalties, if applicable. In addition, we or our subsidiaries may be liable for personal holding company tax in the future. The treatment of certain items of our income, and the income of our subsidiaries, for purposes of the personal holding company tax may be subject to challenge. In the event that we or any of our subsidiaries were determined to be a personal holding company, or, for prior taxable years, to have been a personal holding company, we or the subsidiary could be liable for additional taxes, and possibly interest and penalties, based on the undistributed income and the tax rate in effect at that time, but only if we or the subsidiary, as the case may be, decides not to fully abate the personal holding company tax by the payment of a dividend (although such a dividend will not eliminate interest and penalties). In addition, we believe that there exists a meaningful risk that in the relatively near future the mix of our revenue will change so that more of our adjusted ordinary gross income may be classified as personal holding company income. In such event, it is possible that we or one of our subsidiaries could become liable for the personal holding company tax, assuming the ownership test continues to be met. In that case, we or our subsidiary, as the case may be, may be required to pay additional tax in the event we or our subsidiary decides not to fully abate the tax by the payment of a dividend. We are currently exploring options to reduce our exposure, and that of our subsidiaries, to the personal holding company tax in the future. See “Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Condition—Personal Holding Company Tax Matters.”

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We have granted options to purchase Class B common stock to our employees with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by our board of directors on the date the equity award was granted. Our board of directors determined this value by considering a number of factors, including valuation analyses prepared by an independent valuation firm each year, our historical and projected financial results, the risks we faced at the time, and the liquidity of our common stock. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering and solely for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation, we applied hindsight to reassess the fair value of our common stock for the equity awards granted during fiscal 2004. Our management determined the reassessed values based on a number of factors and methodologies, including an evaluation of our updated historical and projected financial results and a re-evaluation of our fair value based upon more recent valuation analyses.

 

Based upon this reassessment of the fair value of our Class B common stock, we have recorded deferred stock-based compensation to the extent that the reassessed value of our Class B common stock at the date of grant exceeded the exercise price of the equity awards. Reassessed values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. If we had made different assumptions, the amount of our deferred stock-based compensation, stock-based compensation expense, gross margin, net income and net income per share amounts could have been significantly different. We recorded deferred compensation of $58.8 million during fiscal 2004. The deferred

 

44


Table of Contents

stock-based compensation expense is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period of four years. In fiscal 2004, we recognized $7.2 million in stock-based compensation expense related to Class B common stock options granted to employees based upon the reassessed values of the Class B common stock underlying the stock option awards. We also issued shares of fully vested Class B common stock to an executive officer in fiscal 2004. We recorded stock-based compensation expense in connection with the award calculated based on the reassessed value of our Class B common stock at the date the shares were issued, which resulted in $6.9 million expense recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2004.

 

In October 2004, subsequent to our 2004 fiscal year end, we granted additional options to purchase Class B common stock to our employees at exercise prices that were below the reassessed fair value at the date of grant. We expect to record deferred compensation of $7.3 million related to these equity awards, which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting schedule of the awards.

 

The amount of deferred stock-based compensation expected to be recognized in future periods related to the October 2004 awards and awards previously issued to employees is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Expense by Fiscal Year

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to employees

   $ 16,381    $ 16,535    $ 16,535    $ 9,333    $ 153
    

  

  

  

  

 

Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this prospectus describes what the effect would have been had we accounted for stock-based awards under the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

45


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

Fiscal Years Ended September 27, 2002, September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004

 

The following table presents our audited actual and pro forma unaudited operating results as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


    Sep 27,
2002


    Sep 26,
2003


    Sep 24,
2004


 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                    

Revenue:

                                    

Licensing

   66 %   73 %   73 %   67 %   73 %   73 %

Product sales

   25     20     20     25     20     20  

Production services

   9     7     7     8     7     7  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

   100     100     100     100     100     100  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                                    

Cost of licensing

   16     19     19     5     7     7  

Cost of product sales (1)

   16     12     10     14     11     9  

Cost of production services (1)

   4     3     3     4     3     3  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   36     34     32     23     21     19  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

   64     66     68     77     79     81  

Operating expenses:

                                    

Selling, general and administrative (includes 4% in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

   40     35     39     42     35     39  

Research and development (includes 1% in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004) (1)

   9     8     8     9     8     8  

Settlements

   15         (1 )   14         (1 )

In-process research and development

       1     1         1     1  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   64     44     47     65     44     47  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

   0     22     21     12     35     34  

Other income (expenses), net

   0     0     0     0     0     0  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

   0     22     21     12     35     34  

Provision for income taxes

   0     8     9     5     13     14  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before controlling interest

   0     14     12     7     22     20  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

   0     0     0     0     0     0  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   0 %   14 %   12 %   7 %   22 %   20 %
    

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

Cost of product sales

               0 %               0 %

Cost of production services

               0                 0  

Selling, general and administrative

               4                 4  

Research and development

               1                 1  
                

             

Total stock-based compensation

               5 %               5 %
                

             

 

46


Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004

 

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 
     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


    In Dollars

   Percentage

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenue:

                             

Licensing

   $ 157,922     $ 211,395     $ 53,473    34 %

Percentage of total revenue

     73 %     73 %             

Product sales

     44,403       57,981       13,578    31 %

Percentage of total revenue

     20 %     20 %             

Production services

     15,147       19,665       4,518    30 %

Percentage of total revenue

     7 %     7 %             
    


 


 

  

Total revenue

   $ 217,472     $ 289,041     $ 71,569    33 %
    


 


 

  

 

Licensing .    The $53.5 million, or 34%, increase in licensing revenue from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 resulted from increased sales by our licensees of their consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies, principally attributable to the growth in sales of DVD players worldwide. The increase in licensing revenue was primarily attributable to increases in the volume of units shipped by our licensees, and to a lesser extent to increases in our royalty rates, resulting from cost of living license rate increases that are generally provided for in our licensing agreements. Virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital technologies. Aside from the growth in sales of DVD players, the increase in our licensing revenue was also attributable to growth in sales of personal computer software DVD players and, to a lesser extent, home theatre systems, set-top boxes and recordable DVD players. Sales of products such as home-theatre-in-a-box and audio/video receivers that incorporate multiple Dolby technologies also helped increase our licensing revenue, as we typically receive royalties for each of our technologies incorporated into a licensee’s product. We do not expect our licensees’ sales of DVD players, and thus our licensing revenue related to these products, to grow as rapidly in future periods as they have in the past.

 

Product Sales .    The $13.6 million, or 31%, increase in our revenue from product sales from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 was principally attributable to a $10.0 million increase in sales of our cinema products, primarily related to new theatre construction and the decisions by cinema operators to retrofit their existing theatres to include our cinema processors. To a lesser extent, the increase in product sales revenue was also attributable to $2.0 million in sales of sound reinforcement products by one of our consolidated subsidiaries, which was acquired in fiscal 2004 and was therefore not included in prior periods, and a $1.6 million increase in sales of our broadcast products to local television stations, cable networks and European satellite broadcasters. We believe that the growth in sales of our broadcast products to terrestrial, or over-the-air, broadcasters in the United States was principally attributable to their efforts to comply with the requirement of the FCC that such stations broadcast digital signals. We also believe that sales of our broadcast products have increased throughout the world as terrestrial, cable and satellite broadcasters seek to deliver programming that can utilize the capabilities of viewers’ home theatre systems.

 

Production Services .    The $4.5 million, or 30%, increase in production services revenue from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 was primarily attributable to a $3.4 million increase in international service call revenue due to increased production by content providers, further affected by favorable exchange rate fluctuations. Of the $3.4 million increase, $2.0 million related to original foreign films, $0.8 million to foreign language versions of original films, and $0.6 million to commercials and film trailers. Service revenue from acquired companies contributed an additional $0.4 million in fiscal 2004. Additionally, our other service offerings such as print checking and screening services increased $0.4 million in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003, as some of these services related to digital cinema had not previously been offered.

 

47


Table of Contents

Gross Margin

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Gross margin:

                                

Licensing gross margin

   $ 117,921     $ 157,557     $ 143,047     $ 191,325  

Licensing gross margin percentage

     75 %     75 %     91 %     91 %

Product sales gross margin (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

     17,719       27,885       20,213       30,974  

Product sales gross margin percentage

     40 %     48 %     46 %     53 %

Production services gross margin (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

     8,189       12,022       8,189       12,022  

Production services gross margin percentage

     54 %     61 %     54 %     61 %
    


 


 


 


Total gross margin

   $ 143,829     $ 197,464     $ 171,449     $ 234,321  

Total gross margin percentage

     66 %     68 %     79 %     81 %
    


 


 


 


 

Licensing Gross Margin .    We license intellectual property rights that may be internally developed, acquired by us or licensed from other parties. Our cost of licensing consists principally of royalty payments we make to Ray Dolby and to other third parties for the licensing of intellectual property rights that we sublicense as part of our licensing arrangements with our customers. Our cost of licensing also includes amortization expenses associated with purchased intangibles. Our pro forma licensing gross margin for fiscal 2003 and 2004 excludes $25.1 million and $33.8 million, respectively, of expenses we recorded for sublicensing royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby.

 

Product Sales Gross Margin.     Cost of product sales primarily consists of material costs related to the products sold, applied labor and manufacturing overhead and, to a lesser extent, royalty obligations for technologies we license from Ray Dolby. The increase in our product sales gross margin in fiscal 2004 was the result of increased production levels, but was partially offset by a $0.2 million stock-based compensation expense recorded in fiscal 2004. The increased production levels led to increased gross margins, as the higher production volumes were able to absorb greater amounts of relatively fixed labor and overhead costs due to the high level of automation in our manufacturing processes. Pro forma product sales gross margin excludes $2.5 million and $3.1 million for fiscal 2003 and 2004, respectively, in expenses we recorded for royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby.

 

Production Services Gross Margin .    Cost of production services consists of the payroll and benefit costs of employees performing our professional services, the cost of outside consultants and reimbursable expenses incurred on behalf of the customer. The increase in production services gross margin in fiscal 2004 resulted primarily from an increase in the amount of engineering services provided by our professional services organization during the fiscal year, which was partially offset by a $0.1 million charge in stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004.

 

48


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    Change

 
    

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


    In Dollars

    Percentage

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                              

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

   $ 76,590     $ 113,477     $ 36,887     48 %

Percentage of total revenue

     35 %     39 %              

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2004)

     18,262       23,884       5,622     31 %

Percentage of total revenue

     8 %     8 %              

Settlements

           (2,000 )     (2,000 )    

Percentage of total revenue

           (1 )%              

In-process research and development

     1,310       1,738       428     33 %

Percentage of total revenue

     1 %     1 %              
    


 


 


 

Total operating expenses

   $ 96,162     $ 137,099     $ 40,937     43 %
    


 


 


 

 

Selling, General and Administrative .    Selling, general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel and personnel related expenses, facility costs and professional service fees for our sales, marketing and administrative functions. The $36.9 million, or 48%, increase in selling, general and administrative expense from fiscal 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to a $13.8 million increase in payroll and benefits costs as a result of increased headcount and performance-based awards and a $12.7 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. To a lesser extent, our selling, general and administrative expense also increased in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 due to an increase of $7.1 million of expenses incurred in connection with professional and consulting fees related primarily to our preparations for being a public company. These professional and consulting fees included costs incurred in connection with the implementation of a new enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system, the augmentation of our internal controls related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, consulting fees related to an evaluation of our royalty reporting processes, and additional tax and audit services. We expect that our selling, general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars in fiscal 2005, as we continue to build our infrastructure in order to accommodate growth and to meet the requirements of being a public company. We expect to continue to incur additional costs associated with Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance efforts, as well as consulting fees and ancillary ERP implementation costs related to implementing recommendations resulting from the consultant’s report on our royalty reporting processes, such as enhanced data collection and compliance tracking tools and improved licensee training and communications.

 

Research and Development .    Research and development expense consists primarily of salary and related costs for personnel responsible for the research and development of new technologies. The $5.6 million, or 31%, increase in research and development expense from fiscal 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in payroll and benefit costs as a result of increased headcount and, to a lesser extent, to a $1.2 million charge related to stock-based compensation expense incurred in fiscal 2004. We anticipate that research and development expense will increase in absolute dollars in fiscal 2005, as we expect to hire additional personnel to support the development of new technologies. We intend to fund this increase in research and development expense from our available working capital.

 

Settlements .    Settlements include interest and penalties related to the collection of royalties and resolution of disputes in our favor or against us. Settlements of royalty disputes from licensees that specifically represent unpaid royalties are recorded as licensing revenue in the period payment is received, if all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Settlements of other disputes, such as disputes with implementation licensees from which we typically do not receive royalties, are recorded in settlements. In fiscal 2004, we received a

 

49


Table of Contents

$2.0 million payment in connection with the settlement of a dispute with one of our semiconductor manufacturing implementation licensees regarding violation of the terms of their implementation licensing agreement with us.

 

In-process Research and Development .    In fiscal 2004, we recorded a $1.7 million charge related to purchased in-process research and development that had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this prospectus for information on in-process research and development we acquired in connection with our acquisition transactions.

 

Other Income (Expenses), Net

 

Other income (expenses), net primarily consists of gains and losses on interest rate swap agreements and interest expense on outstanding balances on our facility debt obligations, offset by interest income earned on cash and cash equivalent balances. Other income, net was $0.2 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $0.1 million in other expenses, net in fiscal 2003. The fluctuation from fiscal 2003 was due to an increase in interest income as a result of higher average cash and cash equivalent balances for fiscal 2004.

 

Income Taxes

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 26, 2003

    September 24, 2004

    September 26, 2003

    September 24, 2004

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Income taxes:

                                

Provision for income taxes

   $ 16,079     $ 25,039     $ 26,714     $ 39,267  

Effective tax rate

     34 %     42 %     36 %     41 %

 

Our fiscal 2004 effective tax rate was higher than in fiscal 2003 primarily due to the impact of incentive stock-based compensation expense, which is nondeductible, and losses from our foreign subsidiaries that we incurred in fiscal 2004. Excluding the effect of incentive stock-based compensation expense, our effective tax rate for fiscal 2004 would have been 39%. For fiscal 2003, the effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of extraterritorial income exclusion and research and experimentation credits. Our pro forma provision for income taxes and effective tax rate for fiscal 2003 and 2004 reflect the increase in operating income due to the exclusion of $27.6 million and $36.9 million, respectively, in royalty expense payable to Ray Dolby.

 

Fiscal Years Ended September 27, 2002 and September 26, 2003

 

Revenue

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Revenue:

                                

Licensing

   $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 113,361     $ 157,922  

Percentage of total revenue

     66 %     73 %     67 %     73 %

Product sales

     41,377       44,403       41,377       44,403  

Percentage of total revenue

     25 %     20 %     25 %     20 %

Production services

     13,851       15,147       13,851       15,147  

Percentage of total revenue

     9 %     7 %     8 %     7 %
    


 


 


 


Total revenue

   $ 161,868     $ 217,472     $ 168,589     $ 217,472  
    


 


 


 


 

50


Table of Contents

Licensing .    Licensing revenue increased $51.3 million, or 48%, from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 principally due to increased sales by our licensees of their consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies, reflecting the growth in sales of DVD players worldwide. The increase in licensing revenue was primarily attributable to increases in the volume of units shipped by our licensees, and to a lesser extent to increases in our royalty rates, resulting from cost of living license rate increases. Aside from the growth in sales of DVD players, the increase in our licensing revenue was also attributable to growth in sales of personal computer software DVD players and, to a lesser extent, home theatre systems and set-top boxes. Sales of products such as home-theatre-in-a-box and audio/video receivers that incorporate multiple Dolby technologies also helped increase our licensing revenue. In addition, a portion of the increase in licensing revenue was due to an amendment to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby in the fourth quarter of 2002. Prior to June 2002, we administered the licensing of certain intellectual property rights for Ray Dolby, remitting to him the revenue derived from licensing these rights, net of the related administrative costs we incurred. These revenues were not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement. As a result, our fiscal 2003 licensing revenue reflects a full year of royalty revenue resulting from the June 2002 amendment of our licensing agreements, whereas our licensing revenue in fiscal 2002 reflects only one quarter of this additional royalty revenue stream. On a pro forma basis, our licensing revenue in fiscal 2002 increased by $6.7 million as compared to our actual results due to the amendments to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby described above.

 

Product Sales .    The $3.0 million, or 7%, increase in our revenue from product sales from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was principally attributable to a $2.5 million increase in sales of our broadcast products to local television stations, cable networks and European satellite broadcasters. We believe this is principally attributable to the efforts of terrestrial broadcasters in the United States to comply with the requirement of the FCC that those stations broadcast digital signals and the desire of terrestrial, cable and satellite broadcasters throughout the world to deliver programming that can utilize the capabilities of viewers’ home theatre systems. To a lesser extent, the increase in product sales revenue was also attributable to a $0.5 million increase in sales of our cinema products. The decrease in product sales revenue as a percentage of revenue was attributable to increases in licensing revenue both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenue.

 

Production Services .    The $1.3 million, or 9%, increase in production services revenue from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was primarily attributable to a $0.6 million increase in service calls as a result of an increase in the number of original films released during the period and a $0.7 million increase in service calls related to foreign language versions of films, commercial and film trailer services, and other service offerings such as print checking and screening services.

 

51


Table of Contents

Gross Margin

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Gross margin:

                                

Licensing gross margin

   $ 81,577     $ 117,921     $ 104,676     $ 143,047  

Licensing gross margin percentage

     76 %     75 %     92 %     91 %

Product sales gross margin

     14,683       17,719       17,096       20,213  

Product sales gross margin percentage

     35 %     40 %     41 %     46 %

Production services gross margin

     7,891       8,189       7,891       8,189  

Production services gross margin percentage

     57 %     54 %     57 %     54 %
    


 


 


 


Total gross margin

   $ 104,151     $ 143,829     $ 129,663     $ 171,449  

Total gross margin percentage

     64 %     66 %     77 %     79 %
    


 


 


 


 

Licensing Gross Margin.     The decrease in licensing gross margin from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was due to the increase in licensing revenue derived from royalties from product sales that incorporate technologies we license from third parties. Our pro forma licensing gross margin for fiscal 2002 and 2003 excludes $16.4 million and $25.1 million, respectively, in expenses we recorded for sublicensing royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby. Our fiscal 2002 pro forma licensing gross margin was also affected by the $6.7 million increase in our fiscal 2002 pro forma licensing revenue described above due to the June 2002 amendments to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby.

 

Product Sales Gross Margin.     The increase in product sales gross margin from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was the result of higher production levels as compared to fiscal 2002, as the higher production volumes were able to absorb greater amounts of relatively fixed labor and overhead costs. Pro forma product sales gross margin excludes expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby of $2.4 million and $2.5 million for fiscal 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Production Services Gross Margin .    The decrease in production services gross margin was principally attributable to a $0.9 million increase in costs associated with higher staff and related expenses.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


 
     ($ in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

                                

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 64,269     $ 76,590     $ 70,297     $ 76,590  

Percentage of total revenue

     40 %     35 %     42 %     35 %

Research and development

     15,128       18,262       15,128       18,262  

Percentage of total revenue

     9 %     8 %     9 %     8 %

Settlements

     24,205             24,205        

Percentage of total revenue

     15 %           14 %      

In-process research and development

           1,310             1,310  

Percentage of total revenue

           1 %           1 %
    


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

   $ 103,602     $ 96,162     $ 109,630     $ 96,162  
    


 


 


 


 

52


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative .    Selling, general and administrative expense increased $12.3 million, or 19%, from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003, primarily due to a change in our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby. Prior to June 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us for expenses we incurred in connection with administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. Ray Dolby reimbursed us $6.0 million in fiscal 2002 for these administrative services, which we recorded as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expense. In July 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. As a result, selling, general and administrative expense for fiscal 2003 did not include any reimbursements by Ray Dolby. The increase in selling, general and administrative expense was also due to a $1.7 million increase in legal expenses incurred to address intellectual property and licensing revenue collection issues and to a $1.7 million increase in bad debt expense based on a reassessment of our allowance for doubtful accounts. To a lesser extent, selling, general and administrative expense was also affected by a $1.2 million increase in payroll and benefits costs resulting from an increase in headcount and $0.8 million in expenses related to our senior executive supplemental retirement plan in fiscal 2003. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue was due primarily to our total revenue growing at a higher rate than our selling, general and administrative expense during such period. On a pro forma basis, our selling, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2002 increased $6.0 million as compared to our actual results due to the June 2002 amendments to our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby described above.

 

Research and Development .    Research and development expense increased $3.1 million, or 21%, from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003, primarily attributable to a $2.4 million increase in payroll and benefits costs due to increased headcount. The decrease in research and development expense as a percentage of total revenue was due primarily to our total revenue growing at a higher rate than our research and development expenses during such period.

 

Settlements .    In fiscal 2002, we entered into a settlement agreement with a third party regarding an intellectual property dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 million beginning in June 2002. We recorded this settlement liability in fiscal 2002 at its net present value of $24.2 million with a corresponding charge to our results of operations.

 

In-process Research and Development .    In fiscal 2003, we recorded a $1.3 million charge related to purchased in-process research and development that had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this prospectus for information on in-process research and development we acquired in connection with our acquisition transactions.

 

Other Income (Expenses), Net

 

Other expenses, net decreased to $0.1 million in fiscal 2003 compared to $0.7 million in fiscal 2002, primarily due to a gain in the market value of our interest rate swap agreements, offset by an increase in interest expense as a result of the imputed interest on the intellectual property dispute settlement payment made in June 2003.

 

Income Taxes

 

     Actual

    Pro Forma

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

    Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27, 2002

    September 26, 2003

    September 27, 2002

    September 26, 2003

 
     ($ in thousands)  

Income taxes:

                                

Provision for income taxes

   $ 11     $ 16,079     $ 7,884     $ 26,714  

Effective tax rate

     6 %     34 %     39 %     36 %

 

53


Table of Contents

The fiscal 2003 increase to the effective tax rate was attributable to lower taxable income in fiscal 2002 due to the charge associated with the settlement of the intellectual property dispute. For fiscal 2003, the effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of extraterritorial income exclusion and research and experimentation tax credits. Our pro forma provision for income taxes and effective tax rate for fiscal 2002 and 2003 reflect the increase in operating income due to the exclusion of the $18.8 million and $27.6 million, respectively, in royalty expense payable to Ray Dolby.

 

54


Table of Contents

Quarterly Consolidated Results of Operations

 

Actual

 

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations and our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations as a percentage of revenue for the eight quarters ended September 24, 2004. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years. You should read the following tables presenting our quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This table includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for the fair presentation of our consolidated financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

 

    Actual

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
   

Dec 27,

2002


   

Mar 28,

2003


   

Jun 27,

2003


   

Sep 26,

2003


   

Dec 26,

2003


   

Mar 26,

2004


   

Jun 25,

2004


   

Sep 24,

2004


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                               

Revenue:

                                                               

Licensing

  $ 35,670     $ 40,580     $ 40,032     $ 41,640     $ 47,799     $ 58,948     $ 55,487     $ 49,161  

Product sales

    11,111       11,344       9,593       12,355       13,392       14,386       15,355       14,848  

Production services

    3,493       3,871       3,670       4,113       4,232       5,357       5,208       4,868  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    50,274       55,795       53,295       58,108       65,423       78,691       76,050       68,877  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Cost of licensing

    9,659       9,864       9,980       10,498       12,781       15,105       13,441       12,511  

Cost of product sales (1)

    6,401       7,035       6,173       7,075       6,896       7,717       7,848       7,635  

Cost of production services (1)

    1,466       1,532       1,632       2,328       1,587       1,931       1,945       2,180  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    17,526       18,431       17,785       19,901       21,264       24,753       23,234       22,326  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    32,748       37,364       35,510       38,207       44,159       53,938       52,816       46,551  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    17,662       19,043       19,462       20,423       20,303       31,075       29,167       32,932  

Research and development (1)

    3,952       4,535       4,835       4,940       4,934       5,700       6,388       6,862  

Settlements

                                        (2,000 )      

In-process research and development

                      1,310             1,540             198  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    21,614       23,578       24,297       26,673       25,237       38,315       33,555       39,992  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    11,134       13,786       11,213       11,534       18,922       15,623       19,261       6,559  

Other income (expenses), net

    (130 )     (351 )     46       378       224       156       370       (521 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    11,004       13,435       11,259       11,912       19,146       15,779       19,631       6,038  

Provision for income taxes

    3,973       4,899       3,443       3,764       6,840       5,877       8,633       3,689  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before controlling interest

    7,031       8,536       7,816       8,148       12,306       9,902       10,998       2,349  

Controlling interest in net income

    (89 )     (102 )     (24 )     (347 )     (286 )     (70 )     (494 )     (79 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 6,942     $ 8,434     $ 7,792     $ 7,801     $ 12,020     $ 9,832     $ 10,504     $ 2,270  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic net income per common share

  $ 0.08     $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.14     $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.03  

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 0.08     $ 0.10     $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.13     $ 0.11     $ 0.11     $ 0.02  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share

    85,014       85,008       85,006       85,006       85,010       85,432       85,707       86,072  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share

    85,017       85,010       85,009       87,899       92,531       92,928       97,371       97,236  

 

55


Table of Contents

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

                       

Cost of product sales

  $   $   $ 78   $ 79

Cost of production services

            28     27

Selling, general and administrative

    23     7,005     2,772     2,911

Research and development

            607     608
                   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 23   $ 7,005   $ 3,485   $ 3,625
                   

 

 

 

 

    Actual

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
    Dec 27,
2002


    Mar 28,
2003


    Jun 27,
2003


    Sep 26,
2003


    Dec 26,
2003


    Mar 26,
2004


    Jun 25,
2004


    Sep 24,
2004


 

As a percentage of revenue:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Licensing

  71 %   73 %   75 %   72 %   73 %   75 %   73 %   71 %

Product sales

  22     20     18     21     20     18     20     22  

Production services

  7     7     7     7     7     7     7     7  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Cost of licensing

  19     18     18     18     20     19     18     18  

Cost of product sales (1)

  13     13     12     12     11     10     10     11  

Cost of production services (1)

  3     3     3     4     2     2     3     3  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  35     34     33     34     33     31     31     32  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

  65     66     67     66     67     69     69     68  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

  35     34     37     35     31     40     38     48  

Research and development (1)

  8     8     9     9     8     7     8     10  

Settlements

                          (2 )    

In-process research and development

              2         2         0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  43     42     46     46     39     49     44     58  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

  22     24     21     20     28     20     25     10  

Other income (expenses), net

  0     0     0     0     0     0     0     (1 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

  22     24     21     20     28     20     25     9  

Provision for income taxes

  8     9     6     7     10     8     11     6  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before controlling interest

  14     15     15     13     18     12     14     3  

Controlling interest in net income

  0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

  14 %   15 %   15 %   13 %   18 %   12 %   14 %   3 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                       

Cost of product sales

 

  %   %   0 %   0 %

Cost of production services

 

          0     0  

Selling, general and administrative

 

  0     9     4     4  

Research and development

 

          1     1  
                           

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

  0 %   9 %   5 %   5 %
                           

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Pro Forma

 

The following tables present our pro forma unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations, and our pro forma unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations as a percentage of revenue, for the eight quarters ended September 24, 2004. The unaudited quarterly consolidated financial information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years. You should read the following tables presenting our pro forma quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for our full fiscal years and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as our pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations for full fiscal years set forth elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

 

    Pro Forma

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
    Dec 27,
2002


    Mar 28,
2003


    Jun 27,
2003


    Sep 26,
2003


    Dec 26,
2003


    Mar 26,
2004


    Jun 25,
2004


    Sep 24,
2004


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                               

Revenue:

                                                               

Licensing

  $ 35,670     $ 40,580     $ 40,032     $ 41,640     $ 47,799     $ 58,948     $ 55,487     $ 49,161  

Product sales

    11,111       11,344       9,593       12,355       13,392       14,386       15,355       14,848  

Production services

    3,493       3,871       3,670       4,113       4,232       5,357       5,208       4,868  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    50,274       55,795       53,295       58,108       65,423       78,691       76,050       68,877  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Cost of licensing

    3,751       3,861       3,630       3,633       4,668       5,917       5,106       4,379  

Cost of product sales (1)

    5,774       6,390       5,662       6,364       6,139       6,946       7,029       6,893  

Cost of production services (1)

    1,466       1,532       1,632       2,328       1,587       1,931       1,945       2,180  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    10,991       11,783       10,924       12,325       12,394       14,794       14,080       13,452  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross margin

    39,283       44,012       42,371       45,783       53,029       63,897       61,970       55,425  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

    17,662       19,043       19,462       20,423       20,303       31,075       29,167       32,932  

Research and development (1)

    3,952       4,535       4,835       4,940       4,934       5,700       6,388       6,862  

Settlements

                                        (2,000 )      

In-process research and development, net

                      1,310             1,540             198  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    21,614       23,578       24,297       26,673       25,237       38,315       33,555       39,992  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    17,669       20,434       18,074       19,110       27,792       25,582       28,415       15,433  

Other income (expenses), net

    (130 )     (351 )     46       378       224       156       370       (521 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

    17,539       20,083       18,120       19,488       28,016       25,738       28,785       14,912  

Provision for income taxes

    6,352       7,344       5,556       7,462       10,257       9,714       12,180       7,116  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before controlling interest

    11,187       12,739       12,564       12,026       17,759       16,024       16,605       7,796  

Controlling interest in net income

    (89 )     (102 )     (24 )     (347 )     (286 )     (70 )     (494 )     (79 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 11,098     $ 12,637     $ 12,540     $ 11,679     $ 17,473     $ 15,954     $ 16,111     $ 7,717  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic net income per common share

  $ 0.13     $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.14     $ 0.21     $ 0.19     $ 0.19     $ 0.09  

Diluted net income per common share

  $ 0.13     $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.13     $ 0.19     $ 0.17     $ 0.17     $ 0.08  

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share

    85,014       85,008       85,006       85,006       85,010       85,432       85,707       86,072  

Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share

    85,017       85,010       85,009       87,899       92,531       92,928       97,371       97,236  

 

57


Table of Contents

(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

                       

Cost of product sales

  $   $   $ 78   $ 79

Cost of production services

            28     27

Selling, general and administrative

    23     7,005     2,772     2,911

Research and development

            607     608
                   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 23   $ 7,005   $ 3,485   $ 3,625
                   

 

 

 

 

    Pro Forma

 
    Fiscal Quarter Ended

 
   

Dec 27,

2002


   

Mar 28,

2003


   

Jun 27,

2003


   

Sep 26,

2003


   

Dec 26,

2003


   

Mar 26,

2004


   

Jun 25,

2004


   

Sep 24,

2004


 

As a percentage of revenue:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Licensing

  71 %   73 %   75 %   72 %   73 %   74 %   73 %   71 %

Product sales

  22     20     18     21     20     19     20     22  

Production services

  7     7     7     7     7     7     7     7  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Cost of licensing

  7     7     7     6     7     7     7     7  

Cost of product sales (1)

  11     11     10     11     9     9     9     10  

Cost of production services (1)

  4     3     3     4     3     3     3     3  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  22     21     20     21     19     19     19     20  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

  78     79     80     79     81     81     81     80  

Operating expenses (includes stock-based compensation for periods beginning in fiscal 2004; see table below):

                                               

Selling, general and administrative (1)

  35     34     37     35     30     40     38     48  

Research and development (1)

  8     8     9     9     8     7     9     10  

Settlements

                          (3 )    

In-process research and development, net

              2         2         0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  43     42     46     46     38     49     44     58  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

  35     37     34     33     43     32     37     22  

Other income (expenses), net

  0     (1 )   0     1     0     0     1     0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

  35     36     34     34     43     32     38     22  

Provision for income taxes

  13     13     10     13     16     12     16     11  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before controlling interest

  22     23     24     21     27     20     22     11  

Controlling interest in net income

  0     0     0     (1 )   0     0     (1 )   0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

  22 %   23 %   24 %   20 %   27 %   20 %   21 %   11 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)    Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

      

                       

Cost of product sales

 

  %   %   0 %   0 %

Cost of production services

 

               

Selling, general and administrative

 

  0     9     4     4  

Research and development

 

          1     1  
                           

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

  0 %   9 %   5 %   5 %
                           

 

 

 

 

Our recognition of licensing revenue is dependent upon our receipt of royalty reports from our licensees, and our quarterly operating results can fluctuate based on the timing of our receipt of those reports. We generally experience seasonality in our licensing business, and we expect that business to continue to be affected by seasonality in the future. Because our licensees are required to deliver to us royalty reports based on their shipment of consumer electronics products that incorporate our technologies in the quarter following shipment, we have typically experienced higher licensing revenue in the second quarter of each fiscal year, principally due

 

58


Table of Contents

to the holiday sales of consumer electronics products in the preceding quarter. The growth in licensing revenue during the past few fiscal years has masked some of the seasonality we experience and expect to continue to experience in our licensing revenue.

 

In addition to seasonality, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results as a result of the time lag between when our licensees ship their products and when they report those shipments to us, a lag that can sometimes be significant. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include corrective or retroactive royalties that cover extended periods of time. In the past, we have experienced lags greater than one year. Also, there have been times in the past when we have recognized an unusually large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee in a given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

 

In fiscal 2004, our licensing revenue for the quarters ended March 26, 2004, June 25, 2004, and September 24, 2004 were all affected by various factors relating to the royalty reports we received from licensees during such periods, including seasonality and, in certain cases, significant lag times between when licensees shipped products and when they delivered royalty reports to us. In addition, our quarterly operating results in fiscal 2004, both on an actual and pro forma basis, were significantly affected by stock-based compensation charges resulting from our decision, in connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering, to reassess the fair value of our Class B common stock for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation. These stock-based compensation charges affected our cost of product sales, cost of production services, total cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense, research and development expense, total operating expenses, and operating income in these periods. We expect that these stock-based compensation expenses, which are amortized over the four-year vesting periods of the related equity awards, will continue to affect our quarterly financial results through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

 

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Condition

 

Our financial position includes cash and cash equivalents of $61.9 million and $78.7 million at September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004, respectively. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and potential cash flow from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements through at least the next 12 months.

 

Operating Activities

 

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents as well as the cash flow we generate from our operations. Our operating activities generated cash of $22.9 million, $39.6 million and $46.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 was due primarily to an increase in net income, excluding the non-cash charge for stock-based compensation recorded during fiscal 2004.

 

Under licensing and royalty agreements with Ray Dolby, we recorded expenses for the use of certain patent and trademark rights in the amounts of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. In connection with the asset contribution by Ray Dolby, which will occur prior to the completion of this offering, these licensing and royalty agreements will terminate, and we will have no further obligation to pay royalties, or incur any costs or expenses, under these agreements. We expect to incur less than $1.0 million in acquisition costs for legal, tax and other professional fees incurred as a result of the asset contribution.

 

Under an amended royalty agreement that we entered into in December 2004, we made a lump sum payment of $11.0 million for the exclusive irrevocable right to license a third party’s technology to our customers. See Note 12 of the Notes the Consolidated Financial Statements “Subsequent Events—h” for more information.

 

59


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

 

Our investing activities are primarily related to capital expenditures associated with the purchases of office equipment, building fixtures, computer hardware and software, leasehold improvements and production and test equipment. In fiscal 2002, we received $1.8 million in proceeds from the sale of a facility and recorded a gain of $0.5 million related to this property sale. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2004 increased as compared to fiscal 2003 principally due to additional costs associated with the implementation of a new ERP system and for increased leasehold improvement costs made to our various facilities.

 

In both fiscal 2003 and 2004, we acquired complementary businesses related primarily to technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment, such as technologies that process digital moving images, digital signal processing technologies or technologies that protect content from piracy. We paid $7.1 million and $18.4 million in fiscal 2003 and 2004, respectively, in connection with these acquisition transactions. Under the terms of one of the acquisition agreements, we will pay approximately $3.0 million in September 2005, and we have future payment obligations equal to approximately 5% to 8% of revenue generated from products incorporating technologies we acquired in the transaction.

 

Financing Activities

 

Our financing activities consist primarily of principal payments made on our facility debt obligations. In fiscal 2004, we also received proceeds from the exercises of employee stock options, which were offset by the payments on our debt obligations. Our financing activities in fiscal 2002 were also affected by the retirement of an outstanding facility debt obligation in the amount of $1.3 million prior to its scheduled maturity date. Our available working capital will increase as a result of the approximately $         million in net proceeds received by us from this offering.

 

Personal Holding Company Tax Matters

 

If we or any of our subsidiaries were to become subject to, or liable for, personal holding company tax, we expect that it is likely that instead of paying the personal holding company tax, we would elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income. We expect that we would pay such a dividend out of our available working capital, which could significantly decrease our cash, unless we sought additional financing for this purpose. Any such financing might not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. If instead of paying a dividend we elect to pay the tax, this could significantly increase our consolidated tax expense. We expect we would pay any such tax out of our available working capital, which could also significantly decrease our cash, unless we sought additional financing. See “Critical Accounting Policies—Accounting For Income Taxes” for a further explanation of matters related to personal holding tax issues.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following table presents a summary of our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 24, 2004.

 

     Payments Due Within

     1 Year

   2-3
Years


   4-5
Years


   More than
5 Years


   Total

     (in thousands)

Litigation settlement

   $ 3,000    $ 6,000    $ 6,000    $ 6,000    $ 21,000

Mortgages

     1,290      2,785      3,098      7,697      14,870

Operating leases

     4,483      1,857      436      957      7,733

Acquisition consideration

     2,979                     2,979
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 11,752    $ 10,642    $ 9,534    $ 14,654    $ 46,582
    

  

  

  

  

 

60


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents.     As of September 24, 2004, we had cash and cash equivalents of $78.7 million, which consisted of highly liquid money market instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Because of the short-term nature of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition and/or results of operations.

 

Interest Rate Swap Agreements.     We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to interest rate changes on our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. Gains and losses associated with the swap agreements are included in other income (expenses), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

We do not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor do we utilize leveraged financial instruments.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Nearly all of our revenue is derived from transactions denominated in United States dollars, even though we maintain sales, marketing and business operations in foreign countries, most significantly in the United Kingdom. As such, we have exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates associated with operating expenses of our foreign operations, but we believe this exposure to be limited.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity,” or SFAS 150. SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statements of financial position certain financial instruments of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities, or assets in some circumstances, three classes of freestanding instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all existing financial instruments. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flows. As of September 24, 2004, we did not have financial instruments within the scope of SFAS 150.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” or FIN 46. FIN 46 requires that if a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, or VIE, the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the VIE should be included in our consolidated financial statements. In December 2003, the FASB published a revision to FIN 46, or FIN 46R, to clarify some of the provisions of FIN 46 and to exempt certain entities from its requirements. The adoption of FIN 46R required us to consolidate certain affiliated VIEs into our consolidated financial statements. Previously, we had been consolidating our VIEs under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force 90-15, “Impact of Nonsubstantive Lessors, Residual Value Guarantees, and Other Provisions in Leasing Transactions Abstract,” or EITF 90-15, and Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-14, “Transactions Involving Special Purpose Entities,” or Topic D-14. Given our contemplation of an initial public offering, we adopted FIN 46R early, which rescinded the provisions of EITF 90-15 and Topic D-14. However, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

61


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that make the entertainment experience more realistic and immersive in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories nearly 40 years ago, we have been at the forefront of developing sound technologies that enhance the entertainment experience for audiences and consumers. Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology by delivering to both professionals and consumers innovative and enduring technologies that enrich the entertainment experience. Our technologies are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to faithfully recreate the original audio experience and enable digital audio and surround sound in applications such as movie soundtracks, DVDs, television, satellite and cable broadcasts, video games and personal computers. Our technologies have been adopted as standards throughout the entertainment industry. For example, virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using our technologies and virtually all DVD players incorporate our technologies.

 

Dolby Entertainment Chain

 

We deliver products, services and technologies throughout the entertainment chain, including to filmmakers, television producers, music producers, video game designers, movie distributors, cinema operators, DVD producers, television broadcasters, software developers and manufacturers of consumer electronic products. We participate in every link in the entertainment chain through the products we manufacture, the production services we provide and the technologies we license. In addition, the Dolby brand is recognized and used at each link in the chain.

 

LOGO

 

Content creation

 

Our products and services help artists and content producers create realistic and intense sound. Our technologies also help maintain sound quality while simultaneously enabling it to fit within the storage capacity and distribution limitations of the particular recording medium. Our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVD titles and hundreds of video game titles worldwide.

 

Filmmakers use our proprietary encoding products and services during post-production to help ensure that their movie soundtracks are recorded properly and will play back in theatres as the filmmaker envisions. Our encoders are used by filmmakers and studios in nearly 50 countries in making their movies. We do not sell encoders to filmmakers, but rather provide them for use in movie production under our production services agreements. Our global presence enables us to work closely with filmmakers and studios throughout the world to help accurately capture the filmmaker’s vision on the recorded soundtrack. We have longstanding relationships

 

62


Table of Contents

with filmmakers and virtually all major motion picture studios. Dolby SR, an analog technology, and Dolby Digital are de facto industry standards in motion picture production, meaning that virtually all major movie titles throughout the world are released with one or both soundtrack formats.

 

Television producers and broadcasters throughout the world purchase and use our professional encoders, decoders and processors to record and transmit both recorded and live television programming with surround sound. Over 40 television shows are currently produced using Dolby encoding technologies. Examples of recorded television shows broadcast with Dolby technologies include HBO’s The Sopranos , ABC’s Desperate Housewives , PBS’s Austin City Limits and NBC’s American Dreams . Examples of live programming broadcast with Dolby technologies include the Super Bowl, ABC’s broadcast of The Academy Awards , CBS’s broadcast of The Grammy Awards , FOX’s broadcast of The NFL on FOX , Athens Olympic Broadcasting’s broadcasts of certain events in the XXVIII Summer Games, Sat.1’s (Germany) broadcast of Champions League Football, ORF’s (Austria) broadcast of the Vienna New Year’s Day concert and NHK’s (Japan) broadcast of the Nodo Giman sing-along show.

 

With the advent of DVD technologies, music content is increasingly being produced in digital surround sound through the use of our encoding products. In addition, with the proliferation of home theatre systems with surround sound capabilities, video game designers are increasingly using our encoding products to produce games with surround sound. Our technologies are used to enhance the video game experience by making real-time sounds and cinematic clips more realistic and immersive, putting the player “inside the action.”

 

Distribution of content for large-scale playback

 

We sell products that modify optical recording equipment to allow the Dolby Digital soundtrack from the film master to be recorded onto film prints for distribution to theatres worldwide. Film distributors use our engineering services to check prints for both sound and picture quality before distribution. Once the original film has been completed, distributors use our products and services to create foreign language versions. This process essentially involves replacing the original dialogue with the local languages and is usually done in the local country. We also license our trademarks to motion picture studios and distributors for placement in film prints and promotional materials, such as movie posters, to signify that a movie has been made utilizing our technologies.

 

Large-scale public playback

 

Cinema operators purchase and use our cinema processors, cinema adapters and sound readers to decode movie soundtracks encoded in Dolby SR or Dolby Digital, delivering to audiences the high quality sound the filmmaker intended them to hear. We have sold over 73,000 cinema processors worldwide. Our cinema processors can decode both analog and digital soundtracks on the film and separate the different sound channels for distribution to the specific speakers in the theatre. The sound characteristic and level of each loudspeaker are also vital elements of a theatre’s sound system that are controlled by our cinema processors. We can also provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to cinema operators throughout the world to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. Our engineers are often hired by the film’s distributor to check the calibration of a theatre’s sound system for important screenings, such as premieres and press screenings. In addition, our engineers can help optimize a theatre’s on-screen image using specialized test equipment and expertise. Our cinema operator customers include virtually all major theatre chains in the world.

 

Consumer media production

 

Movies and other types of entertainment such as television programs are often repackaged for viewing on DVDs. DVD producers purchase and use our professional encoders to encode the source audio on a DVD so that the soundtrack can be replayed as originally recorded on the master copy. Our digital audio coding technologies enable sound to be stored efficiently within the limited storage capacity of the DVD, allowing high picture quality while saving space on the disc for foreign language soundtracks, directors’ commentaries and other bonus

 

63


Table of Contents

material. Dolby Digital is one of the two global standard formats, along with PCM, approved by the DVD Forum for encoding soundtracks on DVD-Video discs, and as a result virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technology.

 

Consumer media distribution

 

Just as we license film distributors the right to use the Dolby trademark on film prints and related promotional materials, we license motion picture studios and other DVD distributors the right to place the Dolby trademark on packaging of their DVDs. This enables consumers to identify the sound format of a DVD, and the motion picture studios and other distributors of DVDs to inform consumers that a DVD soundtrack meets our quality standards. Over the years, tens of thousands of DVD titles have been produced with Dolby Digital encoded soundtracks. Packaged media that incorporate our technologies, including video games and DVD-Audio, also generally carry our trademarks.

 

Broadcasters purchase and use our professional broadcasting products to encode program content for television, cable and satellite broadcast transmissions to deliver to their audiences high quality surround sound. Our digital audio compression technologies also enable sound to be recorded and transmitted efficiently, which is especially important in the broadcast industry because transmission bandwidth is limited. Our broadcasting products also can facilitate the editing and routing of surround sound in transmission facilities originally designed for stereo audio. Our decoding and monitoring products help content creators evaluate accurately how their soundtracks will be reproduced in broadcast transmissions. Our sound engineers can provide training, broadcast system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to broadcasters throughout the world. We also license the Dolby trademark to broadcasters who frequently include the Dolby trademarks in their broadcasts to signify that a program has been broadcast using our Dolby Surround or Dolby Digital technologies.

 

Dolby Digital audio is the sound format standard for digital terrestrial and cable television in North America. In addition, in Europe, Australia and Asia, broadcasters have the option of including Dolby Digital audio with their digital broadcasts services under the digital video broadcasting or the Advanced Television Systems Committee standards.

 

Our broadcasting technologies have also been used in North America and Europe in connection with radio services that are delivered through satellite and cable systems.

 

Consumer playback

 

We license our surround sound decoding technologies to manufacturers of DVD players, DVD recorders, home theatre systems, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products, as well as developers of software for personal computer software DVD players. Our licensees manufacture and distribute consumer electronics products incorporating our technology throughout the world, and are located in nearly 30 countries. Software developers typically design personal computer software DVD players to include a variety of sound capabilities, including basic stereo decoding, surround sound decoding and advanced rendering. In addition, we license our trademarks so that consumer electronics product manufacturers can indicate to consumers that their products meet the quality standards we have set. To date, manufacturers of consumer electronics products have sold over 1.6 billion units that have incorporated our technologies.

 

For many types of consumer electronics products, our technologies are included in explicit industry standards, meaning that industry standards-setting bodies have mandated the inclusion of these technologies in a particular type of product. Examples include DVD-Audio players and Digital Radio Mondiale digital radio service for short wave radio transmission worldwide, digital television receivers and set-top boxes in North America and high definition televisions in Australia. In addition, Dolby technologies are de facto industry standards in many consumer electronics products, meaning that although not specifically mandated by an industry standards board, these technologies are nevertheless widely adopted for a particular type of product. For example, virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technologies.

 

64


Table of Contents

Key Dolby Strengths

 

We believe that the following key strengths uniquely position Dolby to develop and deliver innovative technologies to both professionals and consumers to enrich the entertainment experience.

 

Our culture of innovation

 

Since our inception, we have been at the forefront in addressing technology challenges for the entertainment industry. We create and deliver practical technology solutions for the entertainment industry that make a perceptible difference to audiences and consumers and have done so repeatedly throughout our nearly 40 year history. Our technologies are designed to provide outstanding quality while addressing the limitations inherent in a playback environment, such as cost, size, storage capacity or transmission bandwidth, power availability and portability constraints. We have repeatedly developed technologies that meet the needs of the ever-changing entertainment industry, and this has helped us develop, maintain and strengthen our relationships with a broad array of entertainment industry professionals. In the 1960s, we developed noise reduction technologies for use in professional recording studios and for consumer playback of music cassettes. In the 1970s, we worked with filmmakers to develop surround sound for their films by modifying Dolby Stereo to add a surround channel, which was first used in A Star is Born in 1976 and Star Wars in 1977. In the 1980s, we worked with consumer electronic product manufacturers to introduce surround sound in the home. In the 1990s, we worked with motion picture professionals to incorporate digital sound in movies by developing Dolby Digital, which was first introduced in a major motion picture with Batman Returns in 1992. Also in the 1990s, we worked with movie studios to incorporate multi-channel surround sound on DVDs within the limited space available for soundtracks, adapting Dolby Digital to accomplish this. As a result of our continuous innovation, Dolby Laboratories and our employees and products have received numerous industry awards related to our sound technologies. Dolby Laboratories or its employees have been recognized six times by the Academy of Television Arts and Sciences. In addition, the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences has presented Dolby Laboratories or its employees nine Scientific and Technical Awards, including one Oscar. We believe our track record of innovation is a good foundation for our ability to address future technology challenges and requirements for the entertainment industry.

 

Our longstanding relationships with industry participants throughout the entertainment chain

 

We collaborate closely on a global basis with entertainment industry participants throughout the entertainment chain, including filmmakers, music producers, broadcasters, video game designers, motion picture studios, DVD producers, manufacturers of consumer electronics products and professional organizations and standards setting bodies. We work with virtually all major motion picture studios, and many of our relationships with professionals in the motion picture industry date back more than 30 years. In addition, we have licensee relationships with approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers, many dating back nearly 35 years. Our relationships with industry professionals at each link of the chain help us ensure that our products and technologies are designed and used throughout the sound recording, distribution and playback processes to deliver consistent, high quality sound to audiences and consumers as the content creators intended. Our longstanding relationships also help us determine our own product and technology development directions and play an important role in having our technologies adopted as industry standards.

 

Adoption of our technologies as industry standards

 

Throughout our history, we have repeatedly introduced technologies that have become industry standards in a wide range of entertainment industries and consumer electronics products. Industry standards can either be “explicit” when technologies are mandated by an industry standards-setting body, and “de facto” when technologies are widely adopted even though not specifically mandated by a standards-setting body. Our technologies are worldwide explicit or de facto industry standards for many types of professional and consumer applications. For example, Dolby Digital is one of the two global standard formats, along with PCM, or pulse code modulation, for encoding soundtracks on DVD-Video discs approved by the DVD Forum and, as a result, virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technology. In the motion picture industry,

 

65


Table of Contents

Dolby SR and Dolby Digital have become de facto industry standards, in that virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using one or both of these technologies. In broadcasting, Dolby Digital technologies have been selected as an explicit industry standard for terrestrial, or over-the-air, digital television in North America. Earlier examples of our industry standard technologies include: Dolby A, Dolby B and Dolby SR noise reduction technologies, which we introduced in 1965, 1968 and 1986, respectively; Dolby Stereo and Pro Logic technologies, which we introduced in 1974 and 1987, respectively; and our Dolby Digital technologies, which we introduced in 1991.

 

Our global market leadership

 

We have a broad, geographically diverse market presence on both the professional and consumer sides of our business, and we believe we are the global market leader for the delivery of surround sound technologies for professional products, including cinema products, as well as for consumer applications. Our professional products are distributed in over 50 countries, and we have sold over 73,000 cinema processors worldwide. Our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVD titles and hundreds of video game titles worldwide. Virtually all movies made by major studios include soundtracks encoded with Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies. In addition, over 40 television shows are currently produced using our sound encoding technologies. We license our sound technologies to approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers in nearly 30 countries, and over 1.6 billion consumer electronics product units sold worldwide have incorporated our licensed technologies, including over 500 million consumer electronics product units since the beginning of fiscal 2002. Our Dolby Digital technologies alone have been incorporated in over 240 million DVD players and in over 50 million audio/video receivers and set-top boxes. We believe the large installed base of consumer electronics products with our surround sound capabilities ensures that content creators will continue to use our technologies to encode audio for their DVD, broadcast, video game and Internet entertainment.

 

Our neutrality

 

We do not align ourselves exclusively with any studio, manufacturer or other participant in the entertainment industry. We believe our neutrality encourages filmmakers, motion picture studios, broadcasters, film distributors, cinema operators, home media companies and consumer electronics product manufacturers to adopt our technologies more readily than if we had preferred relationships with other companies that these entities may compete against. We believe that our neutrality has helped us become a trusted participant in the entertainment industry, promoting the adoption of our technologies and enabling us to maintain strong relationships with a variety of companies that often compete against one another. For example, motion picture studios and cinema operators often call on our expertise to resolve technical problems between them, in part because we are not aligned primarily with either industry. We believe that our neutrality also helps us license our technologies to a broad range of consumer electronics product manufacturers because they do not face us as a competitor in their markets, nor are we aligned with their competitors.

 

The strength of our brand

 

We believe the Dolby brand is recognized globally and is synonymous with quality, excellence and innovation for content producers, consumer electronics product manufacturers and consumers alike. We also believe that a number of factors, including our history of developing and delivering innovative technology solutions, our commitment to quality and superior customer service, our broad, deep and long-standing industry relationships, and our broad market presence all contribute to the strength of our brand. Even though not required by contract to do so, our customers put the Dolby trademarks on their movie prints, posters, promotional materials, broadcasts, DVD packaging and consumer electronics products, demonstrating their belief that audiences and consumers associate the Dolby brand with qualities that help differentiate and sell their products.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our high quality management team and employee base

 

Over the years, Ray Dolby, our founder, has assembled a strong, experienced management team that is focused on developing innovative and enduring technologies for the entertainment industry. In addition, we have a highly skilled engineering team with technical knowledge in a broad range of scientific disciplines. Many members of our management team and employee base have been with Dolby Laboratories for over 20 years. During this time, members of our management and engineering teams have developed many strong, long-term relationships with industry professionals throughout the entertainment chain, including filmmakers, motion picture studios, broadcasters, film distributors, cinema operators, home media companies, manufacturers of a broad array of consumer electronic products and software developers. Members of our management team and engineers also participate in professional organizations and industry standards bodies throughout the world.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology. We intend to capitalize on our innovative culture, our strong industry relationships, our global market presence and our strong brand to continue developing and delivering innovative, enduring technologies for both professionals and consumers that help make entertainment more realistic, intense and immersive in theatres, at home, in cars and elsewhere. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

Expanding markets for surround sound

 

Dolby Stereo, Dolby Surround and Dolby Digital have created a consumer expectation for surround sound in high-quality entertainment. We intend to continue to promote the expansion of markets for surround sound. In addition to home theatre systems, we are promoting the continued adoption of our surround sound technologies in video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products. We also believe that the large and growing installed base of surround sound systems offers attractive opportunities for content providers to deliver surround sound in new applications, regardless of whether the content is played back from a recording, such as a DVD, broadcast by television, satellite or cable, or streamed over the Internet. In particular, we intend to broaden our presence in the broadcast industry, as this industry increasingly produces live and recorded programming in surround sound. As the entertainment industry increasingly delivers content directly to consumers over broadband networks, we are working with content providers to include surround sound technologies in their Internet entertainment, including audio-only entertainment, movie downloads and on-line games.

 

Continuing to address the needs of industry professionals

 

We believe that technology innovations for entertainment will likely continue to be adopted first for professional use as filmmakers, music producers, broadcasters and video game designers look for ways to excite their audiences. We intend to continue to collaborate with industry professionals at each link in the entertainment chain to develop new technologies that facilitate and improve content recording, distribution and playback. Our professional-level technology solutions often have applicability to the consumer arena. When they do, we intend to continue to adapt these technologies for use in consumer applications. Our noise reduction, surround sound and digital audio technologies were all initially developed for professional use and later adapted for use in consumer electronics products. We believe that our success in developing technologies for professional use contributes greatly to the capabilities and attractiveness of our technologies in the consumer arena and also to the strength of our brand. We also believe that the use of our technologies by professionals in the creation and distribution of content creates demand for the adoption of our technologies for use in consumer applications.

 

Developing system solutions for digital cinema

 

The cinema industry is in the early stages of adopting digital cinema, an all digital medium for the distribution and exhibition of movies. Digital cinema offers the industry possible means to achieve substantial cost savings in

 

67


Table of Contents

printing and distributing movies, to combat piracy and to enable movies to be played repeatedly without degradation in image or sound quality. We are committed to this transition, and we believe that our experience and expertise in providing technology solutions for both the motion picture and broadcast industries position us well to develop and deliver sound and image technologies for digital cinema. Motion picture studios currently use our digital cinema mastering services at our facilities in Southern California to prepare movies for digital release, and filmmakers can review sound and image quality in our digital cinema screening rooms. In addition, our engineers assist motion picture studios and cinema operators with distributing and presenting digital movies, from site surveys and equipment installations to content loading and verification. Regardless of how quickly digital cinema is adopted, we believe that digital cinema also provides opportunities for the development of innovations to enhance the theatrical experience further, innovations that may also have applicability to broadcasting and the consumer arena.

 

Developing technologies for the entertainment industry beyond sound

 

We believe that our long history of developing innovative technology solutions for the entertainment industry and our well-established relationships with industry participants provide us with opportunities to deliver technology solutions in areas beyond sound. In recent years we have expanded our business to offer technologies to facilitate delivery of digital entertainment, including digital cinema technologies for processing digital moving images and content protection. We intend to apply the technologies for digital cinema to the broadcast and consumer arenas, as we believe they have the potential to provide significant benefits beyond the motion picture industry. In addition, we are exploring other areas where we may be able to develop and deliver technologies that enrich the entertainment experience, including technologies for home networking and wireless connectivity and technologies that facilitate ease of use of products and product features.

 

Continuing to promote adoption of our technologies as industry standards

 

We believe that the entertainment industry evolves toward an improved entertainment experience through the adoption of global technical standards, and we intend to continue to actively seek to have our technologies adopted as industry standards. We intend to continue to develop, maintain and strengthen our relationships with a broad spectrum of entertainment industry participants, professional organizations and standards-setting bodies throughout the world to help guide the development of new industry standards, as well as the direction of our own technologies to meet those standards. When appropriate, we intend to continue to be active in standards-setting bodies. We also intend to maintain our neutrality and not align ourselves exclusively with other industry participants in order to facilitate the adoption of our technologies as industry standards.

 

Building on the strength of the Dolby brand

 

We intend to continue to enhance and build on the strength of the Dolby brand and our reputation as a trusted provider of entertainment technologies for professional and consumer applications. We actively encourage our customers to place our trademarks on their products. In particular, we provide marketing materials such as posters, trailers and plaques to cinema operators for exhibition in their theatres to help them promote the quality of experience that is associated with our brand. We also have been working with personal computer and car manufacturers to incorporate our technologies in and display our trademark on their personal computers and in-car entertainment systems. The inclusion of the Dolby trademark on a product informs audiences and consumers that the product incorporates our technologies and meets our quality standards, and we believe this helps manufacturers sell their products. We intend to continue to increase the use of our trademarks throughout the entertainment chain so that entertainment industry professionals and consumers alike will know that we have helped ensure consistent quality as content moves through the chain. We believe that the strength of our brand in the entertainment industry also assists us in expanding our business to include technologies that are not solely related to sound. For example, we believe that the likelihood of succeeding with our digital cinema initiative is increased because the Dolby brand is already well known and well respected in the motion picture industry, as is our history of delivering innovative, yet practical, solutions in response to technology challenges.

 

68


Table of Contents

Industry Background

 

The global entertainment industry is in the midst of a transition from analog to digital technologies. Advancements in digital entertainment technologies have led to enhanced consumer entertainment experiences through higher fidelity sound; more dynamic sound effects; discrete surround sound; higher resolution video images; smaller file sizes and reduced storage costs; greater portability; simpler, faster and higher capacity means to distribute content; and greater interoperability across a variety of playback devices. New digital media formats and products, such as DVD players, DVD recorders, HDTV, digital cable and personal computer-based video, music and game systems, have been introduced over the past several years. These technological advances have affected a broad range of entertainment formats, including movies, broadcasts, music, video games, personal computers and personal audio and video players, as well as a wide variety of playback environments, including theatres, homes and automobiles.

 

Consumers are helping to drive the transition to digital entertainment through their rapid adoption of new digital consumer electronics products that allow them to play back audio and video in their homes, cars and elsewhere. Growth in sales of digital-based consumer electronics products has increased significantly in recent years. For example, according to the December 2004 report “Worldwide and U.S. DVD Player 2004-2008 Forecast and Analysis” and the December 2001 report “Worldwide and U.S. DVD Player Market Forecast, 2000-2005” of independent market research firm International Data Corporation, or IDC, worldwide DVD player shipments increased from approximately 13.5 million in 2000 to approximately 89.9 million in 2003, resulting in a compound annual growth rate of approximately 88%. This growth in sales of digital-based consumer electronics products has coincided with increased consumer spending on electronic entertainment generally. According to the Consumer Electronics Association, or CEA, the average annual spending on consumer electronics per household in the United States has increased from approximately $600 in 1990 to approximately $1,100 in 2003. CEA defines consumer electronics to include consumer video products, home audio products and computers, peripherals and software, as well as video game hardware and software, portable audio products, mobile electronics, telephone and home office products, and blank media and accessories.

 

Traditional Analog Entertainment

 

All recorded and broadcast sound—movie soundtracks, phonograph records, radio and TV—was originally delivered in a single-channel, or mono, format. Then, in the early 1950s, multichannel, or stereophonic, film sound was introduced in cinemas by means of a costly new magnetic soundtrack technology. This was followed in 1958 by the introduction to consumers of two-channel stereo via LP phonograph records. FM and television broadcasting, and later videocassettes, ultimately followed suit with two-channel stereo, which became the standard for home entertainment media.

 

In the mid-1960s through the early 1990s, we introduced analog noise reduction technologies that improved the fidelity of master tapes used in the making of phonograph records. Our noise reduction technologies also enabled high-quality professional multitrack music recording and helped turn the audio tape cassette into a high-fidelity medium. In the mid 1970s, we also applied noise reduction and other technologies to movie soundtracks, enabling a practical four-channel surround sound format for cinemas that soon became virtually standard worldwide. These same technologies brought surround sound into the home in the early 1980s via specially encoded stereo video cassettes and TV broadcasts, creating a new category of consumer entertainment product, home theatre.

 

Evolution to Digital Entertainment

 

In 1982, the consumer music-listening experience was revolutionized by digital audio technology with the introduction of the compact disc, or CD. The CD brought higher audio quality, virtual immunity to wear and tear and other advantages that underscored the limitations of analog audio technology, as refined as it had become. The CD soon overtook analog phonograph records and audio cassettes, and spurred the conversion of other entertainment media from analog to digital, beginning with motion picture sound.

 

In 1991, we introduced a digital film sound format that provides high-quality sound delivered via five separate, full-range audio channels: left, center and right front channels; independent left and right surround

 

69


Table of Contents

channels; and a sixth channel for low-frequency effects, often referred to as the “.1” channel. Dolby Digital 5.1 surround enabled filmmakers and cinema operators to deliver a more dramatic and involving entertainment experience, such that today virtually all major film studios worldwide release their feature films with 5.1 digital soundtracks, and most major cinema operators have installed digital surround sound playback systems.

 

The 5.1-channel digital revolution then spread to consumer video and home theatre via the DVD-Video disc, for which Dolby Digital is one of two global standard formats, the other being PCM, approved by the DVD Forum for encoding soundtracks on DVD-Video discs. DVD-Video was adopted by consumers in part because of the rich, realistic home theatre experience provided by its high-quality picture and 5.1 surround sound. And today the digital revolution, complete with Dolby Digital 5.1 surround sound, has spread to digital television, digital cable, and direct broadcast satellite as well.

 

The transition to digital technologies for the motion picture industry is now going beyond sound. The cinema industry is in the early stages of transitioning to digital cinema, where movies can be distributed and exhibited in an all digital format. Digital cinema delivers higher resolution images and enables movies to be played repeatedly without degradation in image or sound quality. Digital cinema also offers the motion picture industry a possible means to achieve substantial cost savings by eliminating the need to physically print and distribute multiple reels of celluloid film for each movie, as digital movies can be distributed to cinemas by satellite broadcast. Digital cinema also may offer means to combat piracy through watermarking, interference and other techniques. Digital cinema is in the early stages of adoption, but it is expected that many cinema operators will adopt digital cinema technologies both for their newly constructed theatres as well as for retrofitting their existing theatres.

 

Consumers at home in recent years have also been seeking an immersive entertainment experience similar to the cinema. The commercialization of the DVD in 1997, which provides a feature-rich media format with high image picture quality and 5.1 digital audio soundtracks, helps deliver to consumers a cinematic experience in their homes. In the 1990s and early 2000s, movies and other content became widely available on DVDs. DVD players quickly supplanted VCRs as the preferred home video player, with annual sales for DVDs surpassing videocassettes in 2001, helped in part by the ever decreasing prices of DVD players. More recently, there has been widespread adoption of digital-based home theatre systems. According to its December 2004 report, “Worldwide and U.S. DVD Player 2004-2008 Forecast and Analysis,” IDC expects worldwide DVD player shipments to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2003 through 2008, with such growth coming primarily from DVD recorders, home-theatre-in-a-box systems and portable DVD players. The following chart details IDC’s estimates of total DVD player shipments worldwide through 2008.

 

LOGO

 

The large installed base of digital-based home theatre systems with surround sound capabilities also enables television broadcasters to offer to a large audience programming with digital audio that is comparable to or exceeds the quality available on DVDs. As a result, broadcasters can compete more effectively with DVD entertainment. Through digital cable and digital satellite television systems, broadcasters can deliver consumers improved image quality as well as digital audio surround sound, enabling audiences to experience a more

 

70


Table of Contents

realistic, immersive broadcast entertainment through their home theatre systems. Broadcasters, including ABC, CBS, ESPN, FOX, HBO, NBC and Showtime, currently offer high-definition video or surround sound for selected programming.

 

Governments worldwide are playing an important role in driving digital broadcasting by mandating that broadcasters transition to digital signals. Currently, all local terrestrial television stations in the United States are supposed to broadcast with digital signals. According to IDC’s May 2004 report, “Worldwide and U.S. Digital TV 2004-2008 Forecast,” there are approximately 275 million television sets in the United States, 9.2 million of which are digital. International markets are also planning to convert television signals to digital, although many are converting at a pace slower than the United States. For instance, analog broadcasts are expected to end by 2008 in Germany and 2012 in the United Kingdom. The following chart details IDC’s estimates of Digital TV shipments worldwide through 2008.

 

LOGO

 

An important factor driving the adoption of digital technologies for multimedia applications has been the proliferation of the personal computer. The affordability of personal computers, coupled with increases in processing power, functionality and storage, have enabled personal computers to become powerful and versatile multimedia devices. In recent years, people have increasingly used their computers to listen to music, view movies, play games and download content. In its March 2004 report, “U.S. Home Networking 2004-2008 Forecast,” IDC estimates that the number of households that have personal computers that store multimedia files and that are accessed by televisions, stereos or other devices will grow by over 70% in 2004 and is expected to be in more than 10 million households in 2008. Personal computers can provide centralized management of DVDs, CDs, MP3s and other digital content. The following chart details IDC’s estimates of DVD drive shipments for personal computers worldwide through 2008.

 

LOGO

 

71


Table of Contents

In addition, video game designers are incorporating surround sound technologies into their games to create a more immersive entertainment experience through the connection of the game console with a surround sound system. Video game designers who currently incorporate surround sound formats in their games include Electronic Arts, Microsoft Game Studio, Nintendo and SCEA. In addition, manufacturers of video game consoles have configured their consoles with outputs that enable consumers to enjoy their video games in surround sound.

 

The market for digital entertainment applications for use in factory installed automobile sound systems is also growing. Opportunities for entertainment technologies in this market include upgrading sound systems through the incorporation of satellite radio, digital audio and surround sound technologies, taking advantage of the multiple audio speakers already found in most cars, as well as additional growth and improvement in rear seat DVD entertainment systems. Currently Acura, Aston Martin, Cadillac, Infiniti, Maybach, Toyota and Volvo offer surround sound systems in some of their models, and many manufacturers already feature rear seat DVD entertainment systems as an option in some of their models, such as minivans or SUVs. Furthermore, manufacturers of factory installed entertainment systems such as Alpine, Eclipse, Kenwood, Panasonic and Pioneer also offer aftermarket multimedia systems for existing vehicle upgrades. According to Arbitron’s 2003 National In-Car Study, Americans report spending an average of 15 hours a week in their cars, either as a driver or a passenger. In addition, Arbitron reports that 39% of Americans say they are spending more time in their cars than one year ago. We believe that, as consumers spend more time in their cars, they will be more likely to seek high quality entertainment experiences for this environment.

 

How We Derive Revenue

 

We conduct our business in two segments: selling professional products and related production services and licensing our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products and software developers.

 

In our products and services segment, we design, manufacture and distribute audio products for the motion picture, broadcast, music and video game industries to improve sound quality, provide surround sound and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. The majority of our professional product revenue is derived from sales of cinema processors, which theatres use to decode digital and analog film soundtracks that have been encoded using Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies. Our sound engineers work alongside filmmakers, television broadcasters, music producers and video game designers to help them use our products to create and reproduce the sound they envision. Our sound engineers provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to cinema operators to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, our professional products and services revenue represented 34%, 27% and 27% of our total revenue, respectively.

 

In our technology licensing segment, we license our technologies to manufacturers of DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products, as well as to developers of software for personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us to receive a specified royalty for every consumer electronics product shipped by our licensees that incorporates our technologies. In fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, our licensing revenue represented 66%, 73% and 73% of our total revenue, respectively.

 

See Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for revenue by geographic location.

 

72


Table of Contents

Technology

 

Our core technologies are signal processing systems that improve basic sound quality or enable surround sound in movie soundtracks, DVDs, video games, television, satellite and cable broadcasts, and audio and videotapes. Many of our technologies are incorporated into professional audio products that we manufacture, including cinema sound processors and digital audio encoders and decoders. These products are used worldwide in recording and postproduction studios, broadcast facilities and theatres. We also license our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products for incorporation into their products, including DVD players, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, personal audio players, personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products.

 

Film Sound

 

The following table describes our film sound technologies:

 

    Technology        


  

Date First
Publicly
Introduced


  

First Feature
Film To Use
Technology


  

Description/Use


Dolby System

(mono)

   February 1972    Callan , 1974    The first use of Dolby A-type noise reduction on analog optical film soundtracks. This technology increased the frequency response, lowered the noise level and lowered distortion.

Dolby Stereo

  

November

1974

   Tommy, 1975    Our original multi-channel analog optical soundtrack. Dolby Stereo prints have two soundtracks encoded with four sound channels: left, center and right for speakers behind the screen, and a fourth surround channel for ambient sound and special effects heard over speakers to the sides and rear of the cinema (added for A Star Is Born in 1976 and Star Wars in 1977). This format also uses Dolby A-type noise reduction to improve the fidelity of the optical track. The Dolby Stereo track was designed so that the print could be played in any theatre in the world that processes 35 mm film, even if the theatre did not have our decoding equipment.

Dolby SR

   March 1986    Innerspace and Robocop , 1987    Enhancement to Dolby Stereo, utilizing Dolby SR signal processing instead of A-type noise reduction. Dolby SR soundtracks feature a significantly improved dynamic range, and are found today on almost all major 35 mm release prints.

Dolby Digital

(for cinema)

   February 1991    Batman Returns , 1992    Features a digital optical soundtrack located between the sprocket holes on one side of 35 mm release prints. Dolby Digital provides 5.1 digital audio surround sound. A Dolby Digital print also carries a Dolby SR analog soundtrack to make the print compatible with any theatre in the world that processes 35 mm film, even if it does not have Dolby Digital decoding equipment.
Dolby Digital Surround EX    October 1998    Star Wars: Episode 1—The Phantom Menace , 1999    Adds a third surround channel to the Dolby Digital format. The third channel is reproduced by rear-wall surround speakers, while the left and right surround channels are reproduced by speakers on the side walls.

 

73


Table of Contents

Digital Audio Coding

 

We have developed digital audio coding technologies for use in a wide range of entertainment industries. Based on research into the characteristics of human hearing, the sophisticated algorithms used in our digital audio technologies make it possible to store or transmit digital audio using less data than would otherwise be necessary, without noticeable loss of sound quality. The following table describes the digital audio coding technologies that we use or license:

 

    Technology


  

Date First
Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


Dolby AC-2

   October 1989    Provides professional audio quality digital sound using less data and lower bandwidth, reducing the data capacity required in applications such as satellite and terrestrial transmissions.

Dolby Digital

(AC-3)

   February 1991    Used to provide surround sound in theatres from 35 mm film, and in the home from DVDs, digital broadcast television, cable and satellite systems, and laser discs. Enables the storage and transmission of up to five full-range audio channels, plus a low-frequency effects channel, using less data bandwidth than is required for just one channel of music on a compact disc.

MLP Lossless

   June 1998    A “lossless” coding system specified for DVD-Audio that compacts data with bit-for-bit accuracy. MLP, or Meridian Lossless Packing, effectively doubles disc space without affecting the quality of high-resolution PCM audio.

Dolby E

   April 1999    A professional digital audio coding system developed to assist the conversion of two-channel broadcast facilities to multi-channel audio.

Advanced Audio Coding

(AAC)

   January 2001    A high-quality audio coding technology appropriate for many broadcast and electronic music-distribution applications. Dolby Laboratories was one of the four developers of this technology. Although we have developed versions of AAC technology that also incorporate our proprietary technologies, we generally participate in licensing of AAC technology through patent pools comprised of groups of patents held by us and other companies and administered by Via Licensing, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. See “Technology Licensing Segment” for a further description of our patent pool licensing activities through Via Licensing.

Dolby Digital Plus

   October 2004    Dolby Digital Plus is a new digital audio coding technology, built as an extension to Dolby Digital technologies. With the addition of new coding techniques and an expanded bitstream structure, Dolby Digital Plus offers greater efficiency for lower bitrates, as well as the option for more channels and higher bitrates. Dolby Digital Plus can support a wide range of current and emerging applications such as digital television, Internet delivered audio for interactive programs and high definition video disc formats. Dolby Digital Plus is compatible with all existing Dolby Digital-equipped audio/video receivers.

 

74


Table of Contents

Analog Signal Processing Technologies

 

The following table describes our analog signal processing technologies, including our noise reduction technologies:

 

    Technology


  

Date First

Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


A-type

Noise Reduction

   May 1966    Used by professional recording studios and film studios to improve master tape and film sound.

B-type and C-type

Noise Reduction

  

B-type:

June 1968

 

C-type:

October 1980

   Designed for consumer tape recording and playback to reduce background noise. B-type is included in cassette recorders and players designed for use in home audio systems, and is also used in the preparation of almost all prerecorded cassettes. C-type is included along with B-type in many mid-price cassette units designed for use in home audio systems.
HX Pro    January 1982    A technology for improving the ability of cassette tapes to record high-level, high frequency signals.

Spectral Recording

(SR)

   March 1986    Extends the overall dynamic range of analog media to rival that of digital formats. The analog soundtracks on virtually all 35 mm movie release prints from major motion picture studios worldwide are recorded with Dolby SR.

S-type Noise

Reduction

   October 1989    Our highest-performance system for analog cassette recording. It is included, along with B- and C-type noise reduction, in many mid-range to high-end cassette decks designed for use in home audio systems.

 

Consumer Surround Sound

 

The following table describes our consumer surround sound technologies:

 

    Technology


  

Date First

Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


Dolby Surround    December 1982    The consumer version of our original analog film surround sound format. When a Dolby Surround soundtrack is produced, four channels of audio information—left, center, right and surround—are encoded onto two audio tracks. These two tracks are then carried on stereo programs such as videotapes and television broadcasts into the home, where they can be decoded to recreate the original four channels and the surround sound experience. Thousands of feature films on home video, as well as dozens of television shows and specials, are encoded in Dolby Surround.

Dolby Surround

Pro Logic

   January 1987    An improved decoder for Dolby Surround. Like the professional decoder units used in cinemas, Dolby Surround Pro Logic reconstructs the original four channels—left, center, right and surround—that were encoded onto the program material’s two channel soundtracks.

Dolby Digital

( for consumer

electronics

products )

   August 1992    Technologies for digital audio encoding and decoding of consumer formats such as DVDs and DTV. As with film sound, Dolby Digital can provide up to five full-range channels for left, center and right channels and independent left and right surround channels, and a sixth channel for low-frequency effects.

 

75


Table of Contents

    Technology


  

Date First

Publicly
Introduced


  

Description/Use


Virtual Dolby

Surround and

Virtual Dolby

Digital

   January 1997    Enables a surround-sound experience using just two speakers in, for example, a stereo-capable TV set or other two channel playback system.
Dolby Headphone    January 2000    A signal processing system that enables conventional stereo headphones to portray the sound of a multispeaker surround sound system found in actual listening rooms.

Dolby Surround

Pro Logic II

   April 2001    A further improved decoding technology that provides better spatiality and directionality on Dolby Surround program material.

Dolby Virtual

Speaker

   October 2002    Simulates 5.1 surround sound from both multi-channel and two channel programs over as few as two speakers.

 

Content Protection Technologies

 

We intend to offer content protection technologies and services to the entertainment industry under the Cinea brand name. The following table describes our content protection technologies:

 

    Technology


  

Description/Use


Closed-Loop Key Management    Manages keys used for encrypting and decrypting content through automatic key generation, secure key transport, recipient authentication and validation, and auditing and logging feedback allowing for the detection of tampering.
Forensic Watermarking    Deters piracy by enabling content owners to track pirated material back to its source by placing identifying data in copyrighted material. Our patented watermarking technologies determine mark placement, message creation and insertion while preserving image quality.
Optical Technology    Inhibits movie piracy by degrading the quality of images made by hand-held camcorders in the theatre. Our optical technologies are designed to modulate light to create flicker patterns, which are embedded in the image, ultimately distorting the camcorder recording without impacting the audience.

 

Products and Services Segment

 

Professional Products

 

We design and manufacture professional audio products for a broad array of entertainment industries, including the motion picture, music, video game, home video and broadcast industries. Our professional products, which are distributed in over 50 countries, are used in content creation, distribution and playback to provide surround sound, improve sound quality and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. We manufacture our professional products in our two manufacturing facilities, located in Brisbane, California and Wootton Bassett, England.

 

Content creators, distributors and broadcasters.     Filmmakers, music producers, video game designers, broadcasters and DVD producers use our professional products to produce and distribute entertainment incorporating our sound technologies. We typically enter into service agreements with motion picture studios or filmmakers in connection with the production of a particular film. Under these agreements, we provide our encoders to the studio for use during sound mixing, enabling them to create films with Dolby soundtracks using

 

76


Table of Contents

our proprietary technologies. We sell products to the digital television, music, video game and home video industries. The professional products used by these content creators and distributors include the following:

 

    Product Category


      

Products


  

Description/Use


Dolby Digital       

·         DP569 Multi-channel Encoder

   Utilized to encode and decode multi-channel audio in a variety of media, including cinema sound, DVDs, DTV, HDTV, music, video games and digital radio.
        

·         DP564 Multi-channel Audio Decoder

  
        

·         Surround EX Encoder

  
        

·         Surround EX Decoder

  
        

·         DP570 Multi-channel Audio Tool

  
Dolby E       

·         DP571 Encoder

   Developed for DTV and HDTV program producers and broadcasters. Enables the distribution of up to eight channels of high-quality digital audio plus Dolby Digital metadata — high-level descriptive information about the audio, video and other elements of a stored or transmitted entertainment program — through two-channel postproduction and broadcasting infrastructures.
        

·         DP572 Decoder

  
        

·         DP570 Multi-channel Audio Tool

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  
Test and Measurement       

·         LM100 Broadcast Loudness Meter

   Used for applications in postproduction and television broadcast facilities.
        

·         DM100 Bitstream Analyzer

  
        

·         Model 737 Film Soundtrack Loudness Meter

  
Dolby Surround and Dolby Pro Logic II       

·         DP563 Dolby Surround and Pro Logic II Encoder

   Enables any two-channel audio medium to carry four-channel sound. Used for applications in postproduction, television broadcast, video-game creation and recording facilities.
        

·         DP564 Multi-channel Audio Decoder

  
        

·         Model SEU4 Dolby Surround Encoder

  
        

·         Model SDU4 Dolby Surround Decoder

  
Dolby SR and A-type       

·         Model 363 noise reduction unit

   Improves the dynamic range and reduces noise of analog recordings and transmissions in professional audio production.
Signal Processing       

·         Model 585 Time Scaling Processor

   Used for recording and film production applications.
        

·         Model 740 Spectral Processor

  
ISDN, Cable and Satellite Audio       

·         DP503 Digital Audio Encoder

   Designed for transmission systems requiring high-quality audio with spectrum-efficient data rates.
      

·         DP524 Digital Audio Decoder

 

  
Tape Duplication       

·         Models 422 and 422B processors

   Enables Dolby B-type and C-type noise reduction for audio and videotape duplication.

 

77


Table of Contents

Cinema Operators.     Cinema operators use our professional products to play motion picture soundtracks that have been produced using our sound technologies. The professional products we sell to cinema operators include the following:

 

    Product Category


      

Products


  

Description/Use


Cinema Processors       

·         CP650XO, CP650, CP650D and CP650SR Digital Cinema Processors

   Used to decode a film’s soundtrack and calibrate the sound system in a movie theatre.
        

·         CP45, CP65 and CP200 Cinema Processors

    
Cinema Adapters       

·         Digital Media Adapter Model DMA 8

   Used to adapt existing cinema sound systems to the latest sound formats.
        

·         DA20 Digital Film Sound Processor

  
        

·         SA10 Surround Adapter

  
Cinema Subtitle       

·         ScreenTalk

   Provides full-color digital subtitles and audio commentary for the hearing and visually impaired.
Sound Readers       

·         Dolby 702 Digital Soundhead

   Attaches directly to many current and older cinema projectors, enabling playback of Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Surround EX soundtracks.

 

Digital Cinema.     We have designed professional products which will enable cinemas to store and playback films released in an all digital format. Our digital cinema products include the following:

 

    Products


  

Description of Products


Dolby Show Store    Loads and stores encrypted digital film files.
Dolby Show Player    Decrypts and decodes digital film files for presentation on a digital projector.

 

Professional Services

 

We offer a variety of production services to support the motion picture, broadcast, recording and video game industries. Our sound engineers work alongside filmmakers, television broadcasters, music producers and video game designers to help them use our products to create and reproduce the sound they envision. We enter into service agreements with filmmakers on a film-by-film basis to provide them with sound production services related to the preparation of a Dolby soundtrack, such as equipment calibration, mixing room alignment and equalization. Under these service agreements, we also provide a Dolby encoder to the filmmaker for use during sound mixing. We sometimes also provide additional services under these service agreements, for an additional charge, such as print checking and theatre alignment for special screenings.

 

Our engineers can also provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise to cinema operators throughout the world to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. In addition, our engineers can also check the calibration of a theatre’s sound system for important screenings, such as premieres, film festivals and press screenings. Our engineers can also help optimize a theatre’s on-screen image using specialized test equipment and expertise.

 

Technology Licensing Segment

 

We license our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products. We utilize two models in our licensing business—a two-tier model and an integrated model. We also license some of our patents as well as patents owned by other entities through patent pools.

 

78


Table of Contents

Two-Tier Licensing Model

 

Most of our licensing business consists of a two-tier licensing model whereby our technology algorithms, embodied in C-language reference software code, are first provided under license to a semiconductor manufacturer who incorporates our technologies in a semiconductor chip such as an integrated circuit, or IC. Our licensed semiconductor manufacturers, which we refer to as “implementation licensees,” then sell their ICs to manufacturers of consumer electronics products which also hold licenses to use our technologies and which we refer to as “system licensees.” Our system licensees are separately licensed by us to make and sell end-user consumer electronics products, such as cassette decks, DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems, that incorporate ICs purchased from our implementation licensees.

 

Our implementation licensees may use our reference software and other licensed know-how directly, building and selling core technologies, such as ICs or software library modules. The implementation licensees pay us only a modest, one-time, up-front administrative fee, typically between $10,000 and $20,000, per license. In exchange, the licensee receives a licensing package, which includes certain information useful to build their implementation. Once the licensee has built its implementation, it sends us a sample for quality-control certification. If we certify the implementation, the licensee is permitted to sell the approved implementation to system licensees. We do not receive any royalties from implementation licensees. We work with over 40 semiconductor manufacturers, helping them incorporate our technologies into their ICs. Representative semiconductor manufacturers who are implementation licensees include Cirrus Logic, Industrial Technology Research Institute, Matsushita Electrical, MediaTek, Sony, Yamaha and Zoran.

 

Our system licensees pay us an initial fee for the technologies they choose to license from us, typically between $10,000 and $20,000. We deliver system licensees a licensing package that includes information useful in utilizing our technologies in their products. Once a system licensee has built a prototype of a product that incorporates our technologies, they send us a sample for quality-control certification. If certified, the licensee is permitted to buy approved implementations from any implementation licensee and to sell approved products to consumers. Unlike sales of ICs by implementation licensees, sales of consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies by system licensees are royalty bearing, generally based upon the number of units shipped by the system licensees that incorporate our technologies. We have licensing arrangements with approximately 500 consumer electronics product manufacturers and software developer licensees located in nearly 30 countries, which typically entitle us to receive a royalty for every product incorporating our technologies shipped by them.

 

Integrated Licensing Model

 

In addition to our two-tier licensing model, we also license our technologies, again as embodied in C-language reference software code, to independent software vendors, or ISVs. These ISVs act as combined implementation and system licensees, and incorporate our technologies in software applications such as personal computer software DVD players used in desktop or notebook computers. In these cases, the “implementation” and the “system” are one and the same, typically a software program compiled directly from our reference code. As with the two-tier licensing model, the ISV pays us an initial administrative fee, typically between $10,000 and $20,000. In exchange, the ISV receives a licensing package, which includes information useful in order to incorporate our technologies into the ISV’s software program. Once the ISV has built their software product, they send us a sample for quality-control certification. If certified by us, the ISV is permitted to sell the certified product to consumers, subject to the payment of royalties to us for each unit shipped.

 

Licensing of Patent Pools

 

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Via Licensing, we administer the licensing of some of our patents in “patent pools” with patents owned by other companies. These patent pools allow product manufacturers streamlined access to certain foundational technologies, including aspects of audio coding, video coding, digital radio and wireless Ethernet technologies, among other technologies.

 

79


Table of Contents

Customers

 

We have customers in a wide range of entertainment industries, on both the professional products and production services and the technology licensing sides of our business.

 

Professional Products and Services Customers

 

We have a broad market presence on the professional products and services side of our business. Our professional products, including cinema processors, are distributed in over 50 countries and our products and technologies have been used in the production of over 16,000 movies, tens of thousands of DVDs and hundreds of video games worldwide. We have sold over 73,000 cinema processors to cinema operators in over 50 countries. We sell our professional products either directly to the end-user customer or, more commonly, through dealers and distributors. The table below lists some of the movie studios, cinema operators, film distributors, broadcasters, and video game designers that use our professional products and production services. These customers are significant end users of our products and professional services, both in terms of revenue and strategic importance to us.

 

    Category


 

Representative End-Users


Movie Studios

 

·         DreamWorks

·         New Line Cinema

·         Paramount

·         Sony Pictures Entertainment

 

·         Universal Studios

·         Walt Disney

·         Warner Brothers

Cinema Operators

 

·         AMC Entertainment

·         Cinemark USA

·         EuroPalaces

·         Loews-Cineplex

·         National Amusements

 

·         Regal Cinemas

·         UCI

·         UGC Cinemas Group

·         Warner Brothers International Theaters

Film Distributors

 

·         Buena Vista International

·         Columbia Tristar

·         Pathé

 

·         20 th Century Fox

·         United International Pictures

·         Warner Brothers

Broadcasters:

       

Television Networks

 

·         ABC

·         CBS

·         FOX

 

·         NBC

·         PBS

Cable Network Channels

 

·         HBO

·         Showtime

 

·         Starz! Encore

·         Turner Broadcasting System

U.S. Direct Satellite Television Broadcasters and Broadcast Services

 

·         DirectTV

·         Echostar’s Dish Network

 

·         Cablevision’s VOOM

European Broadcasting Networks and Satellite Broadcasters

 

·         BBC, Sky (UK)

·         ORF (Austria)

·         Premiere, ProSieben, ZDF and Sat.1 (Germany)

·         RAI, Mediaset (Italy)

 

·         SVT and Canal Plus (Sweden)

·         TF1, TPS, Canal Plus (France)

Asia-Pacific Broadcasting Networks and Satellite Broadcasters

 

·         ABC, Nine Network, Channel Seven, Channel Ten, Foxtel (Australia)

 

·         CCTV (China)

·         SkyLife (Korea)

Video Game Designers

 

·         Electronic Arts

·         Microsoft Game Studio

 

·         Nintendo

·         SCEA

 

80


Table of Contents

Licensees

 

We also have a broad market presence on the licensing side of our business. We have licensed our sound technologies to consumer electronics product manufacturers in nearly 30 countries. Over 1.6 billion consumer electronics product units sold worldwide have incorporated our licensed technologies. The table below lists our major licensing customers by category. These customers represented in the aggregate over 60% of our licensing revenue in fiscal 2004:

 

    Category


  

Representative Customers/Brands


Home Audio/Video Products ( e.g., DVD players, DVD recorders, high-definition televisions, audio/video receivers and cassette decks )   

·         LG Electronics

·         Mitsubishi

·         Onkyo

·         Panasonic

·         Philips

  

·         Pioneer

·         Samsung

·         Sony

·         Thomson

Set-top Boxes   

·         Matsushita

·         Motorola

·         Pace

  

·         Pioneer

·         Scientific-Atlanta

·         Thomson

Personal Audio Players   

·         Apple (iPod)

  

·         Sony

Video Game Consoles   

·         Microsoft X-Box

  

·         Sony PS2

In-Car Entertainment Systems   

·         Alpine

  

·         Matsushita/Panasonic

Personal Computer Software DVD Developers   

·         Cyberlink

  

·         InterVideo

 

Industry Standards

 

We believe that the entertainment industry evolves toward an improved entertainment experience through the adoption of global technological standards. Industry standards may be created through formal “negotiated” standards processes, whereby governmental entities, industry standards bodies, trade associations and others evaluate and then select technology standards, which are then prescribed or, in certain cases, required for use by industry companies. We sometimes refer to these as “explicit” standards. In addition, industry standards may be created through a “de facto” process, whereby a technology is introduced directly in the marketplace and becomes widely used by industry participants.

 

We actively participate in a broad spectrum of professional organizations and industry standards boards worldwide that establish explicit industry standards, including the following organizations, among others:

 

·         Advanced Television Systems Committee, or ATSC

  

·         International Telecommunications Union, or ITU

·         Consumer Electronics Association, or CEA

  

·         Moving Pictures Experts Group, or MPEG

·         Digital Living Network Alliance, or DLNA

·         Digital Video Broadcasting, or DVB, Project

  

·         Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers, or SCTE

·         DVD Forum

·         International Electrotechnical Commission, or IEC

  

·         Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, or SMPTE.

 

Certain of our technologies have been adopted as the explicit or de facto industry standards on both the professional and consumer sides of our business, including the following:

 

  ·   DVD .    Dolby Digital is one of two global standard formats, along with PCM, approved by the DVD Forum for encoding movie soundtracks on DVD discs. As a result, virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding technologies. In addition, the DVD Forum has mandated the use of Dolby Digital Plus and MLP Lossless as audio formats for High-Definition DVD, and the Blu-ray Disc Association has mandated the use of Dolby Digital as an audio standard on its new Blu-ray Disc format.

 

81


Table of Contents
  ·   Movie soundtracks.     Dolby SR and Dolby Digital are de facto industry standards in that virtually all major movie soundtracks throughout the world are encoded using one or both of these technologies.

 

  ·   Broadcasting .

 

  ·   Digital terrestrial television.     Our digital AC-3 technology has been designated as an explicit industry standard by the ATSC as the audio system for digital terrestrial television, or DTV. In addition, the Federal Communications Commission has mandated the use of the ATSC specification for terrestrial DTV broadcasting in the United States. Government regulators in Canada, Mexico and Korea have also specified that the ATSC specification be used for DTV in those countries.

 

  ·   Digital cable.     The Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers has mandated the use of Dolby Digital for digital cable television in North America.

 

  ·   Music Recording .    Our Dolby A-, B-, C-, SR- and S-type noise reduction technologies have been de facto industry standards both for professional analog tape music recordings and for consumer playback of tape cassettes, including in mid-range and high-end cassette players, portable cassette players and car stereos.

 

Another example of our participation in industry standards institution is the loudness initiative, where we are active with the ATSC, European Broadcasting Union, ITU and SCTE industry groups, among others, to assist the industry in developing standards for measurement and control of program loudness for television broadcasts.

 

We also spearhead efforts to create standards in industries where historically there has been a lack of standardization. When we entered the film industry, there was no standard for the reproduction of stereo soundtracks and so each film sounded different as did each theatre. We led efforts to establish some standard playback characteristics still in use today. Currently, the lack of standardization for cinema advertising has led to many loud commercials. To address the loudness problem, we brought together companies selling advertising space on cinema screens around the world and established with them a technical specification for the audio of the commercials. Similarly, we worked with Hollywood film studios to standardize the loudness of film trailers following complaints from theatres. Our combined efforts resulted in the formation of the Trailer Audio Standards Association, or TASA. TASA and its equivalent international counterparts now monitor the levels of loudness in all trailers. In the United States, all film trailers must comply with the standards in order to receive a rating. We have also been a key participant in the Dye Track program to change the physical structure of analog soundtracks from a water-wasteful and ecologically unsound technique into a more environmentally friendly pure dye track. We developed the technology and have donated the patent to the industry. We have held the chairmanship of the driving committee since its inception in 1998. Other key companies in the Dye Track program include Kodak, Fuji, Technicolor and DeLuxe. Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, Disney and Dreamworks all have recently announced their intention to release their films with the new process.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Professional Products and Production Services

 

We sell our professional products through sales channels dedicated to specific industries. For cinema products, we sell to a combination of dealers, distributors and original equipment manufacturers, as well as directly to theatres themselves. Larger theatre chains, such as AMC and Regal, have their own purchasing departments and buy our products directly. Smaller chains and independents typically make their purchases through distributors. We also sell our professional products through cinema projector manufacturers that also act as distributors for other cinema equipment so that they can put together packages. Companies to whom we sell our equipment typically have attended a training course in installation and alignment in order to ensure that our equipment is correctly installed and aligned, thus assuring a high quality experience for the audience.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our professional broadcast products are sold to companies specializing in broadcast equipment, as well as some system integrators who design and equip complete broadcast installations. We also sell circuit boards incorporating our broadcast technologies to other manufacturers to integrate into their own broadcast products. For large purchases, we also sell directly to the end-user.

 

Marketing for both our cinema and broadcast products is largely done at industry trade shows such as the Audio Engineering Society exhibitions, CineAsia, Cinema Expo, International Broadcasters Convention, National Association of Broadcasters, ShowEast and ShoWest. We also advertise in trade magazines on a limited basis.

 

For production services, we deal directly with the film production company, which typically enters into a service contract with us for a specific film. Under the terms of our licensing agreements, we provide the equipment required to perform the mastering to the film production companies. Any additional services provided, usually in the printing laboratory or in theatres, are then charged at our current engineering rates.

 

Consumer Licensing

 

We sell and market our licensed technologies to a wide range of consumer electronics product manufacturers through our account management team. This team markets our technologies to potential licensees on a worldwide basis from our headquarters in San Francisco and is supported by our liaison offices in Beijing, Hong Kong, London, Shanghai and Tokyo. We divide our sales and marketing efforts for our licensed technologies into different market segments: consumer electronics, broadcast, in-car entertainment systems, personal computers and video games. In the consumer electronics market, we focus our sales and marketing efforts on manufacturers of consumer electronics products such as DVD players, DVD recorders, home theatre systems, audio/video receivers, and personal audio and video players. In the broadcast market, we market our technologies to makers of digital televisions and set-top boxes. In the automotive market, we market our technologies directly to automotive manufacturers, as well as manufacturers of after-market in-car entertainment systems. In the personal computer market, we focus our marketing efforts on software developers, but also have begun to market our technologies directly to personal computer manufacturers. In the video game market, we have a dedicated team of marketers who focus their efforts on game developers and publishers.

 

Research and Development

 

For almost 40 years, we have concentrated research and development on audio signal processing technologies. However, we have recently expanded our research and development efforts into other areas important for future entertainment systems, including technologies for processing digital moving images and protecting content.

 

The research division conducts applied research in sound, image and related signal processing technologies. By focusing on creation, proof of feasibility and early-stage prototyping of patentable new sound, image and related technologies, the research division serves as a source of new technologies for the engineering and technology development teams in the professional and consumer divisions. The research division also helps identify, investigate and analyze new long-term opportunities, helps shape our technology strategy, and provides support for internally developed and externally acquired technologies.

 

Engineering and technology development teams in the professional and consumer divisions take the technologies developed by the research division and further implement such technologies in our professional products and licensed applications. Engineers in our professional division design and develop software and hardware products and systems that we manufacture and sell for professional applications. Engineers and technology development teams in the consumer division primarily focus on the development of reference designs, typically software, for the technology implementations that we license for consumer, and some professional, applications. In addition, our professional and consumer divisions are also involved in the commercialization of technologies created by third parties that may be of interest to us.

 

83


Table of Contents

In recent years, we have expanded our research and development efforts to include technologies that are not solely related to sound. These technologies include digital image signal processing and content protection technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment. In addition, we are continuing to explore other areas where we may be able to develop and deliver technologies that enrich the entertainment experience.

 

We conduct our research and development activities at a number of locations worldwide, including Burbank, California, San Francisco, California, Richmond, Virginia and Sydney, Australia. As of September 24, 2004, we had approximately 158 employees involved in research and development. Our research and development expenses were $15.1 million, $18.3 million and $23.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Manufacturing

 

Our professional product manufacturing process is a low volume, material intense, low labor business operation, with core competencies of automation, quick set ups, experienced personnel and product testing. Due to the complex nature of most of our professional products as well as the low-volume nature, we believe that we can best ensure product quality by keeping our manufacturing processes entirely in-house and not outsourcing assembly or testing procedures.

 

We manufacture our professional products in our two manufacturing facilities located in Brisbane, California and Wootton Bassett, England. While both facilities manufacture our main cinema processors, the Brisbane facility also manufactures most of the professional and broadcast products, while Wootton Bassett manufactures lower volume and specialty cinema products. By having the same types of equipment, as well as assembly and testing, in both locations, we are able to balance production output between locations to meet customer demands.

 

Our manufacturing process is a circuit board assembly operation, meaning we do not manufacture circuit boards nor do we fabricate metal products in-house as those activities are outsourced to multiple suppliers in the United States and in Europe. Our product quality is ensured by a high level of automation to eliminate manual assembly as much as possible and provide for an efficient and consistent manufacturing process. Automated assembly capabilities include surface mount, through-hole and odd-form insertion. Our product testing includes in-circuit testing of finished circuit boards, functional testing of all parameters in the engineering specifications, and final testing to ensure that the product meets the published specifications. We utilize Teradyne in-circuit test systems and automated functional test equipment, such as Audio Precision.

 

We purchase components and fabricated parts from multiple suppliers in the United States and Europe. We rely on sole source suppliers for some of the components that we use to manufacture our professional products, including certain charged coupled devices, light emitting diodes and digital signal processors. If these sole source suppliers become unable or unwilling to deliver these components to us at an acceptable cost or at all, we could be forced to redesign certain of our products, which could result in material production delays, increased costs and reductions in shipments of our products, any of which could increase our operating costs, harm our customer relationships or materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. We source components and fabricated parts locally, but we also buy globally in order to ensure continued supply.

 

Competition

 

The markets for entertainment industry technologies, including motion picture, broadcasting, consumer electronics, computer, gaming and Internet technologies, are highly competitive, and we face competitive threats and pricing pressure in all of these industries. Our competitors in our products and services business include, among other companies, Avica, EVS, GDC, Kodak, Microsoft, NEC, Panastereo, Sony, Digital Theater Systems and UltraStereo. On the technology licensing side of our business, our competitors include Coding Technologies, Digital Theater Systems, Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits, Microsoft, Philips, RealNetworks, Sony, SRS Labs and Thomson. Other companies may become competitors in the future.

 

84


Table of Contents

Some of our current and future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, or may have more experience or advantages in the markets in which they compete. For example, Microsoft and RealNetworks may have an advantage over us in the market for Internet technologies because of their greater experience in that market. In addition, some of our current or potential competitors, such as Microsoft and RealNetworks, may be able to offer integrated system solutions in certain markets for sound or non-sound entertainment technologies, including audio, video and rights management technologies related to personal computers or the Internet, which could make competing technologies that we develop unnecessary. By offering an integrated system solution, these potential competitors also may be able to offer competing technologies at lower prices than our technologies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We also face competitive risks in situations where our customers are also current or potential competitors. For example, Sony is a significant customer and is also a competitor with respect to certain of our professional and consumer technologies. Sony’s announcement in September 2004 that it plans to acquire Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, which is also a significant purchaser of our professional products and production services, is expected to increase this potential competitive risk. In addition, Universal, which is a purchaser of our professional products and production services, also has had an ownership interest in Digital Theater Systems, one of our competitors.

 

In addition, many of the consumer electronics products that include our sound technologies also include sound technologies developed by our competitors.

 

We believe that the principal competitive factors in each of our markets include some or all of the following:

 

  ·   Inclusion in explicit industry standards;

 

  ·   Adoption as de facto industry standards;

 

  ·   Brand recognition and reputation;

 

  ·   Quality and reliability of products and services;

 

  ·   Technology performance, flexibility and range of application;

 

  ·   Relationships with film producers and distributors and with semiconductor and consumer electronics product manufacturers;

 

  ·   Availability of compatible high-quality audio content and the inclusion of Dolby Digital soundtracks on DVDs;

 

  ·   Price; and

 

  ·   Timeliness and relevance of new product introductions.

 

We believe we compete favorably with respect to many of these factors.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary technologies and our brand. We have a substantial base of intellectual property assets, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets such as know-how.

 

We have over 770 individual issued patents and over 700 pending patent applications in nearly 30 jurisdictions throughout the world. Our issued patents are scheduled to expire at various times through April 2023. Of these, ten patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2005, 66 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, and 44 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007. We derive our licensing

 

85


Table of Contents

revenue principally from our Dolby Digital technologies. Patents relating to our Dolby Digital technologies expire between 2008 and 2017, and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies expire between 2019 and 2020. We pursue a general practice of filing patent applications for our technology in the United States and various foreign countries where our customers manufacture, distribute, or sell licensed products. We actively pursue new applications to expand our patent portfolio to address new technology innovations. We have multiple patents covering unique aspects and improvements for many of our technologies.

 

We have over 800 trademark registrations throughout the world for a variety of word marks, logos and slogans. Our marks cover our various products, technologies, improvements and features, as well as the services that we provide. Our trademarks are an integral part of our licensing program and licensees typically elect to place our trademarks on their products to inform consumers that their products incorporate our technology and meet our quality specifications. Our trademarks include the following:

 

Examples of our Word Trademarks

 

·         Dolby

·         Dolby Digital

·         Dolby Headphone

·         Dolby SR

 

·         Dolby Surround

·         EQ Assist

·         MLP

·         Surround EX

 

Examples of our Logo Trademarks

 

LOGO

 

We have a significant amount of copyright protected materials including software, textual materials and master audio materials. In addition, we also seek to maintain certain intellectual property as trade secrets.

 

Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights, or our technologies may be alleged to infringe or misappropriate existing patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. We may enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and could divert management resources and attention. An adverse determination could require that we pay damages, pay royalties or stop using technologies found to be in violation of a third party’s rights, which could prevent us from offering our products and services to others. We may be required to enter into royalty or license agreements to use a third party’s technologies, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. Alternatively, we may have to develop non-infringing technologies, at significant expense and effort. If we cannot license or develop technologies for the infringing aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our product and service offerings and may be unable to compete effectively.

 

We also actively attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign countries. However, we have experienced problems in the past with consumer electronics product manufacturers, particularly in China, failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies, and we expect to continue to

 

86


Table of Contents

experience such problems in the future. In addition, we may experience similar problems in other countries where intellectual property rights are not as respected as they are in the United States, Japan and Europe.

 

In addition, we have relatively few or no issued patents in certain countries. For example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies. In India, we have no issued patents. As such, growing our licensing revenue in developing countries such as China and India will depend on our ability to obtain patent rights in these counties for existing and new technologies, which is uncertain. Moreover, because of the limitations of the legal systems in many of these countries, the effectiveness of patents obtained or that may in the future be obtained, if any, is likewise uncertain.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

In May 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Lucent Technologies, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Guardian I, LLC, together “Lucent,” in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. We seek a declaration that U.S. patents 5,627,938 and 5,341,457 are invalid and that we have not infringed, induced others to infringe or contributed to infringement of any of the claims of these patents. These patents generally involve a process and means for encoding and decoding audio signals. Lucent twice moved to dismiss our complaint. After its second motion was denied, Lucent filed an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office to reissue one of these patents. The outcome of that proceeding is currently not determinable. In August 2002, Lucent filed counterclaims alleging that we have infringed the two patents-in-suit directly and by inducing or contributing to the infringement of those patents by others. Lucent contends that products incorporating our AC-3 technology infringe those patents. Lucent seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. The case is now set for jury trial in San Jose, California in April 2005. We believe Lucent’s claims are without merit, and we are vigorously litigating this matter. However, as with any litigation, the outcome is uncertain. A determination against us in the Lucent litigation could materially impact our technology licensing business, which may seriously harm our financial condition and results operations. Even if we prevail in this dispute, the litigation will be expensive and time-consuming and may distract our management from operating our business.

 

Employees

 

As of September 24, 2004, we had 750 employees worldwide consisting of 158 employees in research and development, 319 employees in sales, marketing and support, 121 employees in manufacturing and distribution, and 152 employees in finance and administration. As of September 24, 2004, approximately 184 of our 750 employees were working outside of the United States. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are good.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California, occupying approximately 78,000 square feet of space. The lease for these offices expires on December 31, 2005, and we have an option to extend the term for an additional five years. We lease our principal executive offices from Ray Dolby. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Real Estate Transactions—Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue.”

 

Ray and Dagmar Dolby, the Ray Dolby Trust or the Dolby Family Trust owns a majority financial interest in real estate entities that own and lease to us certain of our other facilities in California and the United Kingdom. We own the remaining financial interests in these real estate entities. We lease from these real estate entities approximately 140,000 square feet of space at 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California for our principal administrative offices, approximately 45,000 square feet of space in Brisbane, California for manufacturing facilities, approximately 75,000 square feet of space in Wootton Bassett, England for manufacturing, sales, services and administrative facilities and approximately 19,000 square feet of space in Burbank, California for research and development, sales, services and administrative facilities. The leases for these facilities expire at

 

87


Table of Contents

various times through 2015. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Real Estate Transactions—Jointly Owned Real Estate Entities.”

 

We also lease additional research and development, sales and administrative facilities from third parties in California, New York and Virginia, and internationally, in Beijing, London, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Sydney, and Tokyo. The leases for these facilities expire at various times through 2017.

 

We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future, and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate our foreseeable future operations.

 

88


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2004:

 

Executive Officers and Directors


   Age

  

Position(s)


Ray Dolby

   71    Founder and Chairman of the Board

Bill Jasper

   57    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mark Anderson

   46    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Janet Daly

   55    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Steve Forshay

   50    Senior Vice President, Research

Marty Jaffe

   51    Executive Vice President, Business and Finance

Tim Partridge

   42    Senior Vice President and General Manager, Professional Division

Ed Schummer

   55    Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Division

David Watts

   52    Vice President and Managing Director, United Kingdom branch

Peter Gotcher

   45    Director

Sanford Robertson

   73    Director

Roger Siboni

   50    Director

 

Ray Dolby , founder and chairman of Dolby Laboratories, was born in Portland, Oregon and grew up on the San Francisco peninsula. From 1949 through 1952 he worked on audio and instrumentation projects at Ampex Corporation, where from 1952 through 1957, as a student, he was mainly responsible for the development of the electronic aspects of the Ampex video tape recording system. He received his B.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University in 1957 and, as a Marshall Scholar, left Ampex to pursue further studies at Cambridge University in England. He received a Ph.D. degree in physics from Cambridge in 1961.

 

In 1963, Dolby took up a two-year appointment as a United Nations technical advisor in India, then returned to England in 1965 to found Dolby Laboratories in London. In 1976 he established further offices, laboratories and manufacturing facilities in California. He holds more than 50 United States patents and has written papers on video tape recording, long wavelength X-ray analysis and noise reduction. Ray Dolby makes his home in San Francisco with his wife, Dagmar. He enjoys skiing, boating and flying.

 

Honors and Awards—Audio Engineering Society: Fellow and Past President; Silver Medal; Gold Medal. British Kinematograph Sound and Television Society: Fellow; Science and Technology Award. Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers: Fellow; Samuel L. Warner Memorial Award; Alexander M. Poniatoff Gold Medal; Progress Medal; Honorary Member. Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences: Science and Engineering Award; “Oscar” Award. National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences: “Emmy” Award. National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences: “Grammy” Award. United States: National Medal of Technology. United Kingdom: Honorary O.B.E.

 

Bill Jasper , our president and chief executive officer, joined Dolby Laboratories in February 1979 and has also served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Jasper served in a variety of positions prior to becoming president in May 1983, including as our vice president, finance and administration and executive vice president. Mr. Jasper is a member of the Audio Engineering Society and the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers and an at-large member of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. He serves as chairman of the board of directors of FOCUS Enhancements and as a member of the board of trustees of Saint Mary’s College of California. Mr. Jasper holds a B.S. degree in industrial engineering from Stanford University and a M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Mark Anderson has served as our vice president, general counsel since November 2003 and was also appointed our corporate secretary in March 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Anderson was an associate and then a partner at the law firm of Farella Braun & Martel LLP, from August 1989 to November 2003, and directed the

 

89


Table of Contents

firm’s commercial law department and business transactions practice group. Mr. Anderson is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. degree in business administration from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a J.D. from Golden Gate University School of Law.

 

Janet Daly has served as our vice president and chief financial officer since June 1991. Prior to joining us, Ms. Daly held various positions in financial management, including chief financial officer for a retail software developer and controller of a major United States movie theatre exhibitor. Ms. Daly is a member of Financial Executives International, serves as a member of the board of Sunny Hills Children’s Garden Childrens’ Services and has been a certified public accountant in California since 1980. Ms. Daly has a B.A. degree in business from San Francisco State University.

 

Steve Forshay has served as our senior vice president, research since November 2004. Previously, Mr. Forshay served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1982, including as our vice president, research and vice president, engineering. Mr. Forshay is a member of the Audio Engineering Society, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers and the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers. Mr. Forshay holds a B.S.E.E. degree in electrical engineering from the New Jersey Institute of Technology and a M.B.A. from Saint Mary’s College of California.

 

Marty Jaffe has served as our executive vice president, business and finance since March 2004. Previously, Mr. Jaffe served as our vice president, business affairs since joining us in November 2000 to March 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jaffe served in a variety of positions at the Chronicle Publishing Company, a diversified media company, from June 1986 to October 2000, most recently as the vice president and chief financial officer. Mr. Jaffe is a certified public accountant and holds an A.B. degree in political and social behavior from Occidental College, a J.D. from the University of California Hastings College of Law and a M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Tim Partridge has served as the senior vice president and general manager of our professional division since March 2004. Previously, Mr. Partridge served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1984, including as the vice president and general manager of our professional division and vice president, marketing. Mr. Partridge holds a bachelor’s of music and electronics honors degree from the Tonmeister program at the University of Surrey.

 

Ed Schummer has served as the senior vice president and general manager of our consumer division since October 2001. Previously, Mr. Schummer served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1978, including as the vice president and general manager of our consumer division, vice president, licensing and vice president, marketing. Mr. Schummer is a member of the Audio Engineering Society and the Licensing Executive Society. Mr. Schummer holds a B.S.E.E. degree in electrical engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology.

 

David Watts has served as the vice president and managing director of our United Kingdom branch since January 2000. Previously, Mr. Watts served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1977, including as our vice president, marketing. Mr. Watts holds a B.Sc. degree in mathematics from the University of Sussex.

 

Peter Gotcher has served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Gotcher is an independent investor. Mr. Gotcher was a venture partner with Redpoint Ventures, a private investment firm, from September 1999 to January 2003. Prior to joining Redpoint Ventures, Mr. Gotcher was a venture partner with Institutional Venture Partners, a private investment firm, from 1997 to September 1999. Prior to joining Institutional Venture Partners, Mr. Gotcher founded and served as the president, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of Digidesign from 1984 to 1995. Digidesign was acquired by Avid Technology, a media software company, in 1995 and Mr. Gotcher served as the general manager of Digidesign and executive vice president of Avid Technology from January 1995 to May 1996. Mr. Gotcher serves on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Gotcher holds a B.A. degree in English literature from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

90


Table of Contents

Sanford Robertson has served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Robertson has been a partner of Francisco Partners, a technology buyout fund, since 1999. Prior to founding Francisco Partners, Mr. Robertson was the founder and chairman of Robertson, Stephens & Co., a technology investment bank formed in 1978 and sold to BankBoston in 1998. Since the sale, Mr. Robertson has been a technology investor and advisor to several technology companies. Mr. Robertson was also the founder of Robertson, Colman, Siebel & Weisel, later renamed Montgomery Securities, another technology investment bank. Mr. Robertson also serves on the board of directors of Pain Therapeutics and salesforce.com. Mr. Robertson holds a B.B.A. and a M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

 

Roger Siboni has served as a director since July 2004. Mr. Siboni is chairman of the board of directors of E.piphany, Inc., a provider of customer interaction software, and served as president and chief executive officer of E.piphany from August 1998 to July 2003. From July 1996 to August 1998, Mr. Siboni was deputy chairman and chief operating officer of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, a member firm of KPMG International, an accounting and consulting firm. From July 1993 to June 1996, Mr. Siboni was managing partner of the KPMG Peat Marwick LLP’s information, communication and entertainment practice. Mr. Siboni also serves on the boards of directors of Cadence Design Systems and FileNET. Mr. Siboni holds a B.S. degree in business administration from the University of California at Berkeley.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Our amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and five directors are currently authorized.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee and an outside director compensation committee, each of which have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the completion of this offering.

 

Audit Committee

 

Peter Gotcher, Sanford Robertson and Roger Siboni, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our audit committee. Mr. Siboni is the chairman of our audit committee. Our board has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. The board of directors has also determined that each of Messrs. Gotcher, Robertson and Siboni are “audit committee financial experts” as defined in SEC rules. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ·   Selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

  ·   Evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

 

  ·   Monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

  ·   Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

  ·   Acting as our qualified legal compliance committee; and

 

  ·   Preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

 

91


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

 

Peter Gotcher, Sanford Robertson and Roger Siboni, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our compensation committee. Mr. Gotcher is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ·   Reviewing and recommending to the board for our chief executive officer and other executive officers: annual base salary, annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control agreements/provisions, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

  ·   Evaluating and recommending to the board compensation plans, policies and programs for our chief executive officer and other executive officers; and

 

  ·   Preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Peter Gotcher, Sanford Robertson and Roger Siboni, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors, comprise our nominating and governance committee. Mr. Robertson is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our board has determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. The nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  ·   Assisting the board in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending to the board director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

  ·   Developing and recommending to the board governance principles applicable to us;

 

  ·   Overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management; and

 

  ·   Recommending to the board members for each board committee.

 

Outside Director Compensation Committee

 

Ray Dolby and Bill Jasper comprise our outside director compensation committee. The outside director compensation committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending the form and amount of compensation awarded to our non-employee directors.

 

Director Compensation

 

Our non-employee directors have received options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. In June 2003, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $1.26 per share to each of Peter Gotcher and Sanford Robertson. In April 2004, we granted options to purchase 60,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $2.07 to each of Messrs. Gotcher and Robertson. In August 2004, we granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of Class B common stock to Roger Siboni and 30,000 shares of Class B common stock to each of Messrs. Gotcher and Robertson at an exercise price of $2.07 per share. These options vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

 

We also pay each of our non-employee directors $30,000 per year for their services as members of our board of directors. In addition, Mr. Siboni receives $20,000 for his services as chairman of our audit committee. We also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel expenses in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings.

 

92


Table of Contents

Effective upon the completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will receive $30,000 per year for their service on the board of directors, and the chairman of the audit committee will receive an additional $20,000 per year. Our non-employee directors will also receive automatic grants of options under our 2005 Stock Plan. Each non-employee director appointed to the board after the completion of this offering will receive an initial option to purchase 20,000 shares of our Class A common stock, which will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date. In addition, on July 15, 2005, and following each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning in 2006, non-employee directors who have been directors for at least six months will receive a subsequent option to purchase 10,000 shares of our Class A common stock, which will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date. These options will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to a change of control of us. See “Employee Benefit Plans—2005 Stock Plan.”

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position


   Annual Compensation

    Long-Term
Compensation
Awards


  

All Other
Compensation ($) (2)


 
   Salary ($)

   Bonus ($) (1)

   

Securities Underlying

Options


  

Bill Jasper

   592,949    1,723,165  (3)   900,000    220,316  (4)

President and Chief Executive Officer

                      

Janet Daly

   242,729    274,844     150,000    126,741  (5)

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

                      

Marty Jaffe

   334,395    272,658     180,000    57,276  (6)

Executive Vice President,

Business and Finance

                      

Ed Schummer

   326,445    206,189     180,000    173,411  (7)

Senior Vice President and

General Manager, Consumer Division

                      

David Watts (8)

   311,034    206,321     180,000    56,753  (9)

Vice President and Managing Director,

United Kingdom branch

                      

(1) We generally pay bonuses in the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which they were earned. Unless otherwise noted, bonus amounts presented were earned in fiscal 2004 and will be paid in fiscal 2005.

 

(2)

We previously paid premiums for split-dollar life insurance polices for certain of our executive officers. We ceased these payments in fiscal 2004 and transferred the full value of those policies to the executive officer.

 

93


Table of Contents
 

In addition, in fiscal 2004 we received a cash dividend from an insurer on the split-dollar life insurance policies, which we allocated among the executive officers covered by policies with that insurer.

 

(3) Includes $1,185,415 for a stock bonus of 571,560 shares granted in January 2004, based on the fair market value on the date of award of $2.07 per share.

 

(4) Includes $33,386 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $792 in life insurance premiums, $103,394 in contributions under our senior executive supplemental retirement plan, $53,048 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy and $29,696 received in connection with the allocation of a dividend received on split-dollar life insurance policies.

 

(5) Includes $25,273 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $672 in life insurance premiums, $28,990 in contributions under our senior executive supplemental retirement plan and $71,806 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy.

 

(6) Includes $26,694 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $756 in life insurance premiums and $29,826 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy.

 

(7) Includes $26,307 in profit-sharing and matching 401(k) plan contributions under our retirement plan, $732 in life insurance premiums, $45,646 in contributions under our senior executive supplemental retirement plan, $83,891 received in connection with the transfer of a split-dollar life insurance policy and $16,835 received in connection with the allocation of a dividend received on split-dollar life insurance policies.

 

(8) Amounts derived from United Kingdom pounds have been expressed in U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate for the United Kingdom pound of $1.8031 on September 24, 2004.

 

(9) Includes $53,642 in contributions under our United Kingdom group personal pension plan and funded unapproved retirement benefits scheme and $3,110 in life insurance premiums.

 

Stock Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

The following table provides information regarding grants of stock options to each of the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. The percentage of total options set forth below is based on options to purchase an aggregate of 5,081,500 shares of our Class B common stock granted to employees during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004. All options were granted at the fair market value of our Class B common stock, as determined by the board of directors on the date of grant.

 

These options were granted under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. The options vest over a four-year period, at a rate of 1/4 th upon each anniversary of their vesting commencement dates. See “Employee Benefit Plans—2000 Stock Incentive Plan” for a further description of certain terms relating to these options.

 

The amounts shown in the table as potential realizable value represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved if options are exercised at the end of the option term. The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with SEC rules based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price. Potential realizable values are net of exercise price.

 

94


Table of Contents

Stock Option Grants in 2004

 

Name


  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

Granted


  

Percent of
Total
Options
Granted to
Employees

in 2004 (%)


  

Exercise
Price
Per

Share ($)


  

Expiration

Date


  

Potential Realizable Value at
Assumed Annual Rates of
Stock Price Appreciation

for Option Terms ($)


               5%

   10%

Bill Jasper

   900,000    17.7    2.07    04/20/14          

Janet Daly

   150,000    3.0    2.07    04/20/14          

Marty Jaffe

   180,000    3.5    2.07    04/20/14          

Ed Schummer

   180,000    3.5    2.07    04/20/14          

David Watts

   180,000    3.5    2.07    04/20/14          

 

Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

 

The following table provides information regarding the exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended September 24, 2004, by the named executive officers, and the value of securities underlying options held by our named executive officers at September 24, 2004.

 

There was no public trading market for our common stock as of September 24, 2004. The value realized and the value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end have been calculated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , less the applicable exercise price, in accordance with SEC rules.

 

Name


  

Shares
Acquired on

Exercise


  

Value

Realized ($)


  

Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options at

Fiscal Year-End


  

Value of Unexercised

In-the-Money Options at

Fiscal Year-End ($)


         Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

Bill Jasper

   196,330            1,132,110          

Janet Daly

   46,785            190,595          

Marty Jaffe

   31,250            223,750          

Ed Schummer

   18,380         64,615    257,665          

David Watts (1)

              299,900          

(1) Mr. Watts holds options to purchase shares of Class B common stock, 64,930 shares of which were vested as of September 24, 2004 but none of which are exercisable until completion of this offering.

 

Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements

 

Employment Agreements

 

Marty Jaffe, our executive vice president, business and finance, executed an offer letter dated September 28, 2000, effective as of November 1, 2000. Mr. Jaffe’s current annual base salary is $338,000. He is eligible for annual bonus compensation under our annual incentive plan as well as a discretionary bonus based on meeting performance criteria set by our president and chief executive officer. In the event Mr. Jaffe’s employment terminates without cause, he will be entitled to receive severance equal to twelve months of his then current salary.

 

Mark Anderson, our vice president, general counsel and secretary, executed an offer letter dated October 23, 2003, effective as of November 20, 2003. Mr. Anderson’s current annual base salary is $285,000. He also received a signing bonus of $50,000 and is eligible for annual bonus compensation of up to 45% of his base salary under our annual incentive plan. In the event Mr. Anderson’s employment terminates without cause, he will be entitled to receive severance equal to twelve months of his then current salary, and his outstanding equity awards will vest in full.

 

95


Table of Contents

Change in Control Arrangements

 

Our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and 2005 Stock Plan provide for the acceleration of vesting of awards in certain circumstances in connection with or following a change in control of us. See “Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan in October 2000, which was amended in April 2004 and September 2004. Our board of directors has decided not to grant any additional options under the plan following the completion of this offering. However, the plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under the plan.

 

Share Reserve.     A total of 15,131,730 shares of our Class B common stock are authorized for issuance under the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. As of September 24, 2004, awards to acquire a total of 12,599,820 shares of our Class B common stock were issued and outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $1.61 per share. In addition, subsequent to September 24, 2004, options to purchase an aggregate of 780,750 shares of Class B common stock have been granted under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $6.28 per share.

 

Eligibility and Term of Awards .    The amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants and to employees, directors and consultants of any entity related to us, and for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to our and our related entities’ employees. Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The administrator has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Stock Options .    The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the grant date and nonqualified stock options may not have an exercise price which is less than 85% of the fair market value on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

 

Upon termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may never be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Restricted Stock Awards .    Restricted stock awards, which represent the right to purchase our Class B common stock, may be issued under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The administrator determines the purchase price of a restricted stock award granted under the plan, which may be not less than 85% of the fair market value on the grant date, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the purchase price must equal at least 100% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other restricted stock awards. Upon termination of an employee, director or consultant, we generally will have the right to repurchase unvested stock held by the participant within ninety days following the participant’s termination of service with us.

 

Transferability .    Our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

96


Table of Contents

Effect of a Change in Control.     Our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a “corporate transaction,” generally defined as merger with or into another corporation or a change in control, the portion of each award that is assumed, substituted or replaced with a cash incentive program will become fully vested and exercisable upon termination of an employee, director or consultant if such termination occurs by us or the successor corporation without “cause” or voluntarily by such employee, director or consultant with “good reason” and within twelve months following such corporate transaction. For the portion of the award that is not assumed, substituted or replaced, such portion of the award will become automatically vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction. If an award is not assumed, substituted or replaced, each outstanding award will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction.

 

Disposition of a Related Entity .    In the event of a disposition of an entity related to us and outstanding awards of a participant performing services at such time to the related entity are not assumed, substituted or replaced, the plan provides that upon the consummation of such related entity disposition such participant will be deemed to have terminated service and any outstanding awards will be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement. If awards are assumed, substituted or replaced and except as otherwise provided in any award agreement, the portion of each award that is assumed, substituted or replaced will become fully vested and exercisable upon termination of the participant’s service if such termination occurs by us or the successor corporation without cause or voluntarily by such participant with good reason and within twelve months following such related entity disposition. For the portion of the award that is not assumed, substituted or replaced, such portion of the award will become automatically vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of the related entity disposition.

 

Amendment or Termination.     Our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2010, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

 

Stock Equivalent Cash Bonus Program

 

Our board of directors adopted our Stock Equivalent Cash Bonus Program in January 2002. The stock equivalent program provides for the grant of stock equivalent units with an economic benefit equivalent to the grant of a stock option under our stock plans to our employees and consultants who provide services for our offices in China and France. We may cancel or change the stock equivalent program at any time and for any reason. In January 2002, we issued 31,500 stock appreciation rights to certain employees based outside of the U.S. All grants were made at the fair market value on the date of issuance of $1.25 per share and vest ratably over four years.

 

Stock equivalent units are granted with an initial value equal to the fair market value of a share of our Class B common stock on the date of grant. The initial value of each unit will be proportionately adjusted for any stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends or other such events between the date the award is granted and the date the award becomes payable. Each unit will vest over four years at a rate of 1/4 th per year from the date of grant as long as the participant continues to provide services for us on each vesting date. Upon termination of a participant’s service with us, any unvested units will automatically terminate.

 

Units are payable in cash upon the following events: (i) at a participant’s request at any time following the completion of this offering, (ii) upon the participant’s termination of service with us, or (iii) upon cancellation of the stock equivalent program. The amount due upon such payment date will be equal to the amount, if any, by which the value of a share of our Class B common stock on the payment date is greater than the initial value of the unit on the date of grant.

 

2005 Stock Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted our 2005 Stock Plan in November 2004, and we expect the stockholders to approve the 2005 Stock Plan prior to the completion of this offering. The 2005 Stock Plan will become effective

 

97


Table of Contents

on the day prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock units, performance units and performance shares.

 

Share Reserve.     A total of 6,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. Any shares subject to an award with a per share price less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant will be counted against the authorized share reserve as two shares for every one share subject to the award, and if returned to the 2005 Stock Plan such shares will be counted as two shares for every one share returned. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a spin-off, stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. The shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy the purchase price of an award or tax withholding obligations.

 

Eligibility, Term and Administration of Awards.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board administers our 2005 Stock Plan. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise.

 

Stock Options .    The administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under our 2005 Stock Plan, but with respect to nonstatutory stock options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and all incentive stock options, the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

 

Upon termination of a participant’s service with us or with a subsidiary of us, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may never be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

Performance Units and Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2005 Stock Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units

 

98


Table of Contents

and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or before the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date.

 

Deferred Stock Units .    Our 2005 Stock Plan permits the grant of deferred stock units, which may consist of restricted stock, performance shares or performance unit awards that are paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, as determined in the administrator’s sole discretion and in accordance with rules and procedures established by the administrator. Deferred stock units may be settled in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or a combination of cash and our common stock.

 

Outside Director Awards .    The 2005 Stock Plan also provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our non-employee directors. Each non-employee director appointed to the board after the completion of this offering, except for those inside directors who cease to be inside directors but remain non-employee directors, will receive an initial option to purchase 20,000 shares. This initial option will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the director continues to serve on the board. In addition, on July 15, 2005, and following each annual meeting of our stockholders beginning in 2006, non-employee directors who have been directors for at least six months will receive a subsequent option to purchase 10,000 shares. This subsequent option will vest over three years at a rate of 1/3 rd upon each anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the director continues to serve on the board. All options granted under the automatic grant provisions have a term of ten years and an exercise price equal to fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The administrator may change the number of shares subject to the initial and subsequent options and the terms of such options, and may grant a different mix of equity awards of an equivalent value to such options as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant.

 

Effect of a Change in Control.     Our 2005 Stock Plan provides that in the event of our “change in control,” the successor corporation will assume, substitute an equivalent award, or replace with a cash incentive program each outstanding award under the plan. With respect to awards made to a non-employee director, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the change in control. With respect to awards made to our employees and consultants, such awards will be subject to an accelerated vesting schedule equal to one year of additional vesting for each year of service the employee or consultant provided to us on the date, following our change in control, such employee or consultant is terminated by us or a successor to us without “cause” or if such employee or consultant resigns for “good reason,” provided that the termination or resignation occurs within the 12 months following our change in control. If there is no assumption, substitution or replacement with a cash incentive program of outstanding awards, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the change in control unless otherwise determined by the administrator, and the administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise such outstanding awards for a period of 15 days from the date of the notice. The awards will terminate upon the expiration of the 15-day period.

 

Transferability .    Our 2005 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Additional Provisions.     Our 2005 Stock Plan will automatically terminate in 2015, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2005 Stock Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant.

 

Retirement Plans

 

Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan .    We sponsor a nonqualified senior executive supplemental retirement plan, which provides supplemental retirement benefits for a select group of executive employees based on contributions we make to the plan and the gains and losses on the investment of those contributions. Even though distributions from the senior executive supplemental retirement plan are made in a single lump sum, we make annual contributions on behalf of each participant in an amount necessary to fund a

 

99


Table of Contents

hypothetical joint and 50% survivor annuity benefit payable to each participant commencing at age 65. The hypothetical monthly benefit is determined on the basis of an 8% interest rate and a standard mortality table by multiplying (i) 2% of a participant’s projected average annual compensation by (ii) a participant’s total expected years of service with us up to 30 years. A participant’s projected average annual compensation is determined by averaging the participant’s estimated annual compensation over the three consecutive years of service occurring in the participant’s final three plan years preceding attainment of age 65. Each participant is 100% vested in his or her interest in the senior executive supplemental retirement plan at all times. Upon a participant’s termination of service with us for any reason other than death, a participant is entitled to his or her account balance determined as of the valuation date immediately preceding his or her termination date, which amount will be paid in a single lump sum. Upon a participant’s death, the participant’s beneficiary will receive all amounts credited to the participant’s account as of the date of death and will be paid in a single lump sum. Amounts contributed by us under the senior executive supplemental retirement plan are held in a rabbi trust and a participant’s account will be credited with investment gains and losses based on investments selected by the participant. However, if a participant fails to make an investment election, the trustee of the senior executive supplemental retirement plan may direct such investments. Our board of directors may at any time amend or terminate the senior executive supplemental retirement plan.

 

401(k) Plan.     We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of the quarter on or following the date they begin employment and participants are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. The 401(k) plan allows for matching contributions to be made by us as well as a discretionary profit sharing component for eligible employees starting on the first day of the quarter on or following one year of service. The matching and profit sharing contributions vest over a five year period based on years of service under the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

Other.     We also sponsor a number of employee benefit plans outside the United States.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  ·   Any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  ·   Any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  ·   Unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  ·   Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide that we shall advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would

 

100


Table of Contents

otherwise permit indemnification. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. These agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

101


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Asset Contribution; Licensing Agreements with Ray Dolby Regarding Intellectual Property

 

Ray Dolby founded Dolby Laboratories to develop noise reduction technologies he had invented. Throughout our nearly 40 year history, Ray Dolby has retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he created related to our business. These intellectual property rights are currently held by entities affiliated with him that have licensed this technology to us in exchange for royalty payments, including royalty payments related to certain trademark usage. Under these licensing and royalty agreements, we recorded expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby for the use of certain patent and trademark rights of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In addition, in fiscal 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us approximately $6.0 million for administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement.

 

Ray Dolby has agreed to contribute to us, prior to the completion of this offering, all rights in intellectual property related to our business that he and his affiliates hold, so that we will have full ownership rights in this intellectual property once we are a public company. In connection with the asset contribution, our current licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby will terminate, and we will have no further obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby. We have agreed to pay Ray Dolby’s expenses incurred in connection with the asset contribution, and fifty percent of his expenses incurred as a selling stockholder in connection with this offering. The expenses are currently estimated to be approximately $     million in the aggregate.

 

In connection with the asset contribution agreement, Ray Dolby has entered into an employee proprietary rights agreement substantially in the form that all employees of Dolby Laboratories enter into in connection with their employment. This agreement will become effective upon completion of this offering. Under the terms of this agreement, all future inventions created by Ray Dolby related to our business while he remains an employee will be assigned to Dolby Laboratories. Under this agreement, Ray Dolby also agreed to abide by a conflicts of interest policy substantially in the form that all other employees are required to sign. However, the conflict of interest policy that Ray Dolby has signed differs from our standard policy in that, among other matters, it permits him to use our equipment, supplies and facilities to conduct research and development on matters unrelated to our business; does not apply to any lease agreement we have entered into or may enter into with him; and permits him to have up to a ten percent interest, instead of up to a two percent interest, in a competitor, customer, licensee or supplier without being in violation of the policy and limits the provision of the policy related to having interests in these entities only to direct interests.

 

Real Estate Transactions

 

Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue

 

Since 1980, we have leased our principal executive offices located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California, from Ray Dolby. The lease for these offices expires on December 31, 2005, and we have an option to extend the term for an additional five years. We also lease additional parking and warehouse space from Ray Dolby in connection with our lease of 100 Potrero Avenue. Our rent expense for these facilities was $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We are responsible for the condition, operation, repair, maintenance, security and management of the property. We have also agreed to indemnify and hold Ray Dolby, as landlord, harmless from and against any liabilities, damages, claims, costs, penalties and expenses arising from our conduct related to the property.

 

102


Table of Contents

Jointly Owned Real Estate Entities

 

Ray and Dagmar Dolby, the Ray Dolby Trust or the Dolby Family Trust owns a majority financial interest in five real estate entities that own and lease commercial real property to us. We own the remaining financial interests in these real estate entities. The following table sets forth, for each of the five real estate entities, the person or entity that owns the majority financial interest in the real estate entity, the percentage interest owned by the majority owner in such real estate entity and the location of the property subject to the applicable lease. The leased property in San Francisco, California includes our principal administrative offices at 999 Brannan Street.

 

Real Estate Entity


  

Majority Owner


   Majority
Ownership
Interest


 

Location of Property Leased to Us


Dolby Properties, LLC

   Ray Dolby Trust    62.5%   San Francisco, California

Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC

   Dolby Family Trust    51.0%   Burbank, California

Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC

   Dolby Family Trust    51.0%   Brisbane, California

Dolby Properties UK, LLC

   Dolby Family Trust    51.0%   Wootton Bassett, England

Dolby Properties, LP

   Ray and Dagmar Dolby    90.0%   Wootton Bassett, England

 

Our expense recorded for rents payable to such entities was $4.5 million, $4.7 million and $5.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and we received $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in management fees for the same periods, respectively.

 

When we negotiate a lease agreement with Ray Dolby or any of the jointly owned real estate entities, we engage real estate brokers to provide fair market rent and lease terms based on a summary of comparable properties located in the area of the subject property. The brokers are instructed that the transaction is intended to be completed on an “arm’s-length” basis. We believe that all of our leases were entered into on a reasonable fair market basis.

 

The properties owned by Dolby Properties, LLC in San Francisco, California, Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC in Burbank, California, and Dolby Properties UK, LLC in Wootton Bassett, England were purchased with capital contributions and proceeds from bank loans. We guarantee each of these bank loans. As of September 24, 2004, the aggregate outstanding principal balance on all these bank loans was approximately $14.9 million.

 

Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into employment arrangements with certain of our executive officers. See “Management—Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements.”

 

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

103


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at September 24, 2004, as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

  ·   Each person who we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock;

 

  ·   Each of our directors;

 

  ·   Each of our named executive officers;

 

  ·   All of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  ·   All selling stockholders.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class B common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

No shares of Class A common stock are outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the selling stockholders will convert shares of Class B common stock into the shares of Class A common stock to be sold by them in this offering. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, none of the persons and entities named in the table below will own any shares of Class A common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at September 24, 2004. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of Class A common stock and              shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

 

Percentage total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. Each holder of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share of Class B common stock. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. The Class B common stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock, on a share-for-share basis.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Dolby Laboratories, Inc., 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103.

 

104


Table of Contents
   

Shares Beneficially Owned

Prior to Offering


 

Shares Being

Offered


 

Shares Beneficially Owned

After Offering


   

Class B

Common Stock


 

% Total

Voting

Power


   

Class B

Common Stock


 

% Total

Common

Stock


 

% Total

Voting

Power


Name of Beneficial Owner


  Shares

  %

      Shares

  %

   

5% Stockholders:

                               

Ray Dolby Trust (1)

  77,500,000   89.5   89.5                    

Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. (2)

  7,500,000   8.7   8.7                    

Directors and Executive Officers:

                               

Ray Dolby (3)

  85,000,000   98.2   98.2                    

Bill Jasper (4)

  812,500   *   *     812,500   *       *

Janet Daly (5)

  59,255   *   *     59,255   *       *

Marty Jaffe

  31,250   *   *     31,250   *       *

Ed Schummer (6)

  104,410   *   *     104,410   *       *

David Watts (7)

            82,400   *       *

Peter Gotcher

  20,000   *   *     20,000   *       *

Sanford Robertson (8)

  20,000   *   *     20,000   *       *

Roger Siboni

                 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (9)

  86,217,675   99.4   99.4                    

 * Less than one percent.

 

(1) Shares beneficially owned by the Ray Dolby Trust include 77,500,000 shares held of record by Ray Dolby as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Trust Instrument dated May 7, 1999.

 

(2) Investment power over the 7,500,000 shares held by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. is held by Ray Dolby, as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Instrument dated May 7, 1999. Voting power over 3,750,000 of the shares held by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. is held by Thomas E. Dolby, son of Ray and Dagmar Dolby, as Special Trustee of the Ray Dolby 2002 Trust A, dated April 19, 2002. Voting power over 3,750,000 of the shares held by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. is held by David E. Dolby, son of Ray and Dagmar Dolby, as Special Trustee of the Ray Dolby 2002 Trust B, dated April 19, 2002.

 

(3) Shares beneficially owned by Ray Dolby represent the 77,500,000 shares held of record by Ray Dolby as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Instrument dated May 7, 1999, and the 7,500,000 shares held of record by Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P. over which Ray Dolby, as Trustee of the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Instrument dated May 7, 1999, holds investment power.

 

(4) Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Jasper represent 342,890 shares held of record by Mr. Jasper, 300,000 shares held of record by the N. William Jasper, Jr. 2004 Irrevocable Trust, 125,000 shares held of record by the Kristen L. McFarland 2004 Irrevocable Trust and options held by Mr. Jasper to purchase 44,610 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.
(5) Includes options held by Ms. Daly to purchase 12,470 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

(6) Includes options held by Mr. Schummer to purchase 86,030 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

(7) Mr. Watts holds options to purchase shares of Class B common stock, 82,400 shares of which were vested within 60 days of September 24, 2004; however, no shares are exercisable under Mr. Watts’s option until the completion of this offering.

 

(8) Includes options held by Mr. Robertson to purchase 20,000 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

(9) Includes options to purchase 215,730 shares of Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 24, 2004.

 

105


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and related provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, upon the completion of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock, which has one vote per share, and Class B common stock, which has ten votes per share. Any holder of Class B common stock may convert his or her shares at any time into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis. The rights of the two classes of common stock are otherwise identical. The rights of these classes of common stock are discussed in greater detail below.

 

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

  ·   500,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock; and

 

  ·   500,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock.

 

At September 24, 2004, we had outstanding no shares of Class A common stock and 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock, held of record by 49 stockholders. These amounts assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of our common stock into Class B common stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters, including the election of directors, submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. Delaware law could require either our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class if we amended our certificate of incorporation in a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or special rights of a class of stock in a manner that affects them adversely.

 

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Dividends

 

The holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive shares of Class A common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of shares of Class B common stock shall receive shares of Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock, as the case may be.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities.

 

106


Table of Contents

Conversion

 

Our shares of Class A common stock are not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible into one share of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the holder or upon the affirmative vote of the holders of majority of the shares of Class B common stock.

 

In addition, each share of Class B common stock shall convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, which include transfers to:

 

  ·   Holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering;

 

  ·   Spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, of the holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering;

 

  ·   The executor or administrator of the estate of holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants;

 

  ·   A trust for the benefit of one or more of the holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, the parents of the spouse of holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering or such lineal descendents or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, provided that the beneficiaries of such trusts may also include individuals or entities entitled to specific cash distributions or specific items of property other than shares of shares of Class B common stock and one or more charitable organizations;

 

  ·   A charitable organization established by holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants; or

 

  ·   Any other entity controlled by holders of shares of Class B common stock or options exercisable for shares of Class B common stock as of the effectiveness of this offering, such persons’ spouses or lineal descendants, or the spouses or domestic partners of such lineal descendants, or one or more trusts for their benefit, or one or more charitable organizations established by them;

 

provided, however, each share of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock in any transfer by the above persons or entities in a brokerage transaction or transaction with a market maker, or in any similar open market transaction on any securities exchange, national quotation system or over-the-counter market.

 

We may not issue or sell any shares of Class B common stock, or any securities convertible or exercisable into shares of Class B common stock, except for the issuance or sale of shares:

 

  ·   Pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended; or

 

  ·   Pursuant to any stock splits, stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations or recapitalizations with respect to our Class B common stock.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. In particular, our dual class common stock structure concentrates voting

 

107


Table of Contents

power in the hands of certain stockholders. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquiror outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Dual Class Structure

 

As discussed above, our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, while our Class A common stock, which is the class of stock we are selling in this offering and which will be the only class of stock that is publicly traded, has one vote per share. After the offering, Ray Dolby and persons and entitles affiliated with Ray Dolby will own approximately         % of our Class B common stock, representing         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Under our charter, holders of shares of Class B common stock may generally transfer such shares to family members, including spouses and domestic partners, and descendents without having the shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

Because of this dual class structure, Ray Dolby, his affiliates, and his family members and descendents are expected to retain, for the foreseeable future, significant influence over our management and affairs, and will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions such as mergers or other sales of our company or assets, even if they come to own considerably less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Assuming the conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by persons not affiliated with Ray Dolby, so long as Ray Dolby and his affiliates continue to hold shares of Class B common stock representing approximately 9% or more of our total outstanding common stock, they will hold a majority of the voting power of our common stock. This concentrated control will significantly limit the ability of stockholders other than Ray Dolby and his affiliates to influence corporate matters. Moreover, Ray Dolby and his affiliates may take actions that other stockholders do not view as beneficial.

 

There is no threshold or time deadline at which the shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.

 

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting

 

We have provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that our stockholders may not act by written consent after such time as the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the voting power of our common stock. This limit on the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a stockholders meeting.

 

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president, or the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board members. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. The bylaws do not give the board of directors the

 

108


Table of Contents

power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting of the stockholders. However, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  ·   Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  ·   Upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  ·   At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “DLB.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., located at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

109


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our Class A stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of              shares of our Class A and Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming that there are no exercises of options that were granted after September 24, 2004 and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, all              shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The remaining              shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date


   Number of Shares

On the date of this prospectus

   0

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

   0

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

    

 

In addition, as of September 24, 2004, a total of 12,599,820 shares of our Class B common stock were subject to outstanding options, of which options to purchase 4,500,698 shares of Class B common stock were vested and options to purchase 4,303,961 shares of Class B common stock were exercisable.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who owns shares that were acquired from us or an affiliate of us at least one year prior to the proposed sale is entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  ·   1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after the offering; or

 

  ·   the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Rule 144(k)

 

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

 

110


Table of Contents

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and all of our directors and officers and other holders of our shares of Class A and Class B common stock, comprising over 99% of such shares outstanding immediately prior to this offering, and including each of the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  ·   offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

  ·   enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A or Class B common stock,

 

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This agreement is subject to certain exceptions, and is also subject to extension for up to an additional 35 days, as set forth in “Underwriters.”

 

Registration Statements

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8/S-3 under the Securities Act covering shares of Class A common stock subject to options outstanding reserved for issuance under our stock plans and the resale of shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B common stock issued to employees, directors and consultants. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, none of the shares registered on Form S-8/S-3 will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

111


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Adams Harkness, Inc. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name


   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

    

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

    

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

    

Adams Harkness, Inc.

    

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             per share under the public offering price. No underwriter may allow, and no dealer may reallow, any concession to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                      additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of Class A common stock.

 

          Total

     Per Share

   No Exercise

   Full Exercise

Public offering price

   $                 $                 $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                    

Dolby Laboratories

   $      $      $  

The selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Dolby Laboratories

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

 

112


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            , net of the expenses to be reimbursed by the underwriters as described below. Such figure is inclusive of the 50% of the selling stockholders’ expenses we have agreed to reimburse them for in connection with this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain of our expenses incurred in connection with this offering, estimated to be approximately $            . The selling stockholders will pay 50% of their expenses incurred in connection with this offering.

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

 

We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “DLB.”

 

We and all of our directors and officers and other holders of our shares of Class A and Class B common stock, comprising over 99% of such shares outstanding immediately prior to this offering, and including each of the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

  ·   offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock;

 

  ·   file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A or Class B common stock; or

 

  ·   enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our Class A or Class B common stock,

 

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Moreover, if:

 

  ·   during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period referred to above we issue an earnings release or disclose material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

  ·   prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

the restrictions described in the immediately preceding sentence will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

  ·   the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

  ·   transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of Class A common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

  ·   the issuance by us of shares of, or options to purchase shares of, our Class A or Class B common stock to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans described above in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans” or an employee benefit plan assumed by us in a merger or acquisition transaction;

 

  ·   the issuance by us of shares of Class A or Class B common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A or Class B common stock in connection with any mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures or other strategic corporate transactions or any other transaction, the primary purpose of which is not to raise capital;

 

113


Table of Contents
  ·   the filing by us of any registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-8/S-3 for the registration of shares of Class A or Class B common stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans described above in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans” or an employee benefit plan assumed by us in a merger or acquisition transaction;

 

  ·   the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by any person other than us relating to the sale of shares of Class A common stock, if then permitted by us, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the 180-day restricted period, as the same may be extended as provided above;

 

  ·   transfers by any person other than us of shares of Class A or Class B common stock or any securities convertible into Class A or Class B common stock as a gift;

 

  ·   transfers by any person other than us of shares of Class A or Class B common stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor;

 

  ·   in the case of any stockholder that is a corporation, transfers of Class A or Class B common stock to any wholly-owned subsidiary or affiliate of that stockholder; or

 

  ·   in the case of any stockholder that is a limited liability company or partnership, transfers of shares of Class A or Class B common stock to its members or partners, as the case may be, or to a partnership or limited liability company affiliated with such stockholder;

 

provided that, in the case of the transactions described in the fourth and the last four bullet points, each donee or transferee agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, subject to the applicable exceptions described above in this paragraph. In addition, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit us from repurchasing from any director, officer or other stockholder, or the right of any director, officer or other stockholder to sell to us, shares of Class A or Class B common stock issued under our amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in this offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

This offering is only being made to persons in the United Kingdom whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 or the UK Financial

 

114


Table of Contents

Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”), and each underwriter has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of Class A common stock in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us. Each of the underwriters agrees and acknowledges that it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered, transferred, sold or delivered to any individual or legal entity other than to persons who trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities) in the Netherlands.

 

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, San Francisco, California, will act as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. as of September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 24, 2004 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an

 

115


Table of Contents

exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1200, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is www.sec.gov.

 

116


Table of Contents

D OLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

     Page

Form of Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Form of Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

When the transactions referred to in Notes 12d and 12e to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements have been consummated, we will be in a position to render the following report.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

The Board of Directors

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended September 24, 2004. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 24, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

San Francisco, California

November 18, 2004

 

F-2


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    

September 26,

2003


  

September 24,

2004


 

ASSETS

               

Current assets:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 61,922    $ 78,711  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,565 in 2003 and $2,110 in 2004

     13,962      18,257  

Accounts receivable from related parties

     108      1,927  

Inventories

     4,234      7,163  

Income tax receivable

     1,729      4,246  

Deferred income taxes

     22,215      30,813  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,422      3,640  
    

  


Total current assets

     105,592      144,757  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     65,706      72,333  

Intangible assets, net

     5,634      6,778  

Goodwill

     8,712      22,030  

Investments

     3,773      244  

Long-term deferred income taxes

     5,934      6,700  

Other assets

     7,356      9,055  
    

  


Total assets

   $ 202,707    $ 261,897  
    

  


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

               

Current liabilities:

               

Accounts payable

   $ 1,994    $ 6,249  

Accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties

     7,587      291  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     12,646      18,720  

Accrued royalties

     3,383      4,711  

Other accrued expenses

     17,737      26,860  

Income taxes payable

     4,246      1,624  

Current portion of debt

     1,050      1,290  

Deferred revenue

     2,736      2,562  
    

  


Total current liabilities

     51,379      62,307  

Long-term debt

     14,548      13,580  

Other non-current liabilities

     26,875      23,436  
    

  


Total liabilities

     92,802      99,323  

Controlling interest

     16,130      17,200  

Stockholders’ equity:

               

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, one vote per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: none issued and outstanding

           

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value, ten votes per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized: 85,006,390 shares issued and outstanding in 2003 and 86,547,910 in 2004

     85      87  

Additional paid-in capital

     6,993      73,942  

Deferred stock-based compensation

          (51,594 )

Retained earnings

     85,234      119,860  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,463      3,079  
    

  


Total stockholders’ equity

     93,775      145,374  
    

  


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 202,707    $ 261,897  
    

  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Revenue:

                        

Licensing

   $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Product sales

     41,377       44,403       57,981  

Production services

     13,851       15,147       19,665  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     161,868       217,472       289,041  
    


 


 


Cost of revenue:

                        

Cost of licensing

     25,063       40,001       53,838  

Cost of product sales (includes $0.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     26,694       26,684       30,096  

Cost of production services (includes $0.1 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     5,960       6,958       7,643  
    


 


 


Total cost of revenue

     57,717       73,643       91,577  
    


 


 


Gross margin

     104,151       143,829       197,464  

Operating expenses:

                        

Selling, general and administrative (includes $12.7 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     64,269       76,590       113,477  

Research and development (includes $1.2 million in stock-based compensation for fiscal 2004)(1)

     15,128       18,262       23,884  

Settlements

     24,205             (2,000 )

In-process research and development

           1,310       1,738  
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     103,602       96,162       137,099  
    


 


 


Operating income

     549       47,667       60,365  

Interest income

     964       1,144       1,436  

Interest expense

     (1,563 )     (2,292 )     (2,348 )

Other income (expense), net

     (148 )     1,091       1,141  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

     (198 )     47,610       60,594  

Provision for income taxes

     11       16,079       25,039  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before controlling interest

     (209 )     31,531       35,555  

Controlling interest in net (income) loss

     104       (562 )     (929 )
    


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40  

Shares used in basic net income (loss) per share computation

     85,008       85,009       85,556  

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  

Shares used in diluted net income (loss) per share computation

     85,008       85,983       96,525  

Expense for royalties payable to related party

   $ 18,791     $ 27,620     $ 36,857  

Expense for rent payable to related party

     3,361       3,459       3,492  

                        

(1) Stock-based compensation recorded in fiscal 2004 was classified as follows:

 

       

Cost of product sales

                   $ 157  

Cost of production services

                     55  

Selling, general and administrative

                     12,711  

Research and development

                     1,215  
                    


Total stock-based compensation

                   $ 14,138  
                    


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 

    Shares of
Class B
common stock


    Class B
common
stock


  Additional
paid-in capital


    Deferred stock-
based
compensation


    Retained
earnings


    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)


    Total

    Comprehensive
income


 

Balance at September 28, 2001

  85,000     $ 85   $ 6,985     $     $ 54,370     $ (795 )   $ 60,645          
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


       

Net loss

                        (105 )           (105 )   $ (105 )

Translation adjustments, net of taxes of $416

                              1,189       1,189       1,189  

Exercise of Class B stock options

  11           13                         13        
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at September 27, 2002

  85,011     $ 85   $ 6,998     $     $ 54,265     $ 394     $ 61,742     $ 1,084  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        30,969             30,969       30,969  

Translation adjustments, net of taxes of $366

                              1,069       1,069       1,069  

Exercise of Class B stock options

  13           33                         33        

Repurchase of Class B common stock

  (18 )         (38 )                       (38 )      
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at September 26, 2003

  85,006     $ 85   $ 6,993     $     $ 85,234     $ 1,463     $ 93,775     $ 32,038  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        34,626             34,626       34,626  

Translation adjustments, net of taxes of $679

                              1,616       1,616       1,616  

Deferred stock-based compensation related to Class B stock option grants

            58,797       (58,797 )                        

Stock-based compensation expense

                  7,203                   7,203        

Issuance of Class B common stock

  572       1     6,934                           6,935        

Exercise of Class B stock options

  1,084       1     1,362                         1,363        

Repurchase of Class B common stock

  (114 )         (144 )                       (144 )      
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at September 24, 2004

  86,548     $ 87   $ 73,942     $ (51,594 )   $ 119,860     $ 3,079     $ 145,374     $ 36,242  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Operating activities:

                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     7,047       7,498       8,517  

Stock-based compensation expense

                 14,138  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     55       1,753       402  

(Gain) loss on disposition of building and equipment

     (448 )     3       220  

(Gain) loss on interest rate swap agreements

     709       (386 )     (504 )

Equity in the loss of unconsolidated affiliates

     194       485       207  

Controlling interest in net income (loss) of consolidated affiliates

     (104 )     562       929  

In-process research and development

           1,310       1,738  

Litigation settlement

     24,205              

Deferred income taxes

     (13,484 )     (2,987 )     (10,240 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (3,848 )     (4,798 )     (5,921 )

Inventories

     607       1,403       (2,434 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (311 )     (2,154 )     (1,514 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     7,873       3,018       20,428  

Accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties

     1,795       2,347       (7,296 )

Income taxes

     2,635       1,565       (4,263 )

Deferred revenue

     871       1,865       (233 )

Other non-current liabilities

     (1,812 )     189       1,140  

Payment on litigation settlement

     (3,000 )     (3,000 )     (3,000 )
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     22,879       39,642       46,940  
    


 


 


Investing activities:

                        

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (3,912 )     (6,750 )     (12,522 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (1,000 )     (7,051 )     (18,440 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     1,800             52  

Issuance of note receivable

     (2,000 )            

Investments in affiliates

     (300 )     (250 )      
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,412 )     (14,051 )     (30,910 )
    


 


 


Financing activities:

                        

Payments on debt

     (3,098 )     (1,397 )     (1,239 )

Proceeds from the exercise of Class B stock options

     13       33       1,363  

Repurchases of Class B common stock

           (38 )     (144 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (3,085 )     (1,402 )     (20 )
    


 


 


Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     410       339       779  
    


 


 


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     14,792       24,528       16,789  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     22,602       37,394       61,922  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 37,394     $ 61,922     $ 78,711  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure:

                        

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 11,120     $ 18,057     $ 40,607  

Cash paid for interest

     1,299       2,336       2,339  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (Dolby Laboratories, we or us), a Delaware corporation, develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that enrich the entertainment experience in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Ray Dolby, our principal stockholder, founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965 to develop noise reduction technologies. Today, we deliver a broad range of sound technologies for use in both professional and consumer applications. In addition, in recent years we have expanded our focus to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment. We conduct our business on a global basis.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Dolby Laboratories, our wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries in which we own a controlling interest. In addition, we have consolidated the financial results of affiliated companies we own jointly with our principal stockholder. The interest of our related parties in these consolidated affiliates is presented in the controlling interest line in the accompanying financial statements. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include valuation allowances for receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, stock-based compensation and deferred income tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fiscal Year

 

Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented herein include the 52-week periods ended September 27, 2002 (fiscal 2002), September 26, 2003 (fiscal 2003) and September 24, 2004 (fiscal 2004).

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investment instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. Our cash equivalents, which primarily consist of money market funds, are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We deposit our cash and cash equivalents in accounts with major financial institutions and, at times, such investments may be in excess of federal insured limits. Our products are sold to businesses primarily in the Americas and Europe, and our licensing revenue is primarily generated from customers outside of the United States. We manage this risk by evaluating in advance the financial condition and creditworthiness of our product and production services customers. We perform regular evaluations of the creditworthiness of our licensing customers. In fiscal 2002, licensing revenue from our largest customer accounted for 11% of our total revenue. In fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2004, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We continually monitor customer payments and maintain a reserve for estimated losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. In determining the reserve, we evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based upon a variety of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific allowance against amounts due, and thereby reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectible. For all other customers, we recognize allowances for doubtful accounts based on our actual historical write-off experience in conjunction with the length of time the receivables are past due, customer creditworthiness, geographic risk and the current business environment. Actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates. Our allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $2.6 million at September 26, 2003 and $2.1 million at September 24, 2004.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market (net realizable value). We evaluate our ending inventories for estimated excess quantities and obsolescence. Our evaluation includes the analysis of future sales demand by product, within specific time horizons. Inventories in excess of projected future demand are written down to net realizable value. In addition, we assess the impact of changing technology on our inventory balances and write-off inventories that are considered obsolete.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using a straight-line method based on estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Systems and software

   3 to 5 years

Machinery and equipment

   5 to 8 years

Furniture and fixtures

   8 years

Buildings

   20 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of useful life or related lease term

 

Internal Use Software

 

We account for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” We capitalize costs of materials, consultants and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal use computer software. These costs are included in property, plant and equipment, net on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense. Our capitalized internal use software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of three to five years.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In September 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” (SFAS 142), which, among other things, establishes new standards for goodwill acquired in a business combination, eliminates the amortization of goodwill and requires the carrying value of goodwill and certain non-amortizing intangibles to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. As required by SFAS 142, we perform an impairment test on recorded goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units to the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of each unit, including goodwill. We determine

 

F-8


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the fair value of the reporting units principally based upon our board of directors’ determination of the value of Dolby Laboratories as a whole. This value is determined by considering a number of factors, including our historical and projected financial results, third party valuation analyses, risks facing us and the liquidity of our common stock. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting units, including goodwill, were to exceed our estimation of the fair value of the reporting units, we would record an impairment charge in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. Our fiscal 2004 impairment test of goodwill, which was performed in the third fiscal quarter, resulted in no impairment charge.

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” (SFAS 144) requires that intangible assets with definite lives be amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value many not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to the expected future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. If it is determined that an asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Our intangible assets principally consist of acquired technology, patents and trademarks and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives ranging from five to 15 years. No intangible or long-lived assets were impaired as of September 24, 2004.

 

Investments

 

Investments include equity securities, convertible notes receivable and investments in 20% to 50% owned affiliated companies, which are accounted for under the equity method. Refer to “Investments” in Note 2 for further detail.

 

Financial Instruments

 

We entered into interest rate swap arrangements to manage our exposure to interest rate changes on our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. The arrangements are presented at fair value in other non-current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses associated with the swap agreements are included in other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We enter into transactions to sell products and services and to license technology, trademarks and know-how. We evaluate revenue recognition for these transactions using the criteria (Revenue Recognition Criteria) set forth by the SEC in Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, “Revenue Recognition,” (SAB 104). SAB 104 states that revenue is recognized when each of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Licensing .    Licensing revenue represents amounts earned from licensing agreements (royalties) and fees for administering the licensing of “patent pools” containing patents owned by us and/or other companies. Royalties are recorded at their gross amounts, while fees for administering the licensing of patent pools are recorded net of royalties payable to third-party patent pool members and are recognized when all Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. We determine that there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement upon the execution of a license agreement or upon the receipt of a licensee’s royalty report and payment. Royalties are deemed fixed or determinable upon verification of a licensee’s royalty report in accordance with the terms of the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

underlying executed agreement or receipt of a licensee’s royalty report and payment. We determine that collectibility is reasonably assured based on evaluation of the licensee’s recent payment history or the existence of a standby letter-of-credit between the licensee’s financial institution and our financial institution. Deferred revenue represents amounts that are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. Interest and penalties related to licensing agreement enforcement activities are recorded as settlements in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Product sales.     Revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the risk of ownership has transferred to our customer as provided under the terms of the governing purchase agreement, typically the invoice we deliver to the customer, and all the other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. These purchase agreements provide that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer when the product is shipped, except in specific instances in which certain foreign regulations stipulate that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer upon their receipt of the shipment. In these instances we recognize revenue when the product is received by the customer.

 

Production services.     Production services revenue is recognized as the services related to a given project are performed and all the other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of licensing.     Cost of licensing consists principally of royalty payments we make to affiliated entities of Ray Dolby and to other third parties for the licensing of intellectual property rights that we sublicense as part of our licensing arrangements with our customers. Cost of licensing also includes amortization expenses associated with purchased intangibles.

 

Cost of product sales.     Cost of product sales primarily consists of material costs related to the products sold, applied labor and manufacturing overhead and, to a lesser extent, royalty obligations for technologies we license from Ray Dolby affiliated entities.

 

Cost of production services.     Cost of production services consists of the payroll and benefit costs of employees performing our professional services, the cost of outside consultants and reimbursable expenses incurred on behalf of the customer.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expense consists primarily of salary and related costs for personnel responsible for the research and development of new technologies; such costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Advertising and Promotional Costs

 

Advertising and promotional costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expense at the time the related event takes place and were $4.0 million, $4.2 million and $4.7 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. At September 24, 2004, we had $2.1 million of prepaid advertising and promotional costs.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Settlements

 

Settlements include interest and penalties related to the collection of royalties and resolution of disputes in our favor or against us. Settlements of royalty disputes from licensees that specifically represent unpaid royalties are recorded as licensing revenue in the period payment is received, if all other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. Settlements of other disputes, such as disputes with implementation licensees from which we typically do not receive royalties, are recorded in settlements. In fiscal 2004, we received a $2.0 million payment in connection with the settlement of a dispute with one of our semiconductor manufacturing implementation licensees regarding violation of the terms of their implementation licensing agreement with us. In fiscal 2002, we settled a dispute with an unrelated third party regarding breach of a written agreement. See Note 11 for further detail.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

We maintain sales, marketing and business operations in foreign countries, most significantly in the United Kingdom. The translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency into United States dollars are made at the prevailing rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Revenue, costs and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. Translation adjustments are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income on our consolidated balance sheets, while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in our consolidated statements of operations. Net transaction gains included in net income (loss) were $23,000, $0.1 million and $0.3 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” (SFAS 109). SFAS 109 requires the use of the asset and liability method, under which deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists.

 

Per Share Data

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of Class B common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of Class B common shares outstanding and the potential number of dilutive Class B common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. The dilutive Class B common equivalent shares are comprised entirely of stock options to purchase shares of Class B common stock.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


  

September 24,

2004


Numerator:

                     

Net income (loss)

   $ (105 )   $ 30,969    $ 34,626
    


 

  

Denominator:

                     

Weighted average Class B common shares outstanding (basic)

     85,008       85,009      85,556

Common equivalent shares from options to purchase Class B common stock

           974      10,969
    


 

  

Weighted average Class B common shares outstanding (diluted)

     85,008       85,983      96,525
    


 

  

Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36    $ 0.40
    


 

  

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36    $ 0.36
    


 

  

 

In fiscal 2002, diluted loss per share was computed using the basic weighted average number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding and excludes options to purchase 6.7 million shares of Class B common stock as their effect is anti-dilutive when applied to losses. No options were excluded from the above calculation in fiscal 2003 and 2004, because their exercise prices were greater than or equal to the average fair value of Class B common stock during the period.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We have granted options to purchase Class B common stock to our employees with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by our board of directors on the date the equity award was granted. Our board of directors determined this value by considering a number of factors, including valuation analyses prepared by an independent valuation firm each year, our historical and projected financial results, the risks we faced at the time, and the liquidity of our common stock. In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering and solely for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation, we applied hindsight to reassess the fair value of our common stock for the equity awards granted during fiscal 2004. Our management determined these reassessed values based on a number of factors and methodologies, including an evaluation of our updated historical and projected financial results and a re-evaluation of our fair value based upon more recent third party valuation analyses.

 

Based upon this reassessment of the fair value of our Class B common stock, we have recorded deferred stock-based compensation to the extent that the reassessed value of our Class B common stock at the date of grant exceeded the exercise price of the equity awards. Reassessed values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. If we had made different assumptions, our deferred stock-based compensation amount, stock-based compensation expense, gross margin, net income and net income per share amounts could have been significantly different. We recorded deferred compensation of $58.8 million during fiscal 2004. The deferred stock-based compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period of four years. In fiscal 2004, we recognized $7.2 million in stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees based upon the reassessed values of the Class B common stock underlying the stock option awards. We also issued shares of fully vested Class B common stock to an executive officer in fiscal 2004. We recorded

 

F-12


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

stock-based compensation expense in connection with this award calculated using the reassessed value of our Class B common stock as of the date the shares were issued, which resulted in $6.9 million expense recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in January of fiscal 2004.

 

The expense associated with the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation and the fair value of Class B common stock issued is classified in our fiscal 2004 consolidated statement of operations as follows: $0.2 million in cost of revenue, $1.2 million in research and development and $12.7 million in selling, general and administrative. The table below shows the expected amortization of deferred stock-based compensation over the next four years, assuming no change in the accounting rules relating to stock-based awards and assuming all employees remain employed by us for their remaining vesting periods. The following table does not include any stock-based compensation expense associated with any options granted subsequent to September 24, 2004 (in thousands):

 

     Expense by Fiscal Year

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to options granted to purchase shares of Class B common stock

   $ 14,699    $ 14,699    $ 14,699    $ 7,497
    

  

  

  

 

The pro forma information regarding net income and net income per share detailed below has been accounted for as if we had accounted for our stock-based awards under the fair value method prescribed in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123). The fair value of our options to purchase Class B common stock was estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Limitations on the effectiveness of the Black-Scholes option pricing model are that it was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable, and that the model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility.

 

The fair value of our stock-based awards was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Expected life (in years)

   10     10     6  

Interest rate

   4.7 %   3.9 %   4.4 %

Volatility

   84.8 %   84.8 %   82.4 %

Dividend yield

            

 

Using the Black-Scholes pricing model, the estimated weighted average fair value of an option to purchase one share of Class B common stock granted during fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $1.08, $1.07 and $11.96 per option, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share as if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based awards for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Net income (loss)

     $ (105 )   $ 30,969     $ 34,626  

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of tax

                 10,592  

Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense under the fair value method, net of tax

     (1,515 )     (2,123 )     (13,348 )
    


 


 


Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ (1,620 )   $ 28,846     $ 31,870  
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

                        

As reported

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.40  

Pro forma

     (0.02 )     0.34       0.37  

Diluted net income (loss) per share

                        

As reported

   $ 0.00     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  

Pro forma

     (0.02 )     0.34       0.33  

 

Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS 150). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statements of financial position certain financial instruments of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of freestanding instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all existing financial instruments. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operation or cash flows. As of September 2004, we did not have financial instruments within the scope of SFAS No. 150.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46). FIN 46 requires that if a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE), the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the VIE should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the company. In December 2003, the FASB published a revision to FIN 46 (FIN 46R) to clarify some of the provisions of FIN 46 and to exempt certain entities from its requirements. The adoption of FIN 46R required us to consolidate certain affiliated VIEs into our consolidated financial statements. Previously, we had been consolidating our VIEs under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 90-15 “Impact of Nonsubstantive Lessors, Residual Value Guarantees, and Other Provisions in Leasing Transactions Abstract” (EITF 90-15) and Emerging Issues Task Force Topic D-14, “Transactions Involving Special Purpose Entities” (Topic D-14). Given our contemplation of an initial public offering, we adopted FIN 46R early, which rescinded the provisions of EITF 90-15 and Topic D-14. However, the adoption of FIN 46R did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For further discussion on the nature, purpose, activities and our involvement with our consolidated VIEs, refer to Note 10.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2.    Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


Raw materials

   $ 1,195    $ 2,215

Work in process

     851      1,689

Finished goods

     2,188      3,259
    

  

Total

   $ 4,234    $ 7,163
    

  

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Land

   $ 14,179     $ 14,640  

Buildings

     30,470       31,636  

Leasehold improvements

     30,467       34,324  

Machinery and equipment

     20,386       23,762  

Systems and software

     12,987       16,491  

Furniture and fixtures

     11,827       12,829  
    


 


     $ 120,316     $ 133,682  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (54,610 )     (61,349 )
    


 


Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 65,706     $ 72,333  
    


 


 

Depreciation expense of $7.0 million, $7.4 million and $7.8 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, is included in cost of product sales, research and development, and selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

Following is a summary of intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Amortized intangible assets:

                

Patents

   $ 2,700     $ 3,648  

Acquired technology

     2,680       3,470  

Other intangibles

     340       498  
    


 


       5,720       7,616  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (86 )     (838 )
    


 


Intangible assets, net

   $ 5,634     $ 6,778  
    


 


Non-amortized intangible assets:

                

Goodwill

   $ 8,712     $ 22,030  
    


 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amortization expense associated with our intangible assets was $0.1 million and $0.8 million in fiscal 2003 and 2004, respectively, and is included in cost of licensing, cost of product sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We had no intangible assets or related amortization in fiscal 2002. Amortization of intangible assets is expected to be approximately $0.9 million per year for the next five fiscal years.

 

Investments

 

At September 24, 2004, investments include our investment in a limited liability company we formed in May 2000 with third parties to develop and market products to the entertainment technology industry. We invested $0.3 million in fiscal 2002 and $0.3 million in fiscal 2003 for our 49% ownership interest in the company. We account for this investment under the equity method.

 

At September 26, 2003, investments also included equity securities and debt instruments related to Lake Technology Limited (Lake). During fiscal 2004, we held a majority interest in Lake and have included their financial results in our consolidated financial statements since February 2004. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Prior periods in which we did not have a 20% to 50% interest in Lake have been presented to reflect the results of applying the equity method from the date of the initial investment in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18 “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock” (APB 18). Under the equity method, our investment in Lake was recorded at cost and the carrying amount of the investment balance was adjusted to recognize our share of the losses of Lake after the initial investment date. The impact of applying the equity method on income (loss) before taxes and controlling interest was $10,000, $0.3 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Other Assets

 

Other assets consist primarily of supplemental retirement plan assets and capitalized expenses associated with our initial public offering, which will be offset against the gross proceeds received in such offering.

 

Other Accrued Expenses

 

Other accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

    

September 26,

2003


  

September 24,

2004


Accrued professional fees

   $ 2,185    $ 5,254

Current portion of litigation settlement

     2,258      2,336

Amounts payable to patent pool partners

     1,809      4,079

Acquisition consideration

     3,797      2,979

Other accrued liabilities

     7,688      12,212
    

  

Total other accrued expenses

   $ 17,737    $ 26,860
    

  

 

Debt

 

We maintain three term loans through our consolidated affiliates Dolby Properties, LLC, Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC and Dolby Properties United Kingdom, LLC, for financing commercial and real property at various locations in which we are the primary tenant. The loans are collateralized by commercial real property and are guaranteed by Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Following is a summary of our debt balances (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

$12.0 million term loan at 6.2% effective interest rate, repayable in monthly installments with remaining principal due May 2013

   $ 9,136     $ 8,462  

$2.5 million term loan at 6.2% effective interest rate, repayable in monthly installments with remaining principal due April 2014

     2,024       1,893  

Term loan denominated in U.K. pounds at 6.9% effective interest rate, repayable in quarterly installments with the remaining principal due April 2015

     4,438       4,515  
    


 


Total debt

   $ 15,598     $ 14,870  

Less: current portion

     (1,050 )     (1,290 )
    


 


Total debt, less current portion

   $ 14,548     $ 13,580  
    


 


 

The fair value of our debt approximates the carrying value based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

We entered into interest rate swap arrangements to manage our exposure to unfavorable interest rate changes on our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount. We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes. Gains and (losses) net of controlling interest associated with the swap agreements of $(0.3) million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are included in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

Following is summary of the maturities of our debt balances at September 24, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Fiscal 2005

   $ 1,290

Fiscal 2006

     1,357

Fiscal 2007

     1,428

Fiscal 2008

     1,510

Fiscal 2009

     1,588

Thereafter

     7,697
    

Total debt

   $ 14,870
    

 

Other Non-Current Liabilities

 

Following is a summary of the components of other non-current liabilities (in thousands):

 

     September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


Long-term portion of litigation settlement

   $ 17,281    $ 15,166

Supplemental retirement plan obligation

     4,896      5,777

Long-term deferred revenue

     224      851

Interest rate swap agreements

     1,587      1,083

Other liabilities

     2,887      559
    

  

Total other non-current liabilities

   $ 26,875    $ 23,436
    

  

 

F-17


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other liabilities at September 26, 2003 include the $2.9 million final installment payment associated with consideration due for our acquisition of Cinea, Inc. This amount was reclassified to other accrued expenses in fiscal 2004. See Note 3 for further detail.

 

3.    Business Combinations

 

Cinea, Inc.

 

In September 2003, we acquired all outstanding shares of Cinea Inc. (Cinea), to obtain its entertainment content protection technology. The aggregate purchase price was $12.4 million, of which the final installment of $2.9 million plus accrued interest is payable in September 2005. Under the terms of the agreement, we have future payment obligations that equal approximately 5% to 8% of the revenue generated from products incorporating certain technologies we acquired in the transaction. The additional purchase consideration, if any, will be recorded as additional goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet. This business combination was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the financial results of Cinea have been included in our consolidated financial statements since September 2003 (excluding those that are eliminated in consolidation). As of September 24, 2004, no additional purchase consideration has been earned. Cinea will continue operating as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dolby Laboratories.

 

The total purchase price, including other acquisition related costs, was $12.4 million and was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill

   $ 8,551  

Developed technology

     2,680  

In-process research and development

     1,310  

Other intangible assets

     340  

Acquired liabilities, net

     (516 )
    


     $ 12,365  
    


 

Amounts allocated to in-process research and development were expensed and are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations because the purchased research and development had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. At the date of the acquisition, the Cinea product under development was approximately 50% complete.

 

In performing the purchase price allocation we considered, among other factors, future use of the acquired assets, cost to complete certain acquired technology and estimates of future performance of certain acquired products. The projected incremental cash flows were discounted back to their present value using discount rates of 19% and 35% for developed and in-process technology, respectively. These discount rates were determined after consideration of our rate of return on debt capital and equity, the weighted average return on invested capital and the risks associated with achieving anticipated sales related to the technology acquired from Cinea. Risks included achieving anticipated levels of market acceptance and penetration, market growth rates and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets.

 

Lake Technology Limited

 

In December 2001, we entered into an agreement to purchase an equity interest in Lake Technology Limited. In January 2002, we acquired $1.0 million of Lake’s equity for cash and were issued convertible promissory notes (the Notes) with a combined face value of $2.0 million, payable January 2007 and convertible into Lake equity at our option. In March 2003, we converted $0.5 million of the Notes, which increased our

 

F-18


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

equity interest in Lake to approximately 8%. In September 2003, we began the process of acquiring the remaining outstanding equity of Lake to obtain its digital audio signal processing technologies. In February 2004, we acquired a controlling interest in Lake. As of September 24, 2004, we held 93% of the outstanding equity of Lake at a total cost of $17.0 million. We have initiated action under Australian law to allow the compulsory acquisition of the remaining shares outstanding. We have accounted for the business combination as a step-acquisition.

 

Due to our majority ownership, the financial results of Lake are included in our consolidated financial statements since February 2004 (excluding those that are eliminated in consolidation) in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For fiscal 2003, we have included the equity investment and the Notes in the investments line in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as we did not have significant influence or a controlling interest in Lake during that period. In accordance with APB 18, prior periods in which we did not have a 20% to 50% interest in Lake have been presented to reflect the results of applying the equity method from the date of the initial acquisition. Under the equity method, the investment in Lake was recorded at cost and the carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognize our share of the losses of Lake after the acquisition date. The impact of applying the equity method on income (loss) before taxes and controlling interest was $10,000, $0.3 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The carrying amount of the investment at September 26, 2003 was $3.4 million.

 

The total purchase price to-date, including other acquisition related costs, was $17.0 million and was allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill

   $ 13,318

Patents

     948

Developed technology

     790

In-process research and development

     1,738

Other intangible assets

     158

Acquired assets, net

     3
    

     $ 16,955
    

 

Amounts allocated to in-process research and development were expensed and are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations because the purchased research and development had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. At the date of the acquisition, the technology under development was approximately 27% complete.

 

The effects of these acquisitions on prior periods were not significant.

 

4.    Income Taxes

 

The components of our taxable income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


 

United States

   $ (5,062 )   $ 46,502    $ 60,753  

Foreign

     4,968       546      (1,088 )
    


 

  


Total

   $ (94 )   $ 47,048    $ 59,665  
    


 

  


 

F-19


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Current:

                        

Federal

   $ 3,596     $ 6,053     $ 15,955  

State

     1,304       125       3,537  

Foreign

     8,595       12,888       15,787  
    


 


 


Total current

   $ 13,495     $ 19,066     $ 35,279  

Deferred:

                        

Federal

     (11,621 )     (2,223 )     (8,574 )

State

     (1,863 )     (764 )     (1,666 )
    


 


 


Total deferred

     (13,484 )     (2,987 )     (10,240 )
    


 


 


Total

   $ 11     $ 16,079     $ 25,039  
    


 


 


 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A summary of the tax effects of the temporary differences is as follows (in thousands):

 

    

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 

Deferred income tax assets:

                

Investments

   $ 311     $ 394  

Accounts receivable

     988       815  

Inventories

     654       1,052  

Foreign net operating loss

           1,139  

Unrealized gain on investments

     21       19  

State taxes

     356       367  

Other assets

     557       2,961  

Accrued expenses

     2,264       2,103  

Other non-current liabilities

     8,840       8,733  

Revenue recognition

     17,396       25,108  
    


 


Total gross deferred income tax assets

     31,387       42,691  

Less: valuation allowance

           (1,139 )
    


 


Total deferred income tax assets

     31,387       41,552  

Deferred income tax liabilities:

                

Translation adjustment

     (465 )     (1,372 )

Depreciation and amortization

     (2,773 )     (2,667 )
    


 


Deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 28,149     $ 37,513  
    


 


 

Current deferred income tax assets

   $ 22,215     $ 30,813  

Long-term deferred income tax assets, net

     5,934       6,700  
    


 


Deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 28,149     $ 37,513  
    


 


 

F-20


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not that the benefits of these deductible differences will be realized and, therefore, a valuation allowance is not required except for the foreign net operating loss (NOL) in Australia. This NOL of $3.8 million has no expiration date. The ultimate utilization of the Australian NOL will be dependent upon future taxable income being generated in Australia. We believe that sufficient uncertainty exists regarding the future realization of this NOL and have established a valuation allowance of $1.1 million against this deferred tax asset. The amount of the deferred income tax asset, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

 

Our effective tax rate was (11.7)%, 34.2% and 42.0% for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. In fiscal 2004, our effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate of 35.0% primarily due to the impact of incentive stock-based compensation expense, which is nondeductible, and losses from our foreign subsidiaries. In fiscal 2003, our effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate primarily due to the impact of extraterritorial income exclusion and research and experimentation credits. The sources and tax effects of the differences for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 

Federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal effect

   14.4     4.6     5.2  

Stock-based compensation expense

           3.4  

Loss from foreign corporations

           3.3  

Tax credits (1)

   (432.4 )   (4.5 )   (2.6 )

Other (1)

   371.3     (0.9 )   (2.3 )
    

 

 

Effective tax rate

   (11.7 )%   34.2 %   42.0 %
    

 

 


(1) The impact of tax credits and other charges on our fiscal 2002 effective tax rate was due to the taxable loss of $(0.1) million. As a result, each of those items as a percentage of taxable loss yields a much larger percentage impact.

 

We are under routine tax examinations. We believe the amounts provided are adequate to cover the ultimate outcomes of these tax examinations.

 

5.    Stockholders’ Equity

 

Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

Our board of directors has authorized two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. At September 24, 2004, we had authorized 500,000,000 Class A shares and 500,000,000 Class B shares. At September 24, 2004, we had no outstanding shares of Class A common stock and 86,547,910 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. See Note 12.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2000 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Effective October 2000, we adopted the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended in April 2004 and September 2004, provides for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock options to employees, directors and consultants of Dolby Laboratories to purchase up to 15.1 million shares of Class B common stock. Under the terms of this plan, options are generally granted at not less than fair market value at the date of grant, become exercisable as established by the board of directors (generally ratably over four years), and generally expire ten years after the date of the grant.

 

A summary of the status of the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan is as follows (in thousands, except for exercise prices):

 

    

Class B Shares

Available for

Grant


    Outstanding Options

    

Number of Class B

Shares


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price


Balance at September 28, 2001

   8,324     6,676     $ 1.26
    

 

     

Grants

   (265 )   265       1.25

Exercises

       (11 )     1.26

Cancellations

   224     (224 )     1.26
    

 

     

Balance at September 27, 2002

   8,283     6,706     $ 1.26
    

 

     

Grants

   (1,979 )   1,979       1.26

Exercises

       (13 )     1.26

Cancellations

   199     (199 )     1.26
    

 

     

Balance at September 26, 2003

   6,503     8,473     $ 1.26
    

 

     

Grants

   (5,362 )   5,362       2.07

Exercises

       (1,084 )     1.26

Cancellations

   151     (151 )     1.26

Amendment to 2000 Stock Incentive Plan

   132          
    

 

     

Balance at September 24, 2004

   1,424     12,600     $ 1.61
    

 

     

 

As of September 24, 2004, there were options outstanding to purchase 12.6 million shares of Class B common stock, of which 4.5 million were vested and 4.3 million were exercisable. The options outstanding have a remaining weighted average contractual life of nine years.

 

The following table summarizes the significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options at September 24, 2004 (shares in thousands):

 

     Outstanding Options

   Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices


   Class B
Shares


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life in
Years


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


   Class B
Shares


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


$1.25 - $1.75

   7,238    8    $ 1.26    4,304    $ 1.26

$1.76 - $2.07

   5,362    10    $ 2.07        

 

F-22


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The outstanding options to purchase 12.6 million shares of Class B common stock have vested or will vest as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year

    
     2004 and Prior

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   Total

Number of options

   4,501    3,182    1,865    1,782    1,270    12,600

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

In January 2002, we issued 31,500 stock appreciation rights to certain employees based outside of the United States. All grants were made at fair market value at the date of issuance of $1.25 per share and vest ratably over four years. The compensation expense related to this issuance due to changes in the fair value of our Class B common stock is recognized over the vesting period.

 

6.    Retirement Plans

 

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for employees in the United States called the “Dolby Laboratories, Inc. Retirement Plan.” Eligible employees are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code limits. The plan provides for a company matching contribution as well as a discretionary profit sharing component. Our matching and profit sharing contributions vest over a five year period based on years of service under the plan.

 

Eligible employees in the United Kingdom may participate in the “Dolby Group Pension Plan,” and executives in the United Kingdom may participate in the “Dolby Laboratories Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme.” Similar to the 401(k) plan, these plans allow eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation and include matching and profit sharing components.

 

Pension expenses for the United States plan were $2.6 million, $3.9 million and $3.6 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Pension expenses for the United Kingdom plans were $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Pension expenses are included in cost of product sales, cost of production services, research and development, and selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

We maintain a supplemental retirement plan for key executives. The plan is a defined contribution plan with a target benefit paid at age 65. Our contributions are based on the participant’s compensation and years of service. Expenses related to the plan of $0.4 million per year for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Amounts due to participants are classified in other non-current liabilities and investments to fund the liability are segregated and included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

7.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Lease Commitments

 

Rental expenses under operating leases were $4.0 million, $4.3 million and $5.0 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These amounts include expense for rent payable to our principal stockholder of $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. We have future minimum rental commitments, including those payable to our principal stockholder, for non-cancelable operating leases on office space as of September 24, 2004 as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Total Operating

Lease Payments


Fiscal 2005

   $ 4,483

Fiscal 2006

     1,593

Fiscal 2007

     264

Fiscal 2008

     252

Fiscal 2009

     184

Thereafter

     957
    

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 7,733
    

 

Other Cash Obligations

 

In March 1997, an unrelated third party filed a lawsuit against us alleging breach of a written agreement. In April 2002, we settled the dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 million per year beginning in June 2002. As of September 24, 2004, we had $21.0 million remaining to be paid under this settlement. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion.

 

Terms of our agreement to acquire all outstanding shares of Cinea (see Note 3) call for a final installment payment of $2.9 million plus accrued interest to be paid in September 2005. Under the terms of the agreement, we have future payment obligations that equal approximately 5% to 8% of the revenue generated from products incorporating certain technologies we acquired in the transaction. As of September 24, 2004, no additional purchase consideration has been earned.

 

8.    Segment Information

 

Operating Segments

 

Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer (CEO). While the CEO evaluates results in a number of different ways, the primary basis for which the allocation of resources and financial results are assessed is by examining our business in two operating segments: the technology licensing segment and the products and services segment. The technology licensing segment licenses technology, trademarks and know-how to consumer electronics, personal computer, broadcast and professional audio companies and administers third-party patent-only licenses. The products and services segment provides professional products to movie theaters and to the recording, broadcast, cable and video post-production industries. Additionally, this segment provides services to broadcast, film production and distribution companies.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Accounting policies for each of the operating segments are the same as those used on a consolidated basis. Our reportable segment information for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Revenue

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
    

September 27,

2002


   

September 26,

2003


   

September 24,

2004


 

Technology licensing

   $ 106,640     $ 157,922     $ 211,395  

Products and services

     55,228       59,550       77,646  
    


 


 


Total revenue

   $ 161,868     $ 217,472     $ 289,041  
    


 


 


     Gross Margin

 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Technology licensing

   $ 81,577     $ 117,921     $ 157,557  

Products and services

     22,574       25,908       39,907  
    


 


 


Total gross margin

   $ 104,151     $ 143,829     $ 197,464  
    


 


 


     Reconciliation to Income before Provision for Income
Taxes and Controlling Interest


 
     Fiscal Year Ended

 
     September 27,
2002


    September 26,
2003


    September 24,
2004


 

Total segment gross margin

   $ 104,151     $ 143,829     $ 197,464  

Operating expenses

     (103,602 )     (96,162 )     (137,099 )

Other income (expenses), net

     (747 )     (57 )     229  
    


 


 


Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and controlling interest

   $ (198 )   $ 47,610     $ 60,594  
    


 


 


 

Geographic Data

 

     Revenue by Geographic Region

     Fiscal Year Ended

     September 27,
2002


   September 26,
2003


   September 24,
2004


United States

   $ 46,230    $ 55,351    $ 74,144

International

     115,638      162,121      214,897
    

  

  

Total revenue

   $ 161,868    $ 217,472    $ 289,041
    

  

  

 

Revenue by geographic region was determined based on the location of our licensees for licensing revenue, the location of our direct customers for product sales, and the location where services were performed for production services revenue. We do not track capital expenditures or assets by geographic region. Consequently, it is not practical to show assets by geographic region. Revenue generated from customers in Japan accounted for 30%, 28% and 26% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Revenue generated from customers in China accounted for 9%, 15% and 13% of total revenue in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9.    Product Warranty Reserve

 

Product warranty reserves are recorded to reflect contractual liabilities relating to warranty commitments to our customers. Estimated warranty expense is based on historical warranty return rates and repair costs.

 

Changes in the carrying amount of product warranty reserves, which are included in other accrued expenses, for fiscal 2003 and 2004 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Total

 

Balance at September 27, 2002

   $  

Provision

     401  

Warranty claims

     (140 )
    


Balance at September 26, 2003

     261  

Provision

     237  

Warranty claims

     (226 )
    


Balance at September 24, 2004

   $ 272  
    


 

10.    Related Party Transactions

 

We have licensing and royalty agreements with Ray Dolby and his affiliates for the use of patents on which a portion of our operations are based. Under these agreements we recorded expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. These amounts are included in cost of licensing and cost of product sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, depending on the nature of the licenses. The amounts included in accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties under these agreements were $7.6 million at September 26, 2003. At September 24, 2004, we had a receivable due from the principal stockholder of $1.9 million related to a prepayment of royalties made prior to the end of fiscal 2004 .

 

In fiscal 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us approximately $6.0 million for administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. As a result of these amendments, no reimbursements were received from Ray Dolby in fiscal 2003 or 2004.

 

We lease our San Francisco corporate office space from our principal stockholder. The lease expires on December 31, 2005, with our having an option to extend the term for an additional five-year period. Annual rent under the lease was $3.4 million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million for fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

We are the minority partner in entities which own and lease commercial property in the United States and United Kingdom. Our principal stockholder is the controlling partner in each of these entities. These entities were established for the purposes of purchasing and leasing commercial property primarily for our own use. While a portion of the property is leased to third parties, we occupy a majority of the space. The debt used to finance the purchases of property by these entities is collateralized by the acquired property and guaranteed by Dolby Laboratories. Therefore, given that these affiliated entities are an integrated part of our operations, we have consolidated the entities’ assets and liabilities and results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. The share of earnings and net assets of the entities attributable to the controlling partner is reflected as controlling interest in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The outstanding principal balances on the debt of these entities was $14.9 million at September 24, 2004. The carrying amount of property that is collateral for these entities’ debt was $41.6 million at September 24, 2004. We believe that the current market value of the collateralized property is greater than the outstanding principal balances.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Our ownership interest in the consolidated affiliated entities is as follows:

 

Company Name


   Ownership interest
as of September 24,
2004


 

Dolby Properties, LLC

   37.5 %

Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC

   49.0 %

Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC

   49.0 %

Dolby Properties United Kingdom, LLC

   49.0 %

Dolby Properties, LP

   10.0 %

 

11.    Legal Proceedings

 

In the ordinary course of business, we defend ourselves against various legal proceedings, claims and contingencies arising in the normal course of our business activities. Management believes that the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

In May 2001, we filed a lawsuit against Lucent Technologies, Inc. and Lucent Technologies Guardian I, LLC, together “Lucent,” in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. We seek a declaration that certain U.S. patents are invalid and that we have not infringed on these patents. Lucent twice moved to dismiss our complaint. After its second motion was denied, Lucent filed an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office to reissue one of these patents. The outcome of that proceeding is currently not determinable. In August 2002, Lucent filed counterclaims alleging that we have infringed on these patents. Lucent seeks injunctive relief and unspecified damages. The case is now set for jury trial in San Jose, California in April 2005. We believe Lucent’s claims are without merit, and we are vigorously litigating this matter.

 

In March 1997, an unrelated third party filed a lawsuit against us alleging breach of a written agreement. In April 2002, we settled the dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million, without interest, in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 million per year beginning in June 2002. We recorded this liability at its present value of $24.2 million on the consolidated balance sheet using a discount rate of 5.125%, which approximates our incremental cost of borrowing rate. Interest related to this liability is recorded quarterly and is included in interest expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Other than such payments, neither party has any material obligations as a result of the settlement. As of September 24, 2004, we had $21.0 million remaining to be paid under this settlement.

 

12.    Subsequent Events

 

a. Stock-Option Grants

 

In October 2004, subsequent to our 2004 fiscal year end, we granted additional options to purchase shares of Class B common stock to our employees at exercise prices that were below the reassessed fair value at the date of grant. We expect to record deferred stock-based compensation of $7.3 million related to those equity awards, which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting schedule of the awards.

 

The amount of deferred stock-based compensation expected to be recognized in future periods related to the October 2004 awards and awards previously issued to employees is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Expense by Fiscal Year

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to options to purchase shares of Class B common stock

   $ 16,381    $ 16,535    $ 16,535    $ 9,333    $ 153
    

  

  

  

  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

b. Adoption of 2005 Stock Plan

 

In November 2004, our board of directors adopted our 2005 Stock Plan, and we expect the stockholders to approve the 2005 Stock Plan prior to the completion of our initial public offering. The 2005 Stock Plan will become effective on the day prior to the completion of this offering. Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the ability to grant incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock units, performance units and performance shares. A total of 6,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock is authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. Any shares subject to an award with a per share price less than the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant will be counted against the authorized share reserve as two shares for every one share subject to the award, and if returned to the 2005 Stock Plan, such shares will be counted as two shares for every one share returned.

 

c. Initial Public Offering

 

In November 2004, our board of directors approved the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

 

d. Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

In November 2004, our board of directors approved an amendment to our certificate of incorporation which will, among other matters, authorize two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. We expect the stockholders to approve the amendment and restatement of the certificate of incorporation and that such charter document will become effective prior to the completion of this offering. Class B common stock will represent shares that are outstanding immediately prior to an initial public offering or are reserved for issuance upon exercise of then outstanding options to purchase shares of Class B common stock. Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock will have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Shares of Class B common stock will be able to be converted to shares of Class A common stock at any time at the option of the stockholder and automatically convert upon sale or transfer, except for certain transfers specified in the amendment. All references to Class A and Class B common stock shares have been retroactively restated to reflect the amendment as if it had taken place at our inception.

 

e. Stock Split

 

In November 2004, our board of directors authorized a five-for-one stock split to be effected in connection with the implementation of the dual class stock structure described above. All references to Class A and Class B common stock shares and related per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split as if it had taken place at our inception.

 

f. Contribution of Intellectual Property Rights

 

Throughout our history, Ray Dolby has retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he created related to our business. These intellectual property rights are currently held by entities affiliated with him that have licensed this technology to us in exchange for royalty payments, including royalty payments related to certain trademark usage. Under these licensing and royalty agreements, we recorded expenses for royalties payable to Ray Dolby for the use of certain patent and trademark rights of $18.8 million, $27.6 million and $36.9 million in fiscal 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In addition, in fiscal 2002, Ray Dolby reimbursed us approximately $6.0 million for administering licenses covering certain of his intellectual property rights. In June 2002, we terminated this licensing administration

 

F-28


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

arrangement and amended our licensing agreements with Ray Dolby to license from him the intellectual property rights we had previously administered on his behalf. In exchange, we agreed to pay him royalties in an amount that was intended to approximate the net revenue he would have received under our prior licensing administration arrangement.

 

Ray Dolby will contribute to us, prior to the completion of an initial public offering, all rights in intellectual property related to our business that he and his affiliates hold, so that we will have full ownership rights in this intellectual property once we are a public company. In connection with the asset contribution, our current licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby will terminate, and we will have no further obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby.

 

g. Compulsory Acquisition of Remaining Shares of Lake Technology Limited

 

As discussed in Note 3, in fiscal 2004 we initiated action under Australian law to allow the compulsory acquisition of the remaining outstanding shares of Lake Technology Limited that we did not hold. In December 2004, the Australian court ruled in our favor permitting us to move to acquire the remaining 7% of Lake’s outstanding shares at the same price we paid for the previously purchased shares.

 

h. Purchase of Intellectual Property Rights

 

In December 2004, we amended a royalty agreement with a third party that was originally entered into in September 1999. The original agreement provided us an exclusive irrevocable right to license the third party’s technology to our customers in exchange for royalty payments based on a percentage of the royalties earned from our customers. In consideration of a lump sum payment of $11.0 million, the amended agreement eliminates all of our future royalty payment obligations while allowing us to continue our exclusive licensing of the third party’s technologies for the life of the underlying intellectual property. The $11.0 million will be recorded as an intangible asset on our consolidated balance sheet and amortized over the useful life of the underlying intellectual property, with the amortization recorded as cost of licensing.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.     OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 58,282

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

      

Printing and engraving

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

      

Transfer agent and registrar fees

      

Miscellaneous

      
    

Total

   $  
    

 

The registrant has agreed to pay fifty percent of the expenses incurred by the selling stockholders in connection with this offering, currently estimated at approximately $            .

 

ITEM 14.     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations.

 

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

 

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated bylaws of the registrant provide that:

 

  ·   The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  ·   The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is not required by law.

 

  ·   The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

  ·   The registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  ·   The rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

  ·   The registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

The registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also provides for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

 

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

 

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

ITEM 15.     RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

In the three years prior to the filing of this registration statement, the registrant has issued the following unregistered securities:

 

(a) As of September 24, 2004, Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation, had issued and sold an aggregate of 1,679,640 shares of common stock upon exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, for an aggregate consideration of $2,579,290. As of November 19, 2004, the registrant has issued and sold an additional 302,095 shares of common stock upon exercise of options issued to certain employees, directors and consultants under the registrant’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, for an aggregate consideration of $380,036.

 

(b) In January 2004, Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation, issued 571,560 shares of common stock to N.W. Jasper, Jr., the registrant’s president and chief executive officer, under the registrant’s amended and restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

(c) In connection with the registrant’s reincorporation into the State of Delaware on September 24, 2004, the registrant issued 86,547,910 shares of common stock to a total of 49 stockholders in exchange for the outstanding shares of common stock of Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to item (a) above, and Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to items (b) and (c) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through their relationships with the registrant, to such information.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .

 

(a) Exhibits.    The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit
Number


 

Description


  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1   Asset Contribution Agreement dated November 19, 2004, by and between the registrant, Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, Ray Dolby individually, Ray Dolby as Trustee for the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Trust instrument dated May 7, 1999, and Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments L.P.
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1   Form of registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.
  5.1**   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1*   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2*   2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.3*   Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4*   2005 Stock Plan.
10.5   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan.
10.6*   Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.
10.7   Description of Dolby Annual Incentive Plan.
10.8*   Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California.
10.9*   Lease for 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.
10.10*   Lease for 175 South Hill Drive, Brisbane, California.
10.11*   Lease for 3601 West Alameda Avenue, Burbank, California.
10.12*   Leases for Wootton Bassett, England facilities.
10.13†   License Agreement effective January 1, 1992 by and between GTE Laboratories Incorporated and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
10.14*   Offer Letter dated September 28, 2000, by and between Martin A. Jaffe and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.15*   Offer Letter dated October 23, 2003, by and between Mark S. Anderson and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.16*   Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (United Kingdom) for David Watts.
10.17   At-Will Employment, Proprietary Rights, Non-Disclosure and No Conflicts-of-Interest Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, by and between Ray Dolby and Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
21.1*   List of significant subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2**   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*   Power of Attorney.

* Previously filed.

 

** To be filed by amendment.

 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

Other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable or not required or because the information is included elsewhere in the registrant’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

 

ITEM 17.     UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on this 29th day of December 2004.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.
By:  

/s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        


    N. W. Jasper, Jr.
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


*


Ray Dolby

   Chairman of the Board   December 29, 2004

/s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        


N. W. Jasper, Jr.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   December 29, 2004

*


Janet Daly

   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)   December 29, 2004

*


Peter Gotcher

   Director   December 29, 2004

*


Sanford Robertson

   Director   December 29, 2004

*


Roger Siboni

   Director   December 29, 2004

 

*By:  

/s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        


   

N. W. Jasper, Jr.

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts


   Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Charged to
Operations


   Deductions

    Balance at
End of
Year


     ($ in thousands)

For the year ended September 27, 2002

   $ 1,266    $ 55    $     $ 1,321

For the year ended September 26, 2003

     1,321      1,753      (509 )     2,565

For the year ended September 24, 2004

     2,565      402      (857 )     2,110


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


 

Description


  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1   Asset Contribution Agreement dated November 19, 2004, by and between the registrant, Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, Ray Dolby individually, Ray Dolby as Trustee for the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Trust instrument dated May 7, 1999, and Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments L.P.
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1   Form of registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.
  5.1**   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1*   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2*   2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.3*   Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4*   2005 Stock Plan.
10.5   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan.
10.6*   Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan.
10.7   Description of Dolby Annual Incentive Plan.
10.8*   Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California.
10.9*   Lease for 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California.
10.10*   Lease for 175 South Hill Drive, Brisbane, California.
10.11*   Lease for 3601 West Alameda Avenue, Burbank, California.
10.12*   Leases for Wootton Bassett, England facilities.
10.13†   License Agreement effective January 1, 1992 by and between GTE Laboratories Incorporated and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
10.14*   Offer Letter dated September 28, 2000, by and between Martin A. Jaffe and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.15*   Offer Letter dated October 23, 2003, by and between Mark S. Anderson and Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation.
10.16*   Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (United Kingdom) for David Watts.
10.17   At-Will Employment, Proprietary Rights, Non-Disclosure and No Conflicts-of-Interest Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, by and between Ray Dolby and Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
21.1*   List of significant subsidiaries of the registrant.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2**   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this Form S-1).

* Previously filed.

 

** To be filed by amendment.

 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 1.1

 

l Shares

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK (PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE)

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

l , 2005


l , 2005

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), and the stockholders of the Company (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) named in Schedule I hereto severally propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of l shares of the Class A Common Stock (par value $0.001 per share) of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”), of which l shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and l shares are to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, each Selling Stockholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in Schedule I hereto.

 

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional l shares of Class A Common Stock (par value $0.001 per share) of the Company (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as Manager of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of Class A Common Stock (par value $0.001 per share) of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “Class A Common Stock.” The shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company are hereinafter referred to as the Class B Common Stock.” The Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Common Stock. ” The Company and the Selling Stockholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Sellers .”

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

 


1. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters as of the date hereof and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a) Based on advice from the Commission, the Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

 

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use therein.

 

(c) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own and lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction, to the extent that the concept of “good standing” is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction, in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(d) Each of Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation (“DLICA”) , and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, a New York corporation (“DLLC”) (each a “Significant Subsidiary” and collectively the “Significant Subsidiaries” ) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own and lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction, to the extent that the concept of “good standing” is applicable under the laws of such jurisdiction, in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each Significant Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances or claims. The Significant Subsidiaries are the only subsidiaries of the Company that are “significant subsidiaries” as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

3


(e) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(f) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof set forth under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” in the Prospectus.

 

(g) The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(h) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights arising under or pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, each as amended, any other written agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

(i) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of (i) applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, each as amended, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) for any such contravention that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required to be obtained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained or made under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”), or as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(j) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement).

 

(k) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus

 

4


and are not so described, or any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

 

(l) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied as to form when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(m) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(n) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(o) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(p) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any other registration statement that may be filed by the Company under the Securities Act, and the Company will not enter into any such contract, agreement or understanding with, or otherwise grant any such rights to, any person that, as of the date of this Agreement, holds any securities of the Company or any options, rights or warrants to acquire any securities of the Company if such contract, agreement, understanding or other right would permit such person to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any such securities or to require the Company to include any such securities in the Registration Statement or any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities

 

5


Act during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(f) hereof).

 

(q) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (1) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction, not in the ordinary course of business; (2) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock (except for acquisitions of capital stock by the Company from its officers or other employees and any other persons providing services to the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of their employment by, or service to, the Company), nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (3) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in the Prospectus.

 

(r) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and valid title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (except as such enforceability may be subject to the laws of general application relating to bankruptcy and the relief of debtors and laws governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies) with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Prospectus.

 

(s) Except as described in the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, except where the failure to own or possess or the inability to acquire on reasonable terms any of the foregoing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(t) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the

 

6


Company, is imminent; and the Company (without having conducted any independent investigation) is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(u) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Prospectus.

 

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to obtain any such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material and adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described the Prospectus

 

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a consolidated system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States and to maintain asset accountability; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders . Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

 

(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Stockholder and l , as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the “Custody

 

7


Agreement”) and the Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the “Power of Attorney”) will not contravene any provision of applicable law, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Stockholder or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(c) Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “UCC”) in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

 

(d) The Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder.

 

(e) [Delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and payment therefor pursuant to this Agreement will pass valid title to such Shares, free and clear of any adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to each Underwriter who has purchased such Shares without notice of an adverse claim.] [Note: This version of the representation is to be used if Shares are to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder in certificated form endorsed to the Underwriters.]

 

(f) [Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such Shares) (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s

 

8


share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.] [Note: This version of the representation is to be used if Shares are to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder through DTC without ever being registered directly in the name of the Underwriters.]

 

(g) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Prospectus to sell his Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(h) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (ii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2(h) are limited to statements or omissions made in reliance upon information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

3. Agreements to Sell and Purchase .

 

(a) Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $ l a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

(b) On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to l Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice to the Company of each election to exercise the option not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering

 

9


over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

(c) Each Seller hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, (ii) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

(d) The restrictions contained in Section 3(c) above shall not apply to:

 

(i) the Shares to be sold hereunder,

 

(ii) transactions by a Selling Stockholder relating to shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the Shares,

 

(iii) the issuance by the Company of shares of, or options to purchase shares of, Common Stock to employees, officers, directors, advisors or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans described in the Registration Statement under the caption “Management – Employee Benefit Plans” or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of another business in a transaction described in clause (iv) of this sentence,

 

(iv) the issuance by the Company of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock in connection with any mergers or acquisitions of securities, businesses, property or other assets, joint ventures or other strategic corporate transactions or any other transaction, in each case the primary purpose of which is not to raise capital,

 

(v) transfers by a Selling Stockholder of Common Stock or any securities convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts,

 

10


(vi) transfers by a Selling Stockholder of shares of Common Stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of [Ray Dolby] or the immediate family of [Ray Dolby] ,

 

(vii) if a Selling Stockholder is a corporation, transfers of shares of Common Stock held by such Selling Stockholder to any wholly-owned subsidiary or affiliate of such Selling Stockholder,

 

(viii) if a Selling Stockholder is a limited liability company, transfers of shares of Common Stock held by such Selling Stockholder to a member of, or to a limited liability company affiliated with, such Selling Stockholder,

 

(ix) if a Selling Stockholder is a partnership, transfers of shares of Common Stock held by such Selling Stockholder to a partner of, or to a partnership affiliated with, such Selling Stockholder, or

 

(x) the filing by the Company of any registration statements on Form S-8 or Form S-8/S-3 for the registration of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans described in clause (iii) of this sentence;

 

provided that (A) in the case of any issuance pursuant to clause (iv) of this sentence, each recipient of any such shares of Common Stock or other securities shall sign and deliver an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement (except that any such recipient who is or is to become an executive officer or director of the Company required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act shall sign and deliver an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement), (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to any of clauses (v) through (ix) of this sentence, each donee or transferee of any such shares of Common Stock or other securities shall sign and deliver an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, and (C) if a Selling Stockholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock by such Selling Stockholder during the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(c) above (as such period may be extended, if applicable, as provided in Section 3(f) below), such Selling Stockholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer or distribution is not a disposition for cash and is being made either as a gift or for estate planning purposes.

 

(e) Each of the Selling Stockholders agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of such Selling Stockholder’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(c) above, if:

 

(i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(c) above, the Company issues an earnings release or discloses material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or

 

11


(ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period,

 

the restrictions imposed by, and the other provisions set forth in, Sections 3(c) through 3(i) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

 

(g) Each of the Selling Stockholders agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of Section 3(c) during the period ending on and including the 215th day following the date of the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the 180-day restricted period (as it may have been extended pursuant to Section 3(g) above) has expired.

 

(h) Notwithstanding the lock-up restrictions described in Sections 3(c) and 3(g), each Selling Stockholder may at any time enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act relating to the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock, if then permitted by the Company, provided that the shares subject to such plan may not be sold until after completion of the 180-day restricted period (as the same may be extended, if applicable, as provided in Section 3(g) above).

 

(i) For purposes of Section 3(d), “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin; and “affiliate” and “affiliated” have the meanings given to those terms in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

4. Terms of Public Offering . The Sellers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $  l a share (the “Public Offering Price” ) and to certain dealers selected by the Underwriters at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $  l a share under the Public Offering Price.

 

5. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on l l , 2005, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than l l , 2005, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.”

 

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Option Closing Date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other

 

12


time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than l l , 2005, as shall be designated in writing by you.

 

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.

 

6. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than l (New York City time) on the date hereof.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

 

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

 

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the Company’s securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and

 

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement) that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

 

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

 

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

13


(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, and an opinion of l , l counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date to the effect set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

 

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

 

(i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders;

 

(ii) the execution and delivery by each Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of his obligations under, this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder will not contravene any provision of applicable law, or, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Stockholder or, to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with offer and sale of the Shares;

 

(iii) each of the Selling Stockholders has valid title to, or a valid security entitlement in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities and other encumbrances, and each of the Selling Stockholders has the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares;

 

(iv) the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney of each Selling Stockholder have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder;

 

(v) delivery of stock certificates representing the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, endorsed to the Underwriters and payment therefor pursuant to this Agreement will pass valid title to such Shares, free and clear of any adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, to each Underwriter who has purchased such Shares without notice of an adverse claim.] [Note: This version of the opinion is to be used for Shares delivered by the Selling Stockholders in certificated form.]

 

14


[(v) upon payment for the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede or such other nominee as may be designated by DTC, registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim” (within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC) to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; in giving this opinion, counsel for the Selling Stockholders may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.] [Note: This version of the opinion is to be used for Shares delivered by the Selling Stockholders through DTC without ever being registered directly in the name of the Underwriters.]

 

(vi) nothing has come to the attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that (A) the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need not express any belief) do not comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (B) the Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need not express any belief) at the time the Registration Statement became effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (C) the Prospectus (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need not express any belief) as of its date or as of the Closing Date contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the statements set forth in this paragraph 6(d)(vi) only apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Selling Stockholder furnished by any Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein.

 

15


(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Sidley Austin Brown & Wood, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

With respect to Section 6(d)(vi) above, Morrison & Foerster LLP, may state that its belief is based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but is without independent check or verification, except as specified in their opinion. With respect to Section 6(d) above, Morrison & Foerster LLP may rely, with respect to factual matters and to the extent such counsel deems appropriate, upon the representations of each Selling Stockholder contained herein and in the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of such Selling Stockholder and in other documents and instruments; provided that copies of the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney and of any such other documents and instruments shall be delivered to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriters.

 

The opinions of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, and Morrison & Foerster LLP described in Sections 6(c) and 6(d) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.

 

(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from KPMG LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

 

(g) Lock-up agreements between you and (1) each executive officer and director of the Company who will, following effectiveness of the Registration Statement, be required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (but excluding Ray Dolby), substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, and (2) certain stockholders and optionholders of the Company, substantially in the form of either Exhibit A or B hereto, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

 

16


7. Covenants of the Company . In further consideration of the agreements of the Underwriters herein contained, the Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, three signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(c) below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

 

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

(c) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon reasonable request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law.

 

(d) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall require the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction, to execute a general consent to service of process in any state or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is otherwise not so subject.

 

(e) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering the twelve-month period ending l , 2006 that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

8. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Sellers agree to pay or cause to be paid, except as otherwise agreed by the Sellers and the Underwriters, all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling

 

17


Stockholders in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(d) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Class A Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior written approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section 8, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution,” and the last paragraph of Section 11 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including: (i) fees and disbursements of their counsel, (ii) stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them, (iii) any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and (iv) travel and lodging expenses of representatives and employees of the Underwriters incurred by them in connection with the road show and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show.

 

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

 

9. Indemnity and Contribution .

 

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged

 

18


untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (each as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Shares, or any person controlling such Underwriter or any affiliate of such Underwriter, if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Shares to such person and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses claims, damages or liabilities, unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 7(a) hereof.

 

(b) Each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (each as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Shares, or any person controlling such Underwriter or any affiliate of such Underwriter, if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Shares to such person and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 7(a) hereof. The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity

 

19


agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (each as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a), 9(b) or 9(c), such person (the “indemnified party” ) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party” ) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm

 

20


(in addition to any local counsel) for all the Selling Stockholders, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by any of the persons named as attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Stockholders under the Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a), 9(b) or 9(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Sellers on the

 

21


one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

(f) The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder, or the Company, the officers or directors of the Company or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

 

10. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York

 

22


State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

 

11. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased, and arrangements satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders. In any such case either you or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Sellers will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel)

 

23


reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

 

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

13. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

14. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

 

(a) if to the Company, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to Dolby Laboratories, Inc., 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94103-4813, Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer, (Facsimile: (415) 863-1373); with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, Attention: Larry W. Sonsini and Thomas C. DeFilipps (Facsimile: (650) 493-6811);

 

(b) if to a Selling Stockholder, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to such Selling Stockholder, c/o Dolby Laboratories, Inc., 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94103-4813, attention: Ray Dolby, (Facsimile: (415) 863-1373) ; with a copy to Morrison Forester LLP, 425 Market Street, Suite 3200, San Francisco, CA 94111-3580, Attention Thomas Kostic (Facsimile: (415) 268-7522); or

 

(c) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Capital Markets Syndicate Desk (Facsimile: (212) 761-0316); with a copy to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 555 California Street, San Francisco, California 94104, Attention: Gordon Dean (Facsimile: (415) 576-2392) and Bryan Andrzejewski (Facsimile: (415) 576-2671).

 

15. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.
By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

24


The Selling Stockholders named in Schedule I hereto
By:    
    Attorney-in-Fact

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

 

By:    
   

Name:

   

Title:

Acting on behalf of itself and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto.

 

25


SCHEDULE I

 

Selling Stockholders


   Number of Firm
Shares To Be Sold


Ray Dolby Trust

    

Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments, L.P.

    
    

Total:

    

 


SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter


   Number of Firm
Shares To Be Purchased


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

    

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

    

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

    

Adams Harkness, Inc.

    

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

    

[NAMES OF OTHER UNDERWRITERS]

    
    

Total:

    

 


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT FOR

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS]

 

                     , 2005

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

 

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

 

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including Morgan Stanley (the “Underwriters”), of shares of the Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock”).

 

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock of the Company (“Class B Common Stock”), or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, (b) transfers of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any securities convertible into Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, or (c) transfers of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) or (c), (i) each donee or transferee shall sign and deliver an agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (ii) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 reporting a

 

A-1


reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock by the undersigned during the 180-day restricted period referred to above (as such period may be extended, if applicable, as provided below), the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such transfer or distribution is not a disposition for cash and is being made as a gift or for estate planning purposes. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this agreement shall restrict the right of the Company to repurchase from the undersigned (or the right of the undersigned to sell to the Company) shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of the Company issued under the Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, as provided thereunder and under the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued.

 

If:

 

(1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or discloses material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or

 

(2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

 

the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

 

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this agreement during the period from the date of this agreement through and including the 215th day following the date of the Prospectus, the undersigned will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the 180-day restricted period (as it may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Notwithstanding the lock-up restrictions described in this agreement, the undersigned may at any time enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock, if then permitted by the Company, provided that the shares subject to such plan may not be sold until after completion of the 180-day restricted period (as the same may be extended, if applicable, as provided above).

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

A-2


For purposes of this agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than the first cousin.

 

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters. This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of: (a) the date that the Company advises Morgan Stanley in writing, prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering or (b) the termination of the Underwriting Agreement before the closing of the Public Offering.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

A-3


EXHIBIT B

 

[FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY HOLDERS, OTHER THAN

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS, DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS]

 

                     , 2005

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

 

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

 

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“Morgan Stanley”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including Morgan Stanley (the “Underwriters”), of shares of the Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock”). As used herein, the term “Common Stock” means the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, (b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts or (c) transfers of shares of Common Stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) or (c), each donee or transferee shall sign and deliver an agreement substantially in the form of this agreement. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this agreement shall restrict the right of the Company to repurchase from the undersigned (or the right of the undersigned to sell to the Company) shares of Common Stock of the Company issued under the

 

B-1


Company’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, as provided thereunder and under the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued.

 

If:

 

(1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or discloses material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or

 

(2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

 

the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release, the disclosure of the material news or the occurrence of the material event.

 

The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this agreement during the period from the date of this agreement through and including the 215th day following the date of the Prospectus, the undersigned will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the 180-day restricted period (as it may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

For purposes of this agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than the first cousin.

 

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters. This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of: (a) the date that the Company advises Morgan Stanley in writing, prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering or (b) the termination of the Underwriting Agreement before the closing of the Public Offering.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF OPINION OF WILSON, SONSINI, GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.]

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF OPINION OF l ]

 

The information in the Prospectus under the caption “Business – Legal Proceedings”, insofar as such information constitutes a summary of certain legal matters or legal proceedings referred to therein, fairly summarizes the matters referred to therein in all material respects.

 

D-1

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

ASSET CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This Asset Contribution Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 19, 2004 by and between, on the one hand, Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DLI ”) and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, a New York corporation (“ DLLC ”), and on the other hand, Ray M. Dolby individually (“ RMD ”), Ray M. Dolby as Trustee for the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Trust instrument dated May 7, 1999 (“ RDT ”) and Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments L.P., a California limited partnership (“ RDDILP ”). DLI, DLLC, and all other wholly-owned, direct or indirect, subsidiaries of DLI are referred to in this Agreement collectively as the “ Company Entities ” and each individually as a “ Company Entity .” RMD, RDT and RDDILP are referred to in this Agreement collectively as the “ Ray Dolby Entities ” and each individually as a “ Ray Dolby Entity .” The Company Entities and Ray Dolby Entities are referred to in this Agreement collectively as the “ Parties ” and each individually as a “ Party .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, it is currently contemplated that both RDT and RDDLIP will be selling stockholders in DLI’s initial public offering of its Class A common stock as contemplated by the Registration Statement (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS , the Parties wish to set forth the allocation of certain Intellectual Property Rights (as defined below) to ensure that, at the time DLI becomes a public company, the Company Entities hold all Intellectual Property Rights related to their businesses that may currently be held by the Ray Dolby Entities in order to facilitate the successful completion of DLI’s initial public offering.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Definitions . The following defined terms have the meanings set forth below.

 

(a) Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth under Rule 144(a)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(b) DL IPR ” means all Pre-Effective Time IPR to be allocated to DLI or one or more Company Entities designated by DLI under Section 2.1 hereof.

 

(c) DL Reserved Field ” means the all products, services and other business activities that have been or currently are, developed, licensed, promoted, sold, provided or engaged in, as the

 


case may be, by any of the Company Entities, any future products, services or businesses of the same or similar type or nature, and any other products, services or businesses that could reasonably be expected, as of the Effective Time and in light of the products, services and other business activities of the Company Entities as of the Effective Time, to be of the type or nature that Company Entities would develop, license, promote, sell, provide or engaged in, as the case may be, in the future, including without limitation any products, business or services related to, entertainment, audio, video or multimedia such as the recording, display, distribution, reproduction or processing of sound or video signals, the protection of digital content, home networking and wireless connectivity, and facilitating the ease of use of any consumer electronics products or features thereof.

 

(d) Effective Time ” means immediately prior to such time that the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Registration Statement effective.

 

(e) Excluded IPR ” means Intellectual Property Rights that are listed on Schedule 2.3 .

 

(f) Existing RMD Agreements ” means those agreements set forth on Schedule 1.1(f) hereto.

 

(g) Existing RMD Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

(h) Intellectual Property Rights ” means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States and foreign patents and utility models and applications therefor, and all reissues, divisions, re-examinations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries (“ Patents ”); (ii) trade secret rights and all other rights in or to confidential information; (iii) mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights in semiconductor masks, layouts architecture or topology throughout the world (“ Mask Works ”); (iv) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor and all other similar or equivalent rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (v) all rights in industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world (“ Industrial Designs ”); (vi) all trade names, logos, trademarks and service marks; trademark and service mark registrations and applications (including intent-to-use registrations and applications), and all goodwill associated therewith (“ Marks ”); (vii) all rights in WWW addresses, uniform resource locators and domain names and applications and registrations therefor (“ Internet Properties ”); and (viii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

 

(i) New RMD Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

(j) Owning Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

 

(k) Pre-Effective Time IPR ” means all Intellectual Property Rights owned by a Party or Parties immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the remainder of this Section 1.1(k). With respect to Patents, Pre-Effective Time IPR also includes any Patents that claim or could claim a

 

-2-


priority date as of or before the Effective Time and that arise from an invention owned or made by a Party on or prior to the Effective Time, including any such Patents in which any Company Entity employees, Ray Dolby Entity employees and/or RMD are required to be designated as inventors, but excluding any such Patents that a Party first acquires from a non-Affiliate third party after the Effective Time where the non-Affiliate third party was not under a pre-existing obligation (by written agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise) to assign such Patents to the Party as of or before the Effective Time. With respect to Intellectual Property Rights owned by any of the Ray Dolby Entities immediately prior to the Effective Time, Pre-Effective Time IPR includes only those Intellectual Property Rights related to the business of the Company Entities or the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development as of the Effective Time; provided that Pre-Effective Time IPR includes all Intellectual Property Rights of the Ray Dolby Entities that are subject to an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued or recorded by, or filed with, a government or other public legal authority. The Pre-Effective Time IPR includes those Intellectual Property Rights set forth in the schedules of DL IPR appended hereto.

 

(l) Registration Statement ” means DLI’s registration statement on Form S-1, filed by the DLI with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of an even date herewith.

 

(m) RMD Reserved Full Name Goods ” means any goods or services provided by an RMD Reserved Person that are not of the type provided by the Company Entities as of the Effective Time, not reasonably contemplated to be provided in the future by the Company Entities as of the Effective Time, or otherwise not within the Company Entities’ natural zones of expansion under applicable trademark law.

 

(n) RMD Reserved Persons ” means (i) RMD, (ii) the following members of RMD’s immediate family who are alive as of the Effective Time: Dagmar Dolby, Thomas Dolby, and David Dolby (together with RMD, the “ RMD Immediate Family ”), and (iii) any one or more corporations, partnerships, trusts, or the like that any one or more of members of the RMD Immediate Family owns and controls, which entities shall remain “RMD Reserved Persons” for so long, but only for so long, as such entity is owned and controlled by any one or more (w) members of the RMD Immediate Family, (x) lineal descendants (including relationship by legal adoption) of any member of the RMD Immediate Family, (y) spouses of any such lineal descendant, or (z) persons with whom any such lineal descendant has registered as a domestic partner, established a civil union, or created a substantially equivalent status under the laws of a state of the United States or a political subdivision of a state of the United States. For clarity, once an entity ceases to be an RMD Reserved Person under the terms of clause (iii) above, it shall forever cease to be an RMD Reserved Person.

 

(o) RMD Reserved Surname Goods ” means any goods or services provided by an RMD Reserved Person that:

 

(1) are within International Trademark Classes 3, 14, 16, 20, 21, 25, 28 through 34, 36, 39, 41, or 43;

 

(2) are within the fields of civil or structural engineering or aeronautics (other than products that process audio or video information or signals); or

 

-3-


(3) are within the fields of education on topics of public concern, philanthropy, or charity;

 

except to the extent any of the foregoing is associated with the DL Reserved Field, for example, neither (i) a video game (in International Trademark Class 28) nor a item apparel (in International Trademark Class 25) promoting or endorsing a product in the DL Reserved Field, would be a “RMD Reserved Surname Good”.

 

(p) RMD Surname Mark ” means a Mark that is, or includes in full the surname “Dolby”. The RMD Surname Mark does not include any mark used or registered by the Company Entities such as the “Double D” mark or any other commercial symbol, impression, stylization, or trade dress used in association with the surname “Dolby”, or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE II

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS ALLOCATION

 

2.1 DL IPR . Except as provided in Section 2.3 below, all Pre-Effective Time IPR shall be allocated, in accordance with this Section 2.1, to DLI or any one or more Company Entities designated by DLI, including, without limitation, DLI and DLLC (“Holding Entities”), and to the extent not owned by such Holding Entities prior to the Effective Time, shall be assigned to such Holding Entities in accordance with Section 2.2. The Pre-Effective Time IPR shall, following the Effective Time, be DL IPR. All Pre-Effective Time IPR that is subject to a governmental registration or that is material and capable of being scheduled is or will be set forth on Schedule 2.1 . Both prior to and after the Effective Time, the Parties will use reasonable efforts to complete or correct such Schedule in accordance with Section 3.1.

 

2.2 Assignment of DL IPR

 

(a) General . To the extent legal ownership of an item within DL IPR is not held by, or recorded in the name of, a Holding Entity as of the Effective Time, and subject to Section 2.3, each of the other Parties agrees to assign and transfer, and hereby does assign and transfer to the Holding Entities, as designated by DLI, effective as of the Effective Time, all such Intellectual Property Rights constituting DL IPR, including all causes of action and the right to past and future damages for infringement of such Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(b) Dolby Surname . To the extent any RMD Surname Marks are included within the DL IPR assigned and transferred to the Holding Entities under Section 2.2(a), and without limiting the Company Entities’ right to use such RMD Surname Marks in any field, the Company Entities acknowledge and agree that the RMD Reserved Persons retain and may claim their respective rights in the use of RMD Surname Marks as Marks in fields other than the DL Reserved Field and nothing in this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement shall be interpreted as creating any obligation on the part of the RMD Reserved Persons to the contrary. The Company Entities agree not to initiate or pursue (except in response to a trademark claim or proceeding inititiated by an RMD Reserved Person) an opposition, challenge, attempt to cancel, or enforcement of trademark rights or other similar proceeding against any RMD Reserved Persons with respect to any RMD

 

-4-


Reserved Person’s use, registration, or renewal of an RMD Surname Mark in connection with the RMD Reserved Surname Goods. The Company Entities agree not to initiate or pursue (except in response to a trademark claim or proceeding inititiated by an RMD Reserved Person) any opposition, challenge, attempt to cancel, enforcement of trademark rights or other similar proceeding against any RMD Reserved Person in connection with such RMD Reserved Person’s use, registration, or renewal of the term “Dolby” as part of such use of their full name (including, without limitation, “Ray Dolby,” “Ray M. Dolby,” “Dagmar Dolby,” “Thomas Dolby,” “Tom Dolby,” “David Dolby,” and “Dave Dolby”) as a Mark in connection with RMD Reserved Full Name Goods. The Company Entities covenant not to assert dilution based on an RMD Surname Mark being a famous Mark in any opposition or challenge to or attempt to cancel or interfere with the trademark rights of, or enforcement of trademark rights against any RMD Reserved Person for the use of an RMD Surname Mark. Neither the Company Entities nor the RMD Reserved Persons will attempt to associate their respective goods and services with the goods and services of the other. In response to a request by either the Company Entities or the RMD Reserved Persons, the Company Entities and the RMD Reserved Persons will reasonably cooperate with respect to the elimination or minimization of confusion stemming from their respective uses of RMD Surname Marks, should any such confusion arise.

 

(c) Assistance . Each of the other Parties agrees to take such action as is necessary or appropriate therefor, as such actions are more fully set forth in Section 3.2 and Section 8.1.

 

2.3 Excluded IPR . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.2 or any of the Schedules hereto, none of the Intellectual Property Rights that are listed on Schedule 2.3 shall be allocated, transferred or assigned to DLI, DLLC, or any other Company Entity hereunder and any of the Company Entities’ right, title, or interest therein is hereby irrevocably assigned to RMD.

 

2.4 No Other Transfers . Subject to compliance with Section 3.1, any Intellectual Property Rights not allocated or assigned by one Party to another in accordance with this Article II shall remain the property of the Party holding legal title to such Intellectual Property Rights as of the Effective Time.

 

-5-


ARTICLE III

 

SCHEDULE MODIFICATIONS

 

3.1 DL IPR Schedule. It is understood that Schedule 2.1 has been created in good faith, using reasonable efforts to be complete and accurate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is reasonably determined, at any time before or after the Effective Time, that an item should have been included on Schedule 2.1 and was omitted, then Schedule 2.1 shall be amended accordingly to include such item, without further consideration, and Schedule 2.1 as amended shall become part of this Agreement.

 

3.2 Cooperation and Legal Transfers

 

(a) Cooperation . To the extent any Party (the “ Owning Party ”), other than a Holding Entity, holds legal title to DL IPR or has DL IPR registered in its name as of the Effective Time, the Owning Party shall cooperate to effect the transfer of legal title of such DL IPR to a Holding Company, as designated by DLI. Thereafter the Holding Company shall have sole legal title to and the sole responsibility for prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of such DL IPR.

 

(b) Continuing Prosecution and Maintenance Pending Transfer . Until transfer of legal title to DL IPR from the Owning Party to a Holding Company has been effected, the Owning Party shall continue to prosecute and maintain the DL IPR (including payment of maintenance fees, but subject to any other applicable agreement), and to maintain its files and records related to the DL IPR using the same standard of care and diligence as used by the Owning Party prior to the date of this Agreement, but in any event at least a reasonable level of care and diligence. DLLC will promptly reimburse the Owning Party for all actual and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (excluding the value of the time of RMD or Owning Party’s employees) to continue to prosecute and maintain the DL IPR after the Effective Time until the transfer of responsibility for the DL IPR has been completed. The Owning Party shall provide DLLC with the originals or copies of its files related to the DL IPR upon such transfer or at such earlier time as the Owning Party and DLLC may agree.

 

(c) Support . The Owning Party shall provide continuing reasonable support to DLLC with respect to the DL IPR, including by way of example, by executing all documents necessary for the prosecution and maintenance of the DL IPR, forwarding copies of correspondence sent and received concerning the DL IPR within a reasonable period of time after receipt by the Owning Party and making all relevant documents in the possession or control of Owning Party and corresponding to the DL IPR, available to DLLC or its counsel.

 

(d) Assignment Documents for Legal Title . To the extent required to perfect the foregoing assignments of DL IPR to the Holding Entities under Section 2.2, the Owning Party shall execute the following documents prepared by DLLC on or promptly following the Effective Time:

 

(i) United States and foreign Patent assignments in the forms set forth on Schedule 3.2(d)(i) , evidencing the foregoing transfer of any Patents included in DL IPR;

 

-6-


(ii) United States and foreign trademark assignments in the form set forth on Schedule 3.2(d)(ii) , evidencing the foregoing assignment and transfer of any Marks included in DL IPR;

 

(iii) Documentation evidencing the foregoing transfer of the Internet Properties within the DL IPR; and

 

(iv) United States and foreign Copyright assignments in the form set forth on Schedule 3.2(d)(iv) , evidencing the foregoing transfer of any Copyrights included in DL IPR.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

EXISTING AGREEMENTS

 

4.1 Existing RMD Agreements.

 

(a) Termination . Upon the Effective Time, each Existing RMD Agreement shall terminate in its entirety and no provisions of the Existing RMD Agreements shall have any further force or effect (including any provisions referenced in the Existing RMD Agreements as surviving termination), except as provided Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b). The Parties to this Agreement hereby terminate the Existing RMD Agreements as parties thereto, in accordance with this Agreement and the Existing RMD Agreements.

 

(b) Accrued Royalties . Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) DLLC shall deliver a final royalty payment and statement to the appropriate Ray Dolby Entities with respect to royalties accrued under the RMD Agreements prior to the Effective Time (the “ Accrued Royalties ”), and (ii) any rights of the Ray Dolby Entities under the RMD Agreements related to the accounting and collection of the Accrued Royalties (for example, audit rights, if any) shall survive the termination of the RMD Agreements.

 

(c) Calculation of Accrued Royalties . To the extent royalties under the RMD Agreements are based on payments that the Company Entities receive from sublicensees, royalties based on such payments shall be considered included within the Accrued Royalties for purposes of Section 4.1(b) even if the Company Entities receive such sublicensee payments after the Effective Time, but only if and to the extent: (i) such payments that the Company Entities receive after the Effective Time are based on pre-Effective Time sales of sublicensed products, and (ii) the Ray Dolby Entities would otherwise be entitled to receive such royalties if such payments had instead been received by the Company Entities before the Effective Time.

 

4.2 RMD Employment Agreement. Upon the Effective Time: (a) the Employment Agreement between Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation, and RMD dated July 10, 1978, as amended (the “ Existing RMD Employment Agreement ”) shall terminate in its entirety, and no provisions of the Existing RMD Employment Agreement shall have any further force or effect (including any provisions referenced in the Existing RMD Employment Agreement as surviving termination), and (b) the employment agreement between RMD and DLI attached and incorporated into this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “ New RMD Employment Agreement ”) shall take effect.

 

-7-


4.3 Indemnification. The Company Entities shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the Ray Dolby Entities, their trustees, beneficiaries, partners, directors, officers, members, shareholders, employees, representatives, agents, and attorneys against any and all third-party claims, and any resultant losses, damage, costs, fees, and expenses awarded or incurred in a final judgment or in defense or settlement of such claims, to the extent the claims arise out of, relate to, or result from or in connection the Intellectual Property Rights assigned and transferred by the Ray Dolby Entities to the Holding Entities under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the practice by the Company Entities and their sublicensees of such rights; provided the Ray Dolby Entities: (a) promptly notify the Company Entities of any such claims (provided further, that any failure to provide such notice or to provide such notice promptly shall limit the Company Entities’ obligations under this Section 4.3 solely to the extent the Company Entities’ are actually prejudiced thereby), (b) give the Company sole control over the defense and settlement of the claim (provided that the counsel selected by the Company Entities shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing both the Company Entities and the Ray Dolby Entities in the defense or settlement of the claim, and provided further that in the event of a conflict of interest between any of the Company Entities and any of the Ray Dolby Entities, sole control of the defense and settlement of the claim against the Ray Dolby Entities shall be retained by the Ray Dolby Entities and the Ray Dolby Entities may engage independent attorneys of their choice to defend or settle such claim, such defense costs at the expense of the Company Entities), and (c) provide the Company Entities with all reasonable cooperation in the defense and settlement of the claim. In addition to the rights of the Ray Dolby Entities with respect to the choice of counsel under clause (b) above, the Ray Dolby Entities may additionally engage attorneys of their choice to assist in the defense and settlement of such claims, at the expense of the Company Entities, if the Ray Dolby Entities determine in their reasonable discretion that the Company Entities’ choice of counsel is not adequate to protect the Ray Dolby Entities’ interests. Further, the Company Entities shall have no obligations under this Section 4.3 for claims (or any resultant losses, damage, costs, fees, and expenses) that arise out of, relate to or result from a breach by the Ray Dolby Entities of their covenants, agreements, representations or warranties under this Agreement.

 

4.4 Release. Except as expressly provided in Section 4.1 and Section 4.3, each Party hereby releases and forever discharges the other Parties, their Affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns, and the respective directors, officers, members, shareholders, employees, representatives, agents, and attorneys of each of the foregoing against any claims arising out or, resulting from or otherwise available under the Existing RMD Agreements and RMD Employment Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V

 

PRE-EFFECTIVE COVENANTS OF RAY DOLBY ENTITIES

 

5.1 During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms or the Effective Time, the Ray Dolby Entities agree: (i) not to enter into any agreements, contracts, commitments or understandings relating to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by or filed in the name of the Ray Dolby Entities, including any assignments, transfers or outbound license agreements with respect to any such Intellectual Property Rights; (ii) not to take any action that may adversely affect the DL IPR or the

 

-8-


Ray Dolby Entities’ ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (iii) to promptly notify the Company Entities of any event or occurrence that may adversely affect the DL IPR or the Ray Dolby Entities’ ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6.1 Authorization and Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company Entities represent and warrant to the Ray Dolby Entities as set forth in Section 6.1(a), and the Ray Dolby Entities represent and warrant to the Company Entities as set forth in Section 6.1(b):

 

(a) Company Entities . All corporate action on the part of each of the Company Entities and their respective directors, officers and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been taken. The Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company Entities, shall constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company Entities, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Company Entities and the performance by the Company Entities of their obligations hereunder will not result in any material violation of, or materially conflict with, or constitute a material default under, the Company Entities’ charter documents or any of DLI’s or its subsidiaries’ material agreements, nor, to the Company Entities’ knowledge, result in the creation of any material mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of DLI or its subsidiaries.

 

(b) Ray Dolby Entities . If such Ray Dolby Entity is a corporation, partnership or trust, such Ray Dolby Entity has all requisite power and authority to enter into the Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. If such Ray Dolby Entity is an individual, such Ray Dolby Entity has the capacity to enter the Agreement and to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of the Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Ray Dolby Entity and no further action is required on the part of such Ray Dolby Entity to approve the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. The Agreement, when executed and delivered by such Ray Dolby Entity, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Ray Dolby Entity, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution and delivery of the Agreement by such Ray Dolby Entity and the performance by such Ray Dolby Entity of its obligations hereunder will not result in any material violation of, or materially conflict with, or constitute a material default under any of such Ray Dolby Entity’s charter document (if applicable) or any of such Ray Dolby Entity’s material agreements, nor, to such RMD’s knowledge, result in the creation of any material mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of such Ray Dolby Entity.

 

6.2 Additional Representation and Warranty of the Ray Dolby Entities. The Ray Dolby Entities represent and warrant to the Company Entities that the Ray Dolby Entities, to RMD’s knowledge, have not granted to any third parties, and have no obligation to grant to any third parties, any right, license or interest in any Intellectual Property Rights required to be assigned and transferred to the Holding Entities under this Agreement.

 

-9-


6.3 Warranty Disclaimer. WITHOUT LIMITING THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS ARTICLE VI, THE DL IPR AND ALL OTHER THINGS OR RIGHTS PROVIDED, SOLD, OR TRANSFERRED BETWEEN THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY, OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, ENFORCEABILITY, VALIDITY, MERCHANT-ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

 

IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Further Instruments and Assistance. Each Party, at the request of the other Party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules referenced or attached hereto and thereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and shall supersede all prior written and oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

8.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

8.4 Jurisdiction; Venue. With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts in San Francisco County in the State of California (or, in the event of exclusive federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of California).

 

-10-


8.5 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger addressed:

 

(a) if to a Ray Dolby Entity, at the Ray Dolby Entity’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company Entities’ records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, with a copy to Patrick McCabe and Paul Jahn, Morrison & Foerster, 425 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105 (facsimile: (415) 268-7522);

 

(b) if to a Company Entity, one copy should be sent to Dolby Laboratories, Inc., 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, CA 94103 (facsimile: (415) 863-1373), Attn: General Counsel, or at such other address as the Company Entity shall have furnished to the Purchasers, with a copy to Selwyn B. Goldberg and Thomas C. DeFilipps, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 (facsimile: (650) 493-6811).

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery.

 

8.6 Expenses .

 

(a) Expenses related to this Agreement . DLI shall pay its own fees, costs and expenses in connection with this Agreement and the transactions completed or contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses incurred in the negotiation of this Agreement and in obtaining advice and counseling associated therewith. DLI shall also pay 100% of the reasonable documented legal and governmental fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Ray Dolby Entities in connection with this Agreement and the transactions completed or contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, 100% of any fees, expenses and costs incurred in the negotiation of this Agreement and in obtaining advice and counseling associated therewith, associated with Section 3.2, or associated with tax or securities advice and analysis related to the transactions completed or contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b) Ray Dolby Entity Expenses in Connection with Registration Statement . The Parties agree that DLI shall pay 50% of the reasonable documented legal fees incurred by the Ray Dolby Entities associated in any way with DLI’s initial public offering or in connection with the sale of shares of capital stock of DLI by RDT and RDDILP under the Registration Statement; provided, however , the Ray Dolby Entities shall bear all underwriting discounts, selling discounts and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Ray Dolby Entities.

 

-11-


8.7 Counterparts . This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

8.8 Binding Effect . This Agreement, and the rights granted under this Agreement, shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors, heirs and assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. This Agreement may be enforced separately by each of the Company Entities and each of the Ray Dolby Entities.

 

8.9 Assignment and Transfer . Prior to the Effective Time, no Party may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Parties. After the Effective Time, any Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided , however , that the assigning Party shall remain liable to the other Parties for the performance of any obligations so assigned. Nothing in this Agreement limits any Party from transferring or otherwise disposing of any Intellectual Property Rights vesting in such Party under this Agreement.

 

8.10 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement or the exhibits or schedules attached hereto is determined by a nonappealable decision by a court, administrative agency or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to either Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.

 

8.11 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of either Party hereto in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty or agreement herein, nor shall any single or partial or waiver exercise of any such right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement or the exhibits and schedules attached hereto are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

 

8.12 Amendment and Termination . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by DLI and RMD ( provided, however , if the Effective Time has not occurred prior to June 30, 2005, RMD may terminate this Agreement at any time on behalf of all the Ray Dolby Entities by providing DLI written notice of his election to terminate the Agreement). Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each of the Parties and any permitted successors, assigns or transferees. Neither the foregoing nor anything else set forth herein shall in

 

-12-


any way limit the sale, transfer licensing or other exploitation of the DL IPR by the Company Entities.

 

8.13 Interpretation . The headings contained in this Agreement, in any exhibit or Schedule hereto and in the table of contents to this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Any capitalized term used in any exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an article, section, exhibit, or schedule, such reference shall be to an article or Section of, or an exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.

 

8.14 Construction . For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: (a) the singular number includes the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender includes the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine genders; (b) any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement; and (c) the words “include” and “including” and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

* * * * * * *

 

-13-


WHEREFORE, the parties have signed this Asset Contribution Agreement effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        
    N. W. Jasper, Jr.,
    President and Chief Executive Officer
DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING CORPORATION
a New York corporation
By:   /s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        
    N. W. Jasper, Jr.,
    President and Chief Executive Officer
RAY DOLBY
an individual
/s/    R AY D OLBY        

THE RAY DOLBY TRUST UNDER THE DOLBY FAMILY INSTRUMENT, DATED

MAY 7, 1999

By:   /s/    R AY D OLBY        
    Ray Dolby, Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE T O A SSET C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT ]

 


RAY AND DAGMAR DOLBY

INVESTMENTS, L.P.

a California Limited Partnership

By:   /s/    R AY D OLBY        
     

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE T O A SSET C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT ]

 


[Schedules 1.1(f) - 3.2(d)(iv) omitted]


 

Exhibit A

 

New RMD Employment Agreement

 

See Exhibit Number 10.17

 

Exhibit A

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

 

A. The name of the Corporation is Dolby Laboratories, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 1, 2004.

 

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (hereinafter, the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 


 

ARTICLE IV

 

1. Authorized Shares . This Corporation is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) and 500,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ,” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of any class or classes of stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote.

 

2. Recapitalization . Immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), and without further action, each outstanding share of the Corporation’s Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be reconstituted, immediately and automatically, as five (5) shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

3. Common Stock . A statement of the powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of each class of Common Stock is as follows:

 

(a) Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall at all times vote together as one class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(i) Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(ii) Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(b) Dividends . The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per-share basis, in such dividends and other distributions of cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation as may be declared by the Board of Directors from time to time with respect to the Common Stock out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however , that in the event that such dividend is paid in the form of shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall receive shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall receive shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, as the case may be.

 

(c) Liquidation . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Common

 

-2-


Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per-share basis, in all assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock.

 

(d) Subdivision or Combinations . If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of one class of Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other class of Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same manner.

 

(e) Equal Status . Except as expressly provided in this Article IV, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

(f) Conversion . The provisions of this Section 3(f) of Article IV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective as of the date that a registration statement regarding the sale of the Common Stock to the public is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ IPO Date ”).

 

(i) As used in this Section 3, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1) A “ Descendant ” shall mean a lineal descendant of a Class B Holder (including relationships by legal adoption) or the spouse of such lineal descendant or the Domestic Partner of such lineal descendant.

 

(2) A “ Domestic Partner ” shall mean a person with whom said lineal descendant has registered as a domestic partner, established a civil union, or created a substantially equivalent status under the laws of any country or a political subdivision of any country.

 

(3) A “ Class B Holder ” shall mean a holder of shares of Class B Common Stock immediately following the IPO Date, or the initial holder of shares of Class B Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of any stock option issued under the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, that is outstanding as of the IPO Date.

 

(4) A “ Class B Holder Controlled Entity ” shall mean a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or similar entity of which more than a majority of the voting stock, voting partnership interests, voting membership interests or similar voting interests are held directly or indirectly by one or more of (i) a Class B Holder, (ii) the spouse of a Class B Holder, (iii) a Descendant, (iv) a Class B Holder Trust or (v) a Class B Holder Charitable Organization.

 

(5) A “ Class B Holder Trust ” shall mean a trust (including a voting trust) for the benefit of one or more of (i) a Class B Holder, (ii) the spouse of a Class B Holder, (iii) a Descendant, or (iv) the parents of either a Descendant or the spouse of a Class B Holder; provided, however, that the beneficiaries of such trust may also include (x) individuals or entities entitled to specific cash distributions or specific items of property (other than Class B Common

 

-3-


Stock) and (y) one or more charitable organizations, contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate or gift tax purposes.

 

(6) A “ Class B Holder Charitable Organization ” shall mean a charitable organization established by one or more of (i) a Class B Holder, (ii) the spouse of a Class B Holder or (iii) a Descendant, contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate or gift tax purposes.

 

(7) A “Permitted Transferee ” shall mean (i) a Class B Holder; (ii) the spouse of a Class B Holder; (iii) a Descendant; (iv) the executer or administrator of the estate of a Class B Holder, the spouse of a Class B Holder or a Descendant (but solely in the context of executing or administering such estate); (v) a Class B Holder Trust; (vi) a Class B Holder Charitable Organization; or (vii) a Class B Holder Controlled Entity.

 

(8) “ Transfer ” shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, pledge, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

(ii) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time.

 

(iii) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the receipt by the Corporation of the affirmative vote at a duly noticed stockholders meeting (or a duly executed written consent) of the holders of a majority of the shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding in favor of the conversion of all of the shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

(iv) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the Transfer by a holder of such share of Class B Common Stock other than a Transfer to:

 

(1) a Permitted Transferee;

 

(2) a pledgee of such holder of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide pledge of such shares as collateral security for indebtedness due to the pledgee; provided , however , that such shares shall not be transferred to, registered in the name of, or voted by the pledgee and shall remain subject to this Section 3; and, provided, further , that in the event of foreclosure or other similar action by the pledgee, such pledged shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into shares of Class A Common Stock; or

 

(3) a nominee of such holder of shares of Class B Common Stock (without any change in beneficial ownership, as such term is defined under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended);

 

-4-


provided, however , that, notwithstanding clause (iv)(1) above, each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the Transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock in a “broker transaction” or a transaction directly with a “market maker,” (within the meaning of Rule 144 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended), or any similar open market transaction on any securities exchange, national quotation system or over-the-counter market.

 

(v) In the event that a Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not give rise to the automatic conversion of such shares into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to clause (iv) above, then any subsequent Transfer of such shares shall be subject to automatic conversion upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(vi) In the event of an automatic conversion of any shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to clause (iv) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of such shares occurred. Upon the time of any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease, and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

(vii) The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class common stock structure, including the issuance of separate stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of shares of Class B Common Stock, to determine whether a Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock will result in a conversion to shares of Class A Common Stock, and to otherwise confirm that a conversion to shares of Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock results in a conversion to shares of Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive.

 

(viii) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

(ix) If any shares of Class B Common Stock shall be converted pursuant to this Section 3, the shares so converted shall be retired and returned to the authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

(g) Mergers, Consolidation or Other Combination Transactions . In the event that the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, or the right to

 

-5-


receive cash or any other property, then, and in such event, the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to be exchanged for or converted into the same kind and amount of stock, securities, cash or any other property, as the case may be, into which or for which each share of the other class of Common Stock is exchanged or converted; provided, however , that if the stock or securities of the resulting entity issued upon such exchange or conversion of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction would represent at least a majority of the voting power of such resulting entity (without giving effect to any differences in the voting rights of the stock or securities of the resulting entity to be received by holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock), then the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock or securities of the resulting entity issuable upon such exchange or conversion that differ with respect to voting rights and conversion rights in a similar manner to which the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock differ under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as provided under subsections 3(a) and 3(f) above.

 

(h) Restrictions on Issuance . As of the IPO Date, the Corporation shall not issue or sell any shares of Class B Common Stock or any securities (including, without limitation, any rights, options, warrants or other securities) convertible or exercisable into shares of Class B Common Stock to any person; provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may issue and, if applicable, sell shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to:

 

(i) the exercise of any stock option issued under the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, that is outstanding as of the IPO Date; or

 

(ii) any stock splits, stock dividends, subdivisions, combinations, recapitalizations or similar transactions with respect to the Class B Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

1. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

 

2. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. The Corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the

 

-6-


Corporation. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation may not be amended, altered or repealed except in accordance with Article X of the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

 

3. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

4. As of the IPO Date, no stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

 

5. The number of directors that constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively in the manner designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as so amended.

 

2. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

3. Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-7-


 

ARTICLE IX

 

1. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE X

 

1. Advance notice of new business and stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

2. At all times subsequent to the first date that the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

3. Unless otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President or (iv) by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of the holders at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then

 

-8-


entitled to vote shall be required to amend or repeal Article IV, Section 3, Article X or this proviso of Article XI or to create an additional class or series of capital stock.

 

*****

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the undersigned officer a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on                               , 2005.

 

By:    
    N.W. Jasper, Jr.
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

-10-

Exhibit 4.1

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK   CLASS A COMMON STOCK
NUMBER       SHARES
    [DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. LOGO]    
       

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

    INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE   CUSIP 25659T 10 7

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

 

 

 

IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF

 

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE,

 

OF

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

 

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

[DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. SEAL]

 

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

        SECRETARY

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY    
    AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 


DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

The Corporation will furnish upon request and without charge to each stockholder the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each class of stock and series within a class of stock of the Corporation, as well as the qualifications, limitations and restrictions relating to those preferences and/or rights. A stockholder may make the request to the Corporation or to the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM       as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                    Custodian             
                         (Cust)                     (Minor)
TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties              under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                         Act                                          
JT TEN       as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common                                  (State)
               UNIF TRF MIN ACT                    Custodian (until age              )
                                              under Uniform Transfers
                             (Minor)
                         To Minors Act                                     
                                                                  (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
   
 

 

 


(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

 


 


 


 

Shares of the Class A Common Stock represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 


 


Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

DATED           X    
            X    
                NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST STRICTLY CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR AND WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:
BY    
    THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

 

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

   ________________________

Date of Grant

   ________________________

Vesting Commencement Date

   ________________________

Exercise Price per Share

   $ _______________________

Total Number of Shares Granted

   ________________________

Total Exercise Price

   $ _______________________

Type of Option:

   ¨ Incentive Stock Option
     ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:

   ________________________

 


Vesting Schedule :

 

Subject to Optionee’s continuing to be a Service Provider and other limitations set forth in the Plan and this Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Date of Vesting


 

Total Number of Shares Vested


 

Percent Vested


         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Termination Period :

 

This Option may be exercised for [                      ] after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised for [                      ] after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II. AGREEMENT

 

  A. Grant of Option.

 

The Administrator of the Plan hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the “Optionee”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 16(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

 

  B. Exercise of Option.

 

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

-2-


(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to [              ] of the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

 

  C. Method of Payment.

 

Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

 

1. cash;

 

2. check;

 

3. other Shares which meet the conditions established by the Administrator to avoid adverse accounting consequences (as determined by the Administrator); or

 

4. consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan.

 

  D. Non-Transferability of Option.

 

This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

  E. Term of Option.

 

This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

  F. Tax Consequences.

 

Some of the federal tax consequences relating to this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE

 

-3-


SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

  G. Exercising the Option .

 

1. Nonstatutory Stock Option . The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of a NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price. If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

2. Incentive Stock Option . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. In the event that the Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day following such change of status.

 

3. Disposition of Shares .

 

(a) NSO . If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

(b) ISO . If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for at least one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

 

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the

 

-4-


compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.

 

  H. Entire Agreement; Governing Law.

 

The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

  I. NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE.

 

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE:

     

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

             

Signature

     

By

             

Print Name

     

Title

             

Residence Address

       
             

 

-6-


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

2005 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

 

Attention: [              ]

 

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,              , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Option Agreement dated,              (the “Option Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $              , as required by the Option Agreement.

 

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares.

 

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

 

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

Submitted by:

     

Accepted by:

PURCHASER:

     

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

             

Signature

     

By

             

Print Name

     

Its

Address :

     

Address :

       

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

       

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

         
       

Date Received

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.7

 

D ESCRIPTION OF THE D OLBY A NNUAL I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

In order to provide incentive to exceed the Company’s projected profit and performance targets, the Company has adopted the Dolby Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan has two components: (1) a profit sharing component, which provides for payout only if the Company’s overall profit goals are met, and (2) a performance reward component, which provides for payout based on both the Company’s and the individual employee’s performance targets.

 

All employees, including the Company’s executive officers, are eligible for the profit sharing component. Only certain professional, management and executive employees of the Company, including the Company’s executive officers, are eligible for the performance reward component. The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors determines the specific performance targets for the Company’s executive officers on an annual basis, which are based upon various factors including level of responsibility, individual performance, contributions to the Company’s business and the Company’s general financial performance.

 

The awards under both components of the Plan are defined as a percentage of base salary. The percentage of base salary for the profit sharing award is the same for each employee. The percentage of base salary for the performance reward varies by position.

 

The Plan is not embodied in a formal written document. The Compensation Committee has authority to make changes to the Plan, prior to any payout, and may terminate the Plan at any time.

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made, entered into, and effective as of January 1, 1992, by and between GTE LABORATORIES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 40 Sylvan Road, Waltham, Massachusetts 02254, (hereinafter referred to as “GTEL”), and DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING CORPORATION, a New York corporation, having a place of business at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103-4813 (hereinafter referred to as “LICENSEE”).

 

WHEREAS, GTEL is the owner of the patents and patent applications listed in Schedule A and has the right to grant licenses thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, LICENSEE desires to obtain, and GTEL is willing to grant, a license under the terms and conditions of this Agreement to practice the inventions covered by such patents and patent applications;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the covenants and promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Agreement the following definitions shall apply:

 

A. “Licensed Patents” shall mean the patents and patent applications listed in Schedule A attached hereto and made a part

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

hereof; any divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, and substitutes of or for such patent applications; any patents issuing on such patent applications; any reissues, reexaminations, and extensions thereof; and any patent in another country equivalent to any of such patents.

 

B. “Licensed Product” shall mean any product that comes within the scope of any unexpired claim of any of the Licensed Patents.

 

C. “Professional Licensed Product” shall mean a Licensed Product manufactured by LICENSEE or an Affiliated Company of LICENSEE.

 

D. “Consumer Licensed Product” shall mean a Licensed Product manufactured by a sublicensee for use as a home entertainment audio and/or video product.

 

E. “Channel” shall mean, with respect to a Licensed Product, a single signal processing unit for processing a signal on a single track.

 

F. “ASET” shall mean an adaptive subbands excited transform algorithm for digital compression of voice signals to rates below standard telephony rates (currently accepted as 64 kbps).

 

G. “Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation, company, partnership, or other entity more than fifty percent (50%) of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are at any time during the term of this Agreement owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation, company,

 

-2-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

partnership, or other entity, which has management control, or the right by contract to participate in management control, thereof.

 

H. “Affiliated Companies of GTEL” shall mean GTE Corporation and all Subsidiaries thereof, including Subsidiaries of Subsidiaries.

 

I. “Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE” shall mean Dolby Laboratories Inc. and all Subsidiaries thereof, including Subsidiaries of Subsidiaries.

 

J. “Effective Date” shall mean the date first written above.

 

K. “Calendar Quarter” shall mean a period of three (3) consecutive months commencing with January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.

 

L. “Calendar Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive months commencing on January 1 of such year.

 

ARTICLE II

 

LICENSE GRANTS

 

A. GTEL hereby grants and agrees to grant to LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE, and LICENSEE accepts and agrees to accept from GTEL, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, nonexclusive (except as provided in Paragraph B of this Article), worldwide, royalty-bearing, nonassignable, and nonsublicensable (except as is permitted under Paragraph C of this Article) rights and licenses under the Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of Licensed Products during the term of this Agreement.

 

-3-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

B. GTEL will not grant a license to an existing or prospective sublicensee of LICENSEE under the Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of Consumer Licensed Products; provided, however, this commitment by GTEL not to grant a license to another licensee shall not apply: (i) when the license to another licensee includes licenses under both technology and patents generally known as ASET; (ii) when the license to another licensee is a cross-license that includes patents on technologies in one or more relatively broad technical fields including that encompassed by the Licensed Patents; or (iii) to any activities of GTEL or any Affiliated Company of GTEL including, but not limited to, making, having made, selling, renting, leasing, or otherwise disposing of any telecommunications, cellular and other mobile communications, or satellite communications product or service.

 

C. LICENSEE shall have the right to grant sublicenses under and within the scope of this Agreement as part of the normal licensing activities of LICENSEE. Such sublicenses shall be generally consistent with the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1. LICENSEE shall notify GTEL of any such sublicense agreement in the next royalty report after the signing thereof. Any sublicense hereunder shall be subject to all of the terms of this Agreement except that a sublicensee shall not be permitted to grant further sublicenses under this Paragraph. LICENSEE shall be and remain responsible for the performance of LICENSEE’S sublicensees hereunder including making payments to GTEL of all royalties and submitting to GTEL royalty reports as are required herein.

 

-4-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

D. The licenses granted hereunder shall extend to customers of LICENSEE, Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE, or sublicensees only to the extent that LICENSEE has paid royalties hereunder with respect to the Licensed Products sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of to such customers.

 

ARTICLE III

 

ROYALTIES, REPORTS, AND PAYMENTS

 

A. In consideration of the rights and licenses granted herein by GTEL, LICENSEE shall pay to GTEL, as an initial payment, the nonrefundable sum of Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00). Such initial payment shall be in addition to, and separate from, any other payments between the parties and shall be due and payable upon the signing of this Agreement.

 

B. As additional consideration for the rights and licenses granted herein by GTEL, LICENSEE shall pay to GTEL, during the term of this Agreement:

 

(1) A royalty of [***] per Channel with respect to each Licensed Product made, made for, used, sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE or any Affiliated Company of LICENSEE; and

 

(2) [***] of the revenue received or receivable by LICENSEE with respect to any sublicense granted hereunder sublicensing one or more of the Licensed Patents.

 

C. In the event that the royalty due for any Calendar Year during the term of this Agreement calculated in accordance with the

 

***Confidential treatment requested pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-5-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

preceding Paragraph B of this Article is less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) (hereinafter called the “Minimum Royalty”), LICENSEE shall pay with respect to such Calendar Year an amount equal to the Minimum Royalty. Such Minimum Royalty shall be in lieu of any expressed or implied duty to exploit the Licensed Products that may otherwise be imposed on LICENSEE.

 

D. LICENSEE shall make and deliver to GTEL written quarterly royalty reports within thirty (30) days after the end of each Calendar Quarter during the term of this Agreement stating in each such royalty report: (i) the number and description, including the number of Channels, of Licensed Products used, sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE during the preceding Calendar Quarter upon which royalties are payable as provided in this Agreement; and (ii) the total revenue received from each sublicensee hereunder and the calculation of the proportionate share of such revenue payable to GTEL.

 

(1) The first such royalty report shall be due after the first full Calendar Quarter after the Effective Date hereof and shall include all such Licensed Products used, sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE prior to the date of such royalty report.

 

(2) For the purposes of this Paragraph, a Licensed Product shall be considered used, sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of when such Licensed Product is transferred and/or billed to a customer of LICENSEE or of an Affiliated Company of LICENSEE,

 

-6-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

or placed in use by LICENSEE or an Affiliated Company of LICENSEE under circumstances intended to derive revenue from such use.

 

(3) If the total royalty for the four Calendar Quarters for any Calendar Year commending) with the Calendar Year 1992 is less that the Minimum Royalty for that Calendar Year, LICENSEE shall calculate the royalty due for the fourth Calendar Quarter of such Calendar Year by subtracting from the Minimum Royalty the total royalty previously paid in the first three Calendar Quarters of such Calendar Year. The remaining amount after such subtraction shall be the total royalty due for such fourth Calendar Quarter.

 

E. LICENSEE shall also make and deliver to GTEL a written final royalty report within thirty (30) days after the date of any termination of this Agreement, stating in such final royalty report: (i) the number of and description, including the number of Channels, of all Licensed Products made, made for, used, sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE and all Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE and upon which royalties are payable hereunder but which were not previously reported to GTEL; and (ii) the total revenue receivable by LICENSEE from each sublicensee) hereunder with respect to all Calendar Quarters, or any portion of a Calendar Quarter, prior to such termination and the calculation of the proportionate share of such revenue payable to GTEL. LICENSEE shall submit a supplemental final royalty report not later than six (6) months after the date the final royalty is due reporting all additional revenue reported or required to be reported and paid by all sublicensees (whether or not such

 

-7-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

additional revenue has been actually received by LICENSEE) hereunder with respect to all Calendar Quarters, or any portion of a Calendar Quarter, prior to such termination.

 

F. Simultaneously with the delivery to GTEL of each royalty report hereunder, including the final royalty report and supplemental final royalty report, LICENSEE shall pay to GTEL, in the currency of the United States of America, the royalties due and reportable for the period covered by such royalty report. Such payment shall be by a check drawn on a United States bank unless GTEL gives written permission for or requests another form of payment. If no royalties are due, LICENSEE shall submit to GTEL a royalty report to that effect. Each royalty report submitted hereunder shall be certified as accurate by an officer or authorized representative of LICENSEE.

 

G. LICENSEE shall pay to GTEL interest at an annual rate two percent (2%) greater than the current rate on six-month Treasury Bills issued by the United States Government from the due date to the date of payment upon any and all amounts of royalty that are overdue and payable hereunder. Any fraction of a month shall be considered as a whole month for the purpose of calculating the interest due.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

KEEPING AND AUDITING OF RECORDS

 

A. LICENSEE shall keep accurate records, and shall cause Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE to keep accurate records, showing the manufacture, manufacture for, use, sale, lease, rental, or

 

-8-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

other disposition of Licensed Products under the rights and licenses granted herein, and revenue derived from and reported by sublicensees hereunder, in sufficient detail to enable the royalties payable by LICENSEE hereunder to be determined. LICENSEE shall permit its books and records, and the books and records of Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE, to be examined from time to time to the extent necessary to verify the royalty reports submitted to GTEL by LICENSEE. Such examinations shall be at the option and expense of GTEL by any auditor appointed by GTEL and acceptable to LICENSEE or, at the option and expense of LICENSEE, by a certified public accountant appointed by GTEL.

 

B. LICENSEE shall inform GTEL promptly after the execution of this Agreement as to the specific nomenclature and type designations under which LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of Licensed Products under the rights and licenses granted herein, and further shall inform GTEL of any change or new designations which may thereafter be made or adopted for Licensed Products. In rendering invoices or bills for Licensed Products sold under the rights and licenses granted herein, LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE shall invariably use the nomenclature and type designations so furnished to GTEL.

 

ARTICLE V

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

A. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date hereof and shall end, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof, upon the expiration of the last of the Licensed Patents to expire.

 

-9-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

B. If all of the claims of a Licensed Patent are held invalid by a court or similar agency of competent jurisdiction in a legal proceeding from which no appeal or further appeal can be or is taken by GTEL, or if all of the claims of a Licensed Patent are finally rejected by the United States Patent and Trademark Office in a reexamination or reissue proceeding or a similar or equivalent proceeding in another country from which no appeal or further appeal can be or is taken by GTEL, or if a Licensed Patent is revoked in an opposition proceeding from which no appeal or further appeal can be or is taken by GTEL, the right and license granted hereunder with respect to such Licensed Patent shall terminate.

 

C. If subsequent to the date of execution of this Agreement LICENSEE or an Affiliated Company of LICENSEE asserts the invalidity of any claim of a Licensed Patent, and if such assertion of invalidity is coupled with or followed by: (i) withholding, notice of intention to withhold, or denial of obligation to pay royalties otherwise payable under this Agreement; or (ii) initiation of, or participation in, a suit challenging or denying the validity or infringement of such claim; then GTEL may, at its option, conclusively presume that such assertion of invalidity constitutes, as of the earliest date of such withholding, notice of intention to withhold, denial of obligation to pay, or initiation of or participation in a suit, LICENSEE’S termination of this Agreement or of

 

-10-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

the right and license to LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE with respect to such claim.

 

D. If LICENSEE shall at any time default in the payment of any royalty or the making of any report hereunder, or shall commit any material breach of any covenant contained herein, or shall make any materially false report and shall fail to remedy any such default, material breach, or report within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof by GTEL, GTEL may, at its option, terminate this Agreement and the rights and licenses granted herein by giving written notice of such termination to LICENSEE.

 

E. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, and before it has completed its obligations under this Agreement, a party to this Agreement files a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization under any law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or enters into any compromise with its creditors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver is appointed for such party, or if a party avails itself of any other statutory right for relief from its creditors, or if a party begins any proceeding for the liquidation or closing of its business or for the termination of its corporate charter, the other party may, by giving written notice, forthwith terminate this Agreement and the rights and licenses granted herein.

 

F. The following rights and obligations survive any termination of this Agreement to the degree necessary to permit complete fulfillment or discharge thereof:

 

(1) LICENSEE’S obligation to supply a final royalty report and supplemental final royalty report as provided in this Agreement;

 

-11-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

(2) GTEL’s right to receive or recover, and LICENSEE’S obligation to pay, royalties accrued or accruable for payment at the time of such termination;

 

(3) The obligation of LICENSEE and Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE to maintain records and GTEL’s right to conduct a final audit as provided in this Agreement;

 

(4) Licenses to use, or to continue to use, Licensed Products with respect to which LICENSEE has paid to GTEL royalties as provided in this Agreement;

 

(5) Any cause of action or claim of either party accrued, or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party; and

 

(6) The provisions of Article VI.

 

G. Upon termination of this Agreement, except for termination under Paragraph A of this Article upon the expiration of the last of the Licensed Patents to expire, and except as is expressly provided in Paragraph F of this Article, the rights and licenses under unexpired Licensed Patents shall forthwith terminate. In the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason, neither LICENSEE nor any Affiliated Company of LICENSEE shall be entitled to a refund of any royalties previously paid.

 

-12-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

H. Subject to Paragraph F of this Article, LICENSEE’S obligation to pay royalties shall terminate with respect to a Licensed Patent upon the expiration of such Licensed Patent.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

WARRANTIES

 

A. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants that it has the right to enter into this Agreement and to fulfill its obligations hereunder. GTEL further represents and warrants that it owns the Licensed Patents or otherwise has the right to grant the rights and licenses granted by this Agreement and that it has had no notice as of the Effective Date of any legal proceedings pending or instituted concerning the validity of any of the Licensed Patents.

 

B. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

(1) Restricting the right of LICENSEE or any Affiliated Company of LICENSEE to make, have made, use, sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of any particular product or products not herein licensed;

 

(2) An admission by LICENSEE or an Affiliated Company of LICENSEE of, or a warranty or representation by GTEL, as to the validity and/or scope of any of the Licensed Patents;

 

(3) Conferring any license or other right with respect to any trademark, service mark, trade or brand name, the corporate name of GTEL or of an Affiliated Company of GTEL, the GTE name or logo, any other name or mark, or any contraction, abbreviation, or simulation of the foregoing;

 

-13-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

(4) Conferring a right to use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise any trademark or trade name of GTEL or of an Affiliated Company of GTEL;

 

(5) A warranty or representation that anything made, made for, used, sold, leased, rented, or otherwise disposed of under any right or license granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of any intellectual property right of any third party including any patent, copyright registration, mask work registration, or trademark registration issued or to be issued by any country;

 

(6) A warranty or representation of the performance of Licensed Products, that Licensed Products or the use thereof will achieve any specific result, or that LICENSEE, Affiliated Companies of LICENSEE, or customers thereof will achieve any specific result through the practice of use of any invention disclosed or claimed in any of the Licensed Patents;

 

(7) Requiring either party to disclose to the other party any trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, know-how, technical information, inventions, or improvements now known to such party or hereafter conceived, developed, or acquired by such party;

 

(8) A requirement that GTEL file any patent application, obtain any patent, or maintain any patent in force;

 

(9) Precluding the export or sale for export from any country of Licensed Products on which royalties shall have been paid as provided herein; or

 

-14-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

(10) Granting by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license or right under any patent of GTEL, or of an Affiliated Company of GTEL, other than the Licensed Patents.

 

C. In the event that LICENSEE identifies any alleged potential or actual infringement of a Licensed Patent, LICENSEE shall notify GTEL of such potential or actual infringement and the parties shall confer on what, if any, action will be taken with respect thereto. Such conferring by the parties shall include due consideration of LICENSEE’S obligation to sublicensees in accordance with Exhibit 1, responsibility for costs of any such action, and credit for any recovery of damages from an infringer; provided, however, nothing herein shall be interpreted as requiring GTEL to institute any suit or action or as authorizing LICENSEE or any Affiliated Company of LICENSEE to institute any suit or action in the name of GTEL without the written permission of GTEL.

 

D. Neither party shall be liable to the other party for:

 

(1) Any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, including loss of profits, arising from or related to the performance or nonperformance of this Agreement including, without limitation, damages arising from loss of revenue or profits, failure to realize savings or other benefits, damage to equipment, or claims against either party by any third party even if the other party has been advised of the possibility of such damages;

 

(2) Damages (regardless of their nature) for any delay or failure by either party to perform any obligation under this Agreement due to any cause beyond the reasonable control of such party.

 

-15-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

A. This Agreement and the relationships between the parties shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof, except that questions affecting the construction and effect of any patent shall be determined by the Patent Laws of the United States of America or the patent laws of the country that issued the patent as the case may be.

 

B. Neither LICENSEE nor any Affiliated Company of LICENSEE shall, without the prior written consent of GTEL, assign or transfer this Agreement nor any of the responsibilities, duties, or rights hereunder to any institution, individual, firm, corporation, or association.

 

C. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

D. Any notice under this License Agreement shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given when, if given to GTEL, it is addressed to the Director of Finance and Administration, GTE Laboratories Incorporated, 40 Sylvan Road, Waltham, Massachusetts 02254, and, if given to LICENSEE, it is addressed to the President, Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103-4813 and in each case sent by

 

-16-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

certified mail. The date of mailing shall be deemed to be the date on which such notice has been given, provided notice by telex, facsimile, or equivalent transmittal is sent simultaneously therewith. Otherwise such notice shall be deemed as given as of the date of receipt by the addressee thereof. Each party shall give prompt written notice to the other party of any change in its address or corporate name and, after notice of any change has been given, any notice to such party by the other party shall be addressed in accordance with that change.

 

E. The rights and remedies reserved in this Agreement by a party upon breach by the other party are cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in equity or at law. Waiver by either party of any breach of, or failure to comply by, the other party with a provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of such provision, or a waiver of any other breach or failure to comply with any other provision of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect unless such unenforceable provision shall materially affect the essence of the Agreement and the party benefiting from said unenforceable provision does not waive its rights to benefit therefrom.

 

F. The headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms and provisions hereof.

 

-17-


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

G. This Agreement and all of the provisions and covenants contained herein are subject to all laws, rules, and regulations of the Government of the United States of America which are or may be pertinent thereto.

 

H. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter of the Agreement and merges all prior discussions between them, and neither of the parties shall be bound by any conditions, definitions, warranties, or representations with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, other than as expressly provided in this Agreement or as duly set forth on or subsequent to the date hereof in writing and signed by a proper and duly authorized officer of the party to be bound thereby.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names by their duly authorized officers or representatives as of the Effective Date hereof.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING CORPORATION

     

GTE LABORATORIES INCORPORATED

By   /s/    E DUARD A. S CHUMMER               By   /s/    F RANK L. S TROUSE        

Name

  Eduard A. Schummer           Frank L. Strouse

Title

  Vice President           Director Financing and Administration

Date

 

2 April 1992

     

Date

 

3/27/92

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

1. U.S. Patents and Applications

 

Patent No.

   Issued

   Inventors

  

Title


4,790,016    12/6/88    B. Mazor
D. E. Veeneman
  

Adaptive Method and Apparatus for Coding Speech

4,914,701    4/3/90    I. B. Zibman   

Method and Apparatus for Encoding Speech

Application No.

   Filed

   Inventors

  

Title


07/597,438    10/15/90    B. Mazor   

Dynamic Bit Allocation Subband Excited Transform Coding Method and Apparatus

2.      Canadian Patents and Applications
Patent No.

   Issued

   Inventors

  

Title


1,239,701    7/26/88    I. B. Zibman   

Method and Apparatus for Encoding speech

Application No.

   Filed

   Inventors

  

Title


519,978-6    10/7/86    B. Mazor
D. E. Veeneman
  

Adaptive Method and Apparatus for Coding Speech

(Docket 90-
3-827)
   10/9/91    B. Mazor   

Dynamic Bit Allocation Subband Excited Transform Coding Method and Apparatus

3.      European Applications
Application No.

   Filed

   Inventors

  

Title


86 900 480.4
(BE, DE, FR,
GB, IT)
   12/11/85
(PCT)
   I. B. Zibman
B. Mazor
D. E. Veeneman
  

Adaptive Method and Apparatus for Coding Speech

91 117 397.9
(BE, DE, FR,
GB, IT)
   11/10/91    B. Mazor   

Dynamic Bit Allocation Subband Excited Transform Coding Method and Apparatus

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

L3C

 

B-TYPE AND C-TYPE NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEMS LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

CONSUMER AUDIO HARDWARE

 

AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN            

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation

(hereinafter called “LICENSOR”)

of 100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, CA 94103-4813

     

and

     
          (hereinafter called “LICENSEE”)
     

of

     
             
             
SIGNATURES :              
On behalf of LICENSOR      

On behalf of LICENSEE

By            

By

     
Place            

Place

     
Date            

Date

     

 

In the presence of:

      In the presence of:
             

 

Effective Date of Agreement __________________________

      Initial Payment : $10,000

 

LOGO

 

Signal Processing and Noise

Reduction Systems

 

100 Potrero Avenue

San Francisco, California 94103-4813

Telephone 415-558-0200

Telex 34409

Facsimile 415-863-1373

 

346 Clapham Road

London SW9 9AP

Telephone 071-720-1111

Telex 919109

Facsimile 071-720-4118

 

Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

DOLBY B-TYPE AND C-TYPE NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEMS LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

CONSUMER AUDIO HARDWARE

 

INDEX

 

     Preamble
I.    DEFINITIONS: 1.01 B-type and C-type Specifications; 1.02 Licensed Device; 1.03 Improvements; 1.04 Licensed Product; 1.05 Know-How; 1.06 The Market; 1.07 Patent Rights; 1.08 LICENSOR; 1.09 LICENSEE; 1.10 The Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo; 1.11 LICENSEE’S Trade Name and Trademarks; 1.12 Other Trademark Purchaser; 1.13 The “Effective Date”
II.    LICENSES GRANTED: 2.01 Licenses Granted to LICENSEE; 2.02 Limitation of Licenses Granted; 2.03 Furnishing of Know-How, 2.04 Patent Markings; 2,05 Use of Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo; 2.06 Acknowledgment of License; 2.07 Other-Trademark Purchasers; 2.08 Improvements; 2.09 Improvements Pool; 2.10 Confidential Information
III.    PAYMENTS: 3.01 Initial Payment; 3.02 Royalties: 3.03 Manufacture of Licensed Products by Another Licensee; 3.04 Royalty Applicability; 3.05 Royalty Payments and Statements; 3.06 Reduction of Royalties; 3.07 Sales by LICENSOR; 3.08 Revision of Terms
IV.    BOOKS, RECORDS AND RIGHT OF INSPECTION: 4.01 Books and Records; 4.02 Rights of Inspecting Books and Records
V.    STANDARDS OF MANUFACTURE AND QUALITY: 5.01 Standardization and Quality: 5.02 Right to Inspect Quality; 5.03 Method for Resolving Quality Disputes
VI.    PATENT AND TRADEMARK ENFORCEMENT: 6.01 Trademark Enforcement; 6.02 Patent Enforcement; 6.03 Non-Aggression
VII.    DURATION AND TERMINATION: 7.01 Expiration of Agreement; 7.02 Default, Bankruptcy, etc.; 7.03 LICENSEE’s Right to Complete Orders Taken; 7.04 Termination Without Prejudice
VIII.    STABILITY OF AGREEMENT: 8.01 Modification to be In Writing. No Waiver
IX.    LIMITATION OF RIGHTS AND AUTHORITY: 9.01 Limitation of Rights; 9.02 Limitation of Authority; 9.03 Public Announcements
X.    LIMITATION OF ASSIGNMENT BY LICENSEE
XI.    COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. EXPORT CONTROL REGULATIONS
XII.    ADDRESS OF PARTIES FOR ALL COMMUNICATIONS
XIII.    APPLICABLE LAW
XIV.    COMPLETE AGREEMENT
     Appendix A - Scheduled Patents
     Appendix B - B-type Dolby System
     Appendix C - C-type Dolby System

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

DOLBY B-TYPE AND C-TYPE NOISE REDUCTION SYSTEMS

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT - CONSUMER AUDIO HARDWARE

 

WHEREAS, LICENSOR Is engaged In the field of audio note reduction systems and has developed a noise reduction system useful for audio tape recording and playback, and for the transmission and reception of FM (Frequency Modulation) Broadcasts, hereinafter referred to as the “Dolby System”; and

 

WHEREAS, LICENSOR’S System has acquired a reputation for excellence and LICENSOR’S Trademarks have acquired a valuable goodwill; and

 

WHEREAS, LICENSOR has acquired and will acquire substantial “Know-How”. as hereinafter defined relating to the techniques of audio noise reduction; and

 

WHEREAS, LICENSOR represents and warrants that It has rights to grant licenses under certain patents and patent applications; and

 

WHEREAS, LICENSEE believes It can develop a substantial demand for LICENSOR’S System under a non-exclusive manufacturing and selling license using LICENSOR’S Trademarks, Know-How, patents, and patent applications:

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of one dollar ($1.00) each to the other in hand paid, and other good and valuable consideration and mutual promises of the performance of the undertakings herein, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01 - “B-type and C-type Specifications”

 

(1) “B-type Specifications” shall mean the specifications for the B-type Dolby System, comprising the claims and teachings of the Patent Rights and the B-type operating parameters as specified In Appendix B entitled “B-type Dolby System” and as produced by the circuit examples given therein.

 

(2) “C-type Specifications” shall mean the specifications for the C-type Dolby System, comprising the claims and teachings of the Patent Rights and the C-type operating parameters as specified in Appendix C entitled “C-type Dolby System” and as produced by the circuit examples given therein.

 

Section 1.02 - “Licensed Device” shall mean a noise reduction processor circuit having (1) B-type specifications, or (2) C-type specifications, or (3) non-simultaneous B-type and C-type specifications (by means of a switched operating mode), whether made in discrete component, integrated circuit, or other forms, such processor circuit being capable of encoding only (compressing) or decoding only (expanding) or of non-simultaneous encoding and decoding (by means of a switched operating mode) In one signal channel.

 

Section 1.03 - “Improvements” shall mean Improvements upon the Licensed Device which are made or acquired by either party, but only to the extent that such Improvements come within the scope of one or more claims In the Patent Rights.

 

Section 1.04 - “Licensed Product” shall mean a ready-to-use consumer (home entertainment) electronic audio product containing one or more Licensed Devices. Licensed Products shall be designed specifically for the home entertainment market but such products may be sold In other sectors of the audio equipment market which would find acceptable and use In unaltered form, any of the Licensed Products. Licensed Products may include tape decks (including video tape recorders—sound track), amplifiers, receivers, separate noise reduction units, and the like. Licensed Products may be designed to be integral with consumer (home entertainment) tape decks or FM tuning facilities or they may be designed for external connection to consumer (home entertainment) tape decks or FM tuners, in which case the Licensed Product may not contain more than two audio channels. The noise reduction portions of Licensed Products shall have noise reduction for consumer tape recording and FM radio reception as their exclusive purpose and function.

 

2


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

In order to prevent confusion in the industry or of the public, the following restrictions shall apply. Licensed Products shall be designed in such a way that the noise reduction portions thereof constitute or shall be used as parts of fully complementary noise reduction systems so that no overall effect on frequency response or signal dynamics occurs. In the above connection, Licensed Products may include products with noise reduction portions thereof which are designed only for the decoding of B-type and/or C-type prerecorded tapes or the decoding of FM Broadcasts encoded with the B-type characteristics but shall not Include any such products using Licensed Devices explicitly for creating special effects or for reducing noise in signal sources which are not B-type or C-type encoded. All advertising, publicity, descriptions, and Instructions relating to Licensed Products shall be done in a way which makes the above distinctions and purposes clear.

 

Licensed Products shall not be designed, presented or advertised in any way which contributes to confusion of the B-type consumer tape and FM noise reduction standard and the C-type consumer tape noise reduction standard with other standards which may be required for discs or other possible signal storage or transmission media.

 

The Licensed Products shall not be made, used, sold, or otherwise presented, in any way which might result In conflict with LICENSOR’s A-type professional noise reduction system. In this connection, unless otherwise from time to time agreed upon by the parties, the following restrictions shall apply. The Licensed Product shall not be designed for rack mounting nor shall their signal input and output circuits be of the balanced type. The Licensed Products shall, for line input and output connections and for tape recorder input and output connections, use only connectors known as RCA phono-type connectors and DIN consumer type connectors. The Licensed Products shall not be made with holes or fixtures for use with connectors other than those specified above or holes or fixtures for mounting line input and output transformers. The LICENSEE shall not make or offer for sale any accessory equipment or adaptors intended to adapt the Licensed Products for rack mounting, or for use with signal connectors other than those specified above, or for use with line input and output transformers. If the Licensed Product is a tape deck one or more of the following characteristics, at least one of which shaft be designed in a way which cannot readily be altered, shall be designed Into all Licensed Products:

 

(1) A maximum tape speed of seven and one-half (71/2) inches per second; or

 

(2) a reel diameter of nine (9) inches or less; or

 

3


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

(3) a track configuration which for mono or stereo signal, but not necessarily for quadraphonic signals, includes more than one program on the recording medium.

 

Section 1.05 - “Know-How” shall mean all proprietary information, trade secrets, skills, experience, recorded or unrecorded, accumulated by LICENSOR, from time to time prior to and during the term of this Agreement, relating to the Licensed Products and all designs, drawings, reports, memoranda, blue-prints, specifications and the like, prepared by LICENSOR, insofar as the same relate to, and are useful for, the development, design, manufacture, sale or use of Licensed Products.

 

Section 1.06 - “The Market” shall mean the home entertainment sector of the audio equipment market and other sectors of the audio equipment market which would find acceptable, and use in unaltered form, any of the Licensed Products,

 

Section 1.07 - “Patent Rights” shall mean the patents, patent applications, and Utility Models and design patents as specified In Appendix A entitled “The Scheduled Patents”, appended to and made a part of this Agreement, together with all such other patents covering Licensed Devices as LICENSOR may own or gain rights to license.

 

Section 1.08 - “LICENSOR” shall mean the said Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, and its successors and assigns.

 

Section 1.09 - “LICENSEE” shall mean the licensee as specified on the title page of this Agreement and any subsidiary thereof of whose ordinary voting shares more than 50% are held by the Licensee.

 

Section 1.10 - The “Licensed Trademark” shall mean the word “Dolby” or a combination of words containing the word “Dolby” other than the LICENSOR’s trade name “Dolby Laboratories”. The “Licensed Logo” shall mean the device [SYMBOL] which is also referred to as the “Double D” symbol.

 

Section 1.11 - “LICENSEE’s Trade Name and Trademarks” shall mean any trade name or trademark used and owned by the LICENSEE.

 

Section 1.12 - “Other-Trademark Purchaser” shall mean any customer of LICENSEE who, with LICENSEE’s knowledge, intends to resell, use or lease the Licensed Products under a trademark other than the LICENSEE’s Trade Name and Trademarks.

 

Section 1.13 - The “Effective Date” of this Agreement shall be the date of execution hereof, subject to governmental validation If required.

 

4


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

ARTICLE II

 

LICENSES GRANTED

 

Section 2.01 - Licenses Granted to LICENSEE

 

The LICENSOR hereby grants to the LICENSEE:

 

(1) A personal, non-transferable, indivisible and non-exclusive license throughout the world under the Patents Rights, subject to the payment of royalties as provided herein, to make or have made for it Licensed Products, and to use, lease and sell the same within the Market.

 

(2) A personal, non-transferable, indivisible and non-exclusive license throughout the world, without payment of any further royalties so long as the above-mentioned patent royalties are applicable, to use the Know-How, the Licensed Trademark, and Licensed Logo in connection with the design, manufacture, identification, advertising, offering for sale and sale of the Licensed Products within the Market.

 

The above licenses shall be granted as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if this Agreement shall require validation by any governmental organization, or otherwise, then such license shall be effective as of the date of validation thereof. Where such validation procedure Is necessary LICENSEE and LICENSOR shall collaborate to complete the validation procedure with all reasonable speed.

 

Section 2.02 - Limitation of Licenses Granted

 

(1) No license is granted under this Agreement with respect to Licensed Devices other than as integral parts of Licensed Products, nor is any license granted to make, use, lease, or sell Licensed Products outside the Market.

 

(2) No right to grant sublicenses is granted under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.03 - Furnishing of Know-How

 

Subject to any restrictions under the export control regulations of the United States or any other applicable restrictions, the LICENSOR will promptly after the execution of this Agreement or after governmental validation thereof, if required, furnish to the LICENSEE:

 

(1) copies of ail documents and things comprising the Know-How;

 

(2) when requested by LICENSEE, reasonable consultant services by LICENSOR’s staff regarding design considerations and general advice relating to the Licensed Products and the sale and use thereof, for all of which the LICENSEE will reimburse the LICENSOR for travel and reasonable per diem expenses.

 

5


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Section 2.04 - Patent Markings

 

If requested by the LICENSOR, the LICENSEE shall mark on an exposed surface, such as the bottom, of all Licensed Products made hereunder appropriate patent markings Identifying LICENSOR as owner of the pertinent patents and/or patent applications. The content, form, and language used In such markings shall be in accordance with the laws and practices of the country where such markings are used.

 

Section 2.05 - Use of Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo

 

Because of the complementary (encode - decode) nature of the Dolby System, the parties hereto are agreed that for avoidance of public confusion and for the ensurance of interchangeability of signal sources and equipment, standardization is essential in the manufacture and also the identification of signal sources and equipment utilizing the Dolby System. It is agreed that such standardization is not only in the interest of the parties hereto, but of other manufacturers of Dolby System equipment, of manufacturers of Dolby encoded recordings, of broadcasters of Dolby encoded signals, of the consumer electronics and recorded music industry in general, and of the consuming public. LICENSEE has the right to use the Licensed Trademark for the above identification purposes, in which case LICENSEE shall also optionally have the privilege of using the same for publicity and promotional purposes. The rights and obligations concerning the use of the Licensed Trademark shall be as follows:

 

(1) The LICENSEE shall have the right to mark the Licensed Product on the fascia or noise reduction system control panel thereof in at least one of the following ways:

 

(a) the mark “Dolby System” standing independently

 

(b) the marks “Dolby System” or “Dolby NR” on or near at least one of the switches, controls, or indicators.

 

The Licensed Trademark or the Licensed Logo may not be used on or In reference to any products other than Licensed Products. In no circumstances may the word Dolby be used alone or in any way which might imply generic identification of the noise reduction function with the word Dolby.

 

(2) In any descriptive, instructional, advertising, or promotional material or media relating to the Licensed Products, the Licensee shall have the right to use the Licensed Logo, the Licensed Trademark, and expressions which include the Licensed Trademark (e.g. “Dolby B-type NR circuit”, “Dolby C-type recording”, etc.) with reference to Licensed Products and their use. All such usages of the Licensed Trademark are subject to approval by the LICENSOR.

 

6


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

(3) The Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo may not be used in direct combination with other trade names, trademarks or symbols. Moreover, the trade names, trademarks, or symbols of one party may not be used in any way which may suggest that one party is a division, affiliate, or subsidiary of the other party or that the relationship between the two parties is anything other than licensor-licensee. Whenever the word “Dolby” is used, the letter D shaft be uppercase. The word “Dolby” shall be used only as an adjective referring to a noise reduction product or function, never as a noun or In any other usage which may contribute to a generic meaning thereof.

 

(4) The validity and exclusive ownership d the Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo by the LICENSOR are acknowledged by LICENSEE. The ownership of the Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo shall be indicated whenever used in any manner by LICENSEE as follows: “The word ‘Dolby’ is a trademark of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation”, “The ‘Double-D’ symbol Is a trademark of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation”, or “The word ‘Dolby’ and the ‘Double-D’ symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “On Licensed Products such words shall be used on an exposed surface, such as the bottom. Unless otherwise from time to time agreed between the parties such acknowledgment shall also be used on all descriptive, instructional, advertising, or promotional material in which the Licensed Trademark and/or the Licensed Logo are used. The LICENSEE agrees not to use the Licensed Trademark or the Licensed Logo in any way which might endanger the LICENSOR’S rights in and ownership of the Licensed Trademark or the Licensed Logo. LICENSEE further agrees that It will not file any application for registration of the Licensed Trademark or the Licensed Logo in any country and that it will not use or file any application for registration in any country of any mark, symbol or phrase, in any language, which Is similar to or confusing with the Licensed Trademark or Licensed Logo. The LICENSOR will advise the LICENSEE of the grant of registration of such trademarks and the parties will comply with all applicable laws and practices of the territories wherein such marks are used and/or registered relating to marking with notice of registration and the recording of LICENSEE as a registered or licensed user of such trademarks.

 

(5) The expense of obtaining and maintaining Licensed Trademark and Licensed Logo registrations shall be borne by LICENSOR. The expense of registering or recording the LICENSEE as a registered user or otherwise complying with the laws of any country pertaining to such registration or the recording of

 

7


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

trademark agreements shall be borne by LICENSEE. LICENSEE shall advise LICENSOR of all countries where Licensed Products are sold, leased, or used.

 

(6) (a) In connection win the above-mentioned identification purposes, the generic terms B-type noise reduction and C-type noise reduction should be used.

 

(b) Notwithstanding 2.05 (1a) and 2.05 (1b) above, the LICENSEE is referred to the Sections entitled “Trademark Usage” In the Licensee Information Manual referred to in Appendices B and C hereof for additional forms of acceptable trademark usage.

 

Section 2.06 - Acknowledgment of License

 

On all Licensed Products LICENSEE shall acknowledge that the Licensed Products are manufactured under license from LICENSOR. Unless otherwise from time to time agreed between the parties, one of the following notices shall be used by LICENSEE on an exposed surface, such as the bottom, of all Licensed Products: “Noise reduction system manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation”, “Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation”, or “Under license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.” One of such notices shall also be used in all instruction and servicing manuals unless such acknowledgment is clearly and unambiguously given in the course of any textual descriptions or explanations.

 

Section 2.07 - Other-Trademark Purchasers

 

To the extent only that technical standardization, equipment or signal source interchangeability, and product identification are affected, the following conditions shall apply if LICENSEE sells or leases Licensed Products on a mass basis to an Other-Trademark Purchaser who does not hold a license with terms and conditions substantially similar to this Agreement. LICENSEE shall inform LICENSOR of the name, place of business, trademarks, and trade names of the Other-Trademark Purchaser before such Other-Trademark Purchaser sells, leases, or uses Licensed Products. LICENSEE shall obtain agreement from such Other-Trademark Purchaser not to modify, install, use, lease, sell, provide written material for or about, advertise, or promote Licensed Products in any way which is in conflict with any provision of this Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the LICENSEE to inform the Other-Trademark Purchaser of the provisions of this Agreement, to notify such Other-Trademark Purchaser that the provisions of this Agreement shall be applicable, through LICENSEE, in the same way as if the Licensed Products were sold by LICENSEE under LICENSEE’S Trade Names and Trademarks, to ensure by all reasonable means that such provisions are

 

8


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

adhered to and, if requested by LICENSOR, to provide to the LICENSOR samples on a loan basis of the Other-Trademark Purchaser’s embodiment of the Licensed Products, as well as copies of such Other-Trademark Purchaser’s advertising, public announcements, literature, instruction manuals, and the like.

 

Section 2.08 - Improvements

 

If the LICENSOR has heretofore brought about or shall hereafter during the term of this Agreement bring about any improvements, including improvements brought about by LICENSOR’S vendors or subcontractors to which LICENSOR may become entitled, the LICENSOR shall promptly offer to disclose such improvements to the LICENSEE and if such improvements reasonably appear to be patentable, LICENSOR shall file patent applications thereon in the name and at the expense of the LICENSOR and such applications and any patents issuing thereon shall be included in the Patent Rights.

 

The LICENSEE agrees not to divulge to any third parties any information concerning such improvements or such patent application which has been disclosed to it by LICENSOR unless such information (a) was known to the LICENSEE prior to its receipt from the LICENSOR; (b) becomes known to the LICENSEE from sources other than directly or indirectly from LICENSOR; or (c) becomes a matter of public knowledge other than by breach of this Agreement by LICENSEE. The above obligations of the LICENSEE shall in any event cease three (3) years from the date on which such information has been acquired from the LICENSOR.

 

With the restriction that improvements shall specifically be defined as only those improvements which already come within the scope of one or more claims of the Patent Rights, end furthermore only those improvements which are directly useful for the making and use of Licensed Devices and Licensed Products which are the subject of this Agreement, if the LICENSEE has heretofore brought about or shall hereafter during the term of this Agreement bring about any improvements, including improvements brought about by LICENSEE’S vendors or subcontractors to which LICENSEE may become entitled, excepting improvements brought about by another licensee holding a B-type and C-type noise reduction systems license, the LICENSEE shall promptly offer to disclose such improvements to the LICENSOR in confidence and if such improvements reasonably appear to be patentable LICENSOR shall file and prosecute patent applications thereon in LICENSEE’S name, the expense of which shall be borne by the LICENSOR, for the securing and maintaining of patent protection in such countries of the world as agreed between LICENSOR and LICENSEE and such application and any patents issuing thereon shall be included in the Patent Rights.

 

9


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

If either LICENSOR or LICENSEE, as a first party. shall inform the other party that it has decided not to file such patent application in any country or shall fail, within sixty (60) days after written inquiry by the other party on the patent status of an improvement, to file such patent applications as specified above or to prosecute such pending applications under the above provisions, the other party shall have the right to do so at its own expense and the said first party shall promptly assign to said other party its entire right, title and interest in and to such patent applications. Said first party, on the other party’s request, shall sign or cause to be executed all lawful documents and perform all lawful acts to effectuate fully such assignments to the other party.

 

Section 2.09 - Improvements Pool

 

Within eighteen months of the disclosure by the LICENSEE to the LICENSOR of any improvement under the terms of 2.08 above or within twelve months of the commencement of production incorporating the improvements, whichever occurs first, LICENSOR shall receive from LICENSEE a non-exclusive, royalty-free license, together with the right to grant sublicenses to other licensees holding B-type and C-type noise reduction systems licenses, under each of said patent applications and any patents issuing thereon.

 

If the LICENSOR receives, from another B-type and C-type noise reduction systems licensee, a non-exclusive, royalty-free license, together with a right to grant sublicenses, of the type described above under patent applications and/or patents issuing thereon covering improvements. LICENSOR shall immediately inform LICENSEE of such improvements and shall include such patent applications and/or patents issuing thereon in the Patent Rights.

 

Section 2.10 - Confidential information

 

LICENSEE shall use all Know-How obtained heretofore or hereafter from LICENSOR for the sole purpose of manufacturing and selling Licensed Products under this Agreement, and shall not divulge such Know-How or any portion thereof to third parties, nor use in an unauthorized way nor divulge to third parties any confidential information or trade secrets acquired from the LICENSOR, unless said confidential information or trade secrets (a) were known to LICENSEE prior to its receipt of said information or trade secrets from LICENSOR; (b) becomes known to LICENSEE from sources other than either directly or indirectly from LICENSOR; (c) becomes a matter of public knowledge other than by breach of this Agreement by LICENSEE; or (d) must be disclosed by LICENSEE to its customers in order to allow said

 

10


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

customers to properly use Licensed Products acquired from LICENSEE. The above obligations of LICENSEE shall in any event cease three (3) years from the date on which such confidential information or trade secrets have been acquired from the LICENSOR.

 

LICENSOR hereby agrees that throughout the term of this Agreement it shall not divulge to third parties, nor use in an unauthorized way confidential information or trade secrets belonging to LICENSEE unless said confidential information or trade secrets (a) were known to LICENSOR prior to its receipt of said information or trade secrets from LICENSEE; (b) becomes known to LICENSOR from sources other than either directly or indirectly from LICENSEE; or (c) becomes a matter of public knowledge other than by breach of this Agreement by LICENSOR. The above obligations of LICENSOR shall in any event cease three (3) years from the date on which such confidential information or trade secrets have been acquired from the LICENSEE.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.01 - Initial Payment

 

LICENSEE shall promptly upon execution by both parties of this Agreement, or after governmental validation thereof, if required, pay LICENSOR the sum specified on the title page and shall pay all local fees, taxes, duties, or charges of any kind and shall not deduct them from the royalties due unless such deductions may be offset against LICENSOR’S own tax liabilities.

 

Section 3.02 - Royalties

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.05, the LICENSEE shall pay to the LICENSOR royalties on Licensed Devices manufactured by or for LICENSEE and incorporated in Licensed Products which are used, sold, leased, or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE, except for Licensed Devices incorporated in Licensed Products returned to LICENSEE by customers of LICENSEE on which a credit has been allowed by LICENSEE to said customers. The royalty payable shall be based on the number of Licensed Devices, hereinbefore defined, contained in Licensed Products, which are used, sold, leased or otherwise disposed of by LICENSEE in successive calendar quarters from the effective date hereof, according to the amount of royalty specified below:

 

Number of Licensed Devices
Disposed of in Quarter


  

Royalty Payable


Up to 10,000

  

50 cents per device

On those from 10,001 to 50,000

  

25 cents per device

On those form 50,001 to 250,000

  

10 cents per device

On those from 250,001 to 1,000,000

  

8.5 cents per device

On those above 1,000,000

  

7.5 cents per device

 

(a) The above royalties shall be reduced by 25% to reflect permanent incorporation of the “New Technology Incentive” into this Agreement.

 

11


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

(b) Each Licensed Device in a playback-only product shall count as three quarters of a Licensed Device for royalty calculation purposes.

 

(c) Each Licensed Device in a two-channel simultaneous encode/decode three-head tape recorder shall be counted as three-quarters of a Licensed Device for royalty calculation purposes.

 

In the first month of each calendar year the rate at which royalties are to be calculated for the succeeding year shall be adjusted to change in accordance with the change of the U.S. City Average Index of the U.S. Consumer Price Index released by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, of the U.S. Government, such adjustments to have the same proportion to the royalty amounts specified above as the said Consumer Price Index (base of 1957-59 = 100) for the month preceding each adjustment has to the said Consumer Price Index for the month of June 1971. LICENSOR will, during the first quarter of each calendar year, inform LICENSEE of the amount of adjustment to be made to royalties due in that year.

 

Section 3.03 - Manufacture of Licensed Products by Another Licensee

 

If LICENSEE purchases Licensed Products from or has Licensed Products made for it by another party holding a Licensed Product license then LICENSEE shall have no royalty obligation under this Agreement, but all other rights and obligations shall be the same as if such other licensee were a non-licensed subcontractor.

 

Section 3.04 - Royalty Applicability

 

A Licensed Product shall be considered sold under Section 3.02 when invoiced, or if not invoiced, delivered to another by LICENSEE or otherwise disposed of or put into use by the LICENSEE, except for consignment shipments, which will be considered sold when the payment for such shipments is agreed upon between LICENSEE and customer.

 

12


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Section 3.05 - Royalty Payments and Statements

 

Excepting Licensed Products manufactured for it by another licensee, the LICENSEE shall render statements and royalty payments as follows:

 

(1) The LICENSEE shall make quarterly statements on or before the 30th day of January. April, July and October of each year showing the quantity of each type of Licensed Product sold by LICENSEE during the preceding calendar quarter, the number of Licensed Devices in each type of Licensed Product; and the applicable royalties due.

 

(2) The LICENSEE shall accompany such statements with the payment in U.S. dollars of all sums due LICENSOR and shall pay all local fees, taxes, duties, or charges of any kind and shall not deduct them from the royalties due unless such deductions may be offset against LICENSOR’s own tax liabilities.

 

LICENSEE shall pay interest to LICENSOR upon any and ail amounts of payments that are at any time overdue and payable to LICENSOR at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date when such payments are due and payable as provided herein to the date of payment.

 

Section 3.06 - Reduction of Royalties

 

(1) Made or sold in country with patent

 

Subject to Section 7.02 royalties shall continue to be paid during the life of this Agreement at the rates specified above in Section 3.02 with respect to making, having made, using, leasing, or selling Licensed Products in each country of the world so long as the Patent Rights include any pending applications or any unexpired patents containing a claim covering the Licensed Devices in such countries where Licensed Products are either made, used, leased or sold.

 

(2) Made in country without patent, sold in country with patent

 

For Licensed Products which are made in a country in which no pending applications relating to Licensed Devices and no unexpired patent containing a claim not invalidated under Section 6.02 hereof covering Licensed Devices exists but which am used, leased, or sold in a country in which a pending application or an unexpired patent containing a claim covering the Licensed Devices exists, the royalty rate shall be at the rates corresponding to such latter country as specified in Section 3.02.

 

(3) Made and sold in country without patent

 

if a Licensed Product is made in the same country in which it is used, leased or sold and no pending applications relating to Licensed Devices and no unexpired patent containing a claim not invalidated under

 

13


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Section 6.02 hereof covering Licensed Devices exists in such country, royalties for the use of the Know-How, Licensed Trademark, and Licensed Logo shall be payable at one-half the rates specified in Section 3.02 relating to royalties arising in such country only. If a Scheduled Patent has ever existed in such country and so long as no such pending application and no such unexpired patent exists in such country, LICENSEE shall have the option to discontinue its license to use the Know-How, Licensed Trademark, and Licensed Logo in such country, and to notify LICENSOR in writing thereof.

 

(4) Made in country without patent, sold in country without patent

 

If a Licensed Product is made in a different country from that in which it is used, leased or sold and if no pending patent application relating to Licensed Devices and no unexpired patent containing a claim not invalidated under Section 6.02 hereof covering Licensed Devices exists in either such country, royalties for the use of the Know-How, Licensed Trademark, and Licensed Logo shall, except as modified by the provisions of Section 3.06 (2) above, be payable at one-half the rate specified in Section 3.02 relating to royalties arising in such countries only. If a Scheduled Patent has ever existed in such country and so long as no such pending patent application and no such unexpired patent exists in either such country, LICENSEE shall have the option to discontinue its license to use the Know-How. Licensed Trademark, and Licensed Logo in either such country, and to notify LICENSOR to writing thereof.

 

Section 3.07 - Sales by LICENSOR

 

If LICENSOR sells Licensed Devices on a non-exclusive basis to another party for use in the Market, it shall so notify LICENSEE and, if LICENSEE so requests, sell Licensed Devices to LICENSEE on terms and conditions no less favorable than those granted to such other party.

 

Section 3.08 - Revision of Terms

 

If LICENSOR hereafter grants to another party a license to make Licensed Products for sale in the Market at a royalty rate which is lower than that granted to LICENSEE, LICENSOR shall so notify LICENSEE, and LICENSOR, at its own option, either shall grant such lower royalty rate to LICENSEE on a retroactive basis to the date of such other license or shall inform LICENSEE of any special conditions related to such other license which justify said lower royalty rate. In the event LICENSEE believes that such special conditions are insufficient to make the present Agreement equitable to LICENSEE then LICENSEE may inform LICENSOR of its belief in writing and the reasons for such belief, whereupon the LICENSEE and LICENSOR shall bargain in good faith with the view toward revising this Agreement so as to make its terms reasonably equivalent to those granted to such other party. In the event LICENSEE and

 

14


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

LICENSOR cannot, within ninety (90) days after LICENSOR has received said written notice from LICENSEE, resolve this situation, then the parties hereto shall within thirty (30) days following the end of such ninety (90) day period submit in good faith the problem for resolution to a group of three disinterested persons, one chosen by LICENSEE, one chosen by LICENSOR and the third to be chosen jointly by the first two persons. The majority opinion of this group shall be binding upon the parties hereto. The expense of such submission shall be borne equally by the parties.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

BOOKS, RECORDS AND RIGHT OF INSPECTION

 

Section 4.01 - Books and Records

 

The LICENSEE shall keep complete books and records of all sales, leases, uses, returns, or other disposals by LICENSEE of Licensed Products.

 

Section 4.02 - Rights of Inspecting Books and Records

 

The LICENSOR shall have the right, through a professionally registered accountant at LICENSOR’S expense, to inspect, examine and make abstracts of the said books and records insofar as may be necessary to verify the accuracy of the same and of the statements provided for herein but such inspection and examination shall be made during business hours upon reasonable notice and not more often than once per calendar year.

 

LICENSOR agrees not to divulge to third parties any confidential information obtained from the books and records of LICENSEE as a result of such inspection unless such information (a) was known to LICENSOR prior to its acquisition by LICENSOR as a result of such inspection; (b) becomes known to LICENSOR from sources other than directly or indirectly from LICENSEE; or (c) becomes a matter of public knowledge other than by breach of this Agreement by LICENSOR.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STANDARDS OF MANUFACTURE AND QUALITY

 

Section 5.01 - Standardization and Quality

 

During the term of this Agreement LICENSEE shaft abide by the B-type and C-type Specifications hereto appended and as modified from time to time by LICENSOR or by LICENSEE with the written

 

15


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

approval of LICENSOR. LICENSEE shall abide by reasonable standards of quality. Such quality standards shall apply to Licensed Devices and to aspects of the Licensed Products not directly relating to the Licensed Devices but which nevertheless influence or reflect upon the quality or performance of the Licensed Devices, such as frequency response, distortion, hum level, and the like. The LICENSEE shall with respect to al Licensed Products conform to any reasonable quality standards requirements as specified by the LICENSOR within a period of ninety (90) days of such specification in writing.

 

Section 5.02 - Right to Inspect Quality

 

If requested by LICENSOR, LICENSEE shall provide LICENSOR with reasonable information concerning Licensed Products. Any such information which is not publicly available shall be used by the LICENSOR only for the purpose of advising the LICENSEE and for the purpose of determining whether the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the quality standards of the LICENSOR are being met. The LICENSEE will, upon request, provide on a loan basis to the LICENSOR a reasonable number of samples of Licensed Products for testing, together with instruction and service manuals. In the event that LICENSOR shall complain that any Licensed Product does not comply with LICENSOR’S quality standards, excepting newly specified standards falling within the ninety (90) day time limit of Section 5.01, it shall promptly so notify LICENSEE whereupon LICENSEE shall within ninety (90) days suspend the lease, sale or other disposal of the same until the matter is resolved, unless the procedures outlined in Section 5.03, below, have been initiated but not completed.

 

Section 5.03 - Method for Resolving Quality Disputes

 

If LICENSEE shall contest either the reasonableness of quality standard specified by LICENSOR in accordance with Section 5.01 or LICENSOR’s complaint with respect to the compliance of any Licensed Product with LICENSOR’s quality standards made in accordance with Section 5.02, then the quality standard or the accused Licensed Product shall be submitted jointly by LICENSOR and LICENSEE to a group of three qualified and disinterested persons, one chosen by LICENSEE, one chosen by LICENSOR, and a third to be chosen by the first two persons. The majority opinion of this group shall be binding upon the patties hereto. The expense of such examination shall be borne equally by the parties.

 

16


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

PATENT AND TRADEMARK ENFORCEMENT

 

Section 6.01 - Trademark Enforcement

 

The LICENSOR will use its best efforts at its own expense to terminate any infringement of the Licensed Trademark. The LICENSEE will cooperate with the LICENSOR and will furnish without charge, except out-of-pocket expenses, such evidence, documents and testimony as will be required therein.

 

Section 6.02 - Patent Enforcement

 

LICENSEE shall immediately inform the LICENSOR of any infringements, potential or actual, which may come to its attention, of the Patent Rights in the Market. It shall be the primary responsibility of LICENSOR at its own expense to terminate any infringements of any of the Patent Rights. In the event that, after being requested to take steps to terminate any case of alleged infringement, the LICENSOR shall have failed either to terminate same or to have brought suit to such end within a reasonable time, not to exceed six (6) months, after such request, or having brought suit shall have failed for an unreasonable time to vigorously prosecute the same, then and thereafter, the LICENSEE shall have the right at its own expense to take such steps, to bring such suit, or to prosecute a suit already brought. In any suit brought under this Section the prosecuting party shall have the right to join the other as a party thereto and the non-prosecuting party shall have the right to be represented at its own expense by counsel of its own choosing. The party prosecuting any such suit shall be entitled to control the same and to retain all monetary damages awarded therein.

 

Section 6.03 - Non-Aggression

 

Unless such agreement is not permitted under the law of any country, or by the precedence practice of the European Commission, LICENSEE shall not at any time, directly or indirectly, oppose the grant of, nor dispute the validity of, nor cooperate in any suit against any patent or claim included in the Patent Rights.

 

In good faith LICENSOR has provided LICENSEE the rights and privileges contained in this Agreement. However, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as (a) a warranty or representation by LICENSOR as to the validity or scope of any patent included in The Patent Rights; (b) a warranty or representation that any Licensed Product manufactured, used, leased, or sold and/or otherwise disposed of or put into use by LICENSEE will be free from infringement of patents of third

 

17


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

parties; or (c) an agreement to defend LICENSEE against actions or suits of any nature brought by any third parties.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 7.01 - Expiration of Agreement

 

Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06 and 7.02, all rights and obligations under this Agreement shall expire in each country upon the expiration date of the last-to-expire patent under the Scheduled Patents in such country. The Agreement shall expire in all countries of the world on the expiry date of the last of the Scheduled Patents to expire.

 

Section 7.02 - Default, Bankruptcy, etc.

 

This Agreement and license shall full cease and terminate and all rights hereby granted to LICENSEE shall revest in LICENSOR:

 

(1) At the option of either party in the event that the LICENSOR or the LICENSEE shall fail to comply with any of its obligations to be performed hereunder by giving sixty (60) days advance notice in writing of such termination to such other party, provided however, that if the party in default shall within the sixty (60) day period remedy the failure or default upon which such notice is based then such notice shall not become effective and this Agreement and License shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(2) Except as provided in Article X hereunder, automatically, in the event that (a) LICENSEE shall suffer or permit this Agreement and License to pass to any other person by operation of law; (b) any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Laws shall be instituted by or against the LICENSEE whether or not resulting in adjudication; or (c) any receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the assets of the LICENSEE under any provisions of the insolvency or Bankruptcy Laws of the LICENSEE’s country or state.

 

Section 7.03 - LICENSEE’s Right to Complete Orders Taken

 

After any termination of this License short of its full term other than because of LICENSEE’s default, the latter shall be entitled to fill orders for Licensed Products already received and to make or have made for it and to sell Licensed Products for which commitments to vendors have been made at the time of such termination, subject to payment of applicable royalties thereon.

 

18


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Section 7.04 - Termination Without Prejudice

 

Any termination of the License hereby granted shall be without prejudice as to any obligation of either party to the other accrued prior to or at such termination. Applicable royalties shall be payable under Article III with respect to sales of all Licensed Products which were manufactured or in the course of manufacture prior to such termination or for which LICENSEE had accepted orders prior to such termination.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

STABILITY OF AGREEMENT

 

Section 8.01 - Modification to be in Writing, No Waiver

 

No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed modified by any acts of LICENSOR, its agents or employees or by failure to object to any acts of LICENSEE which may be inconsistent herewith, or otherwise, except by a subsequent agreement in writing signed by both parties. No waiver of a breach committed by either in one instance shall constitute a waiver or a license to commit or continue breaches in other or like instances.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

LIMITATIONS OF RIGHTS AND AUTHORITY

 

Section 9.01 - Limitation of Rights

 

No right or title whatsoever in the Patent Rights, Know-How, Licensed Trademark, or Licensed Logo is granted by the LICENSOR to the LICENSEE or shall be taken or assumed by the LICENSEE except as is specifically laid down in this Agreement.

 

Section 9.02 - Limitation of Authority

 

Nether party shall in any respect whatsoever be taken to be the agent or representative of the other party and neither party shall have any authority to assume any obligation for or to commit the other party in anyway.

 

Section 9.03 - Public Announcements

 

Neither party shall at any time heretofore or hereafter publicly state or imply that the terms and conditions specified herein or that the relationships between LICENSOR and LICENSEE are in any way

 

19


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

different from those specifically laid down in this Agreement. If requested by one party, the other party shall promptly supply the first party with copies of all public statements and of all publicity and promotional material relating to this Agreement and to Licensed Products.

 

ARTICLE X

 

LIMITATION OF ASSIGNMENT BY LICENSEE

 

The rights, duties and privileges of LICENSEE hereunder shall not be transferred or assigned by it either in part or in whole without prior written consent of LICENSOR. However, LICENSEE shall have the right to transfer its rights, duties and privileges under this Agreement in connection with its merger and consolidation with another firm or the sale of to entire business to another person or firm, provided that such person or firm shall first have agreed with the LICENSOR to perform the transferring party’s obligations and duties hereunder.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. EXPORT CONTROL REGULATIONS

 

LICENSOR will endeavor to determine the United States Department of Commerce Export Administration Commodity Control List classification numbers of Licensed Products and technical data included in the Know-How and will advise LICENSEE of its determinations. LICENSOR will endeavor to obtain such license or other approval as may be required by the United States Government or any agency thereof for LICENSOR’S export to LICENSEE of technical data under this Agreement. LICENSEE will provide LICENSOR with necessary cooperation for obtaining such license or approval. If the export of such technical data to LICENSEE requires a written letter of assurance from LICENSEE, LICENSEE agrees to execute the same. LICENSEE agrees not to export any technical data acquired from LICENSOR under this Agreement, nor the direct product thereof, either directly or indirectly, to any country to which the United States Government or any agency thereof at the time of export requires (1) an export license or other government approval or (2) a written letter of assurance, without (a) first obtaining such license or approval or written letter of assurance or (b) first obtaining written approval for such export from LICENSOR. LICENSOR will provide LICENSEE with necessary cooperation for obtaining such license or approval.

 

20


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as requiring LICENSOR to export from the United States, directly or indirectly, any technical data or any commodities to any country to which the United States Government or any agency thereof at the time of export requires (1) an export license or other government approval or (2) a written latter of assurance, without first obtaining such license or approval or written letter of assurance.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

ADDRESS OF PARTIES FOR ALL COMMUNICATIONS

 

The addressee of the parties hereto, for all purposes specified in this Agreement shall be as stated on the title page of this Agreement. All notices provided for herein shall be directed to the respective parties by certified mail by the fastest available method to the said addresses; provided, however, that either party shall have the right to change its such address by so notifying the other party. Payments provided for in this Agreement shall be made by the fastest normal postal method.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

APPLICABLE LAW

 

This Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of such State. If this Agreement is translated, the English text shall be controlling.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

COMPLETE AGREEMENT

 

This agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations. No representations or warranties shall be deemed to have been made by either party in connection with this transaction unless expressly herein set forth.

 

Should any portion of this Agreement be declared null and void by operation of law, or otherwise, in any country, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of the said LICENSOR has signed this instrument in the presence of a witness and the said LICENSEE has caused the same to be executed by an officer duly authorized, in duplicate copies on the title page hereof.

 

21


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

January 1986

 

APPENDIX A - SCHEDULED PATENTS

 

The Scheduled Patents shall mean the following patents:

 

B-TYPE PATENTS

 

Country


 

Patent Number


 

Expiration Date


Argentina   202591   June 24, 1985
Australia   421,417   April 18, 1983
Australia   427,812   October 24, 1985
Austria   273,235   November 15, 1986
Austria   294,920   April 15, 1989
Belgium   712,376   August 11, 1986
Belgium   740,914   October 28, 1989
Bolivia   3605-B   October 20, 1985
Canada   824,223   September 30, 1986
Canada   896,741   March 28, 1989
Denmark   140270   May 29, 1987
Denmark   143150   October 31, 1989
France   14.89418   August 11, 1986
France   69.37702   November 3, 1989
Germany   14 87 276   August 11, 1984
Hong Kong   93/1971   July 25, 1982
Hong Kong   531/74   October 20, 1989
Italy   890,373   October 30, 1984
Japan   737974   August 11, 1986
Japan   736781   August 11, 1986
Japan   811620   August 11, 1986
Japan   839863   August 11, 1986
Japan   873216   November 1, 1989
Korea   18679   October 16, 1986
Korea   18676   October 16, 1986
Malaysia   201/74   October 20, 1989
Netherlands   147 297   September 1, 1986
Netherlands   163 078   October 31, 1989
Norway   127,166   October 31, 1986
Singapore   4/1971   July 25, 1982
Singapore   384/1974   October 20, 1989
South Africa   69/7364   October 20, 1985
Spain   430.984   April 21, 1986
Sweden   346,189   October 30, 1986
Switzerland   467,560   August 9, 1986
Switzerland   508,312   November 3, 1989
United Kingdom   1,120,541   July 25, 1982
United Kingdom   1,279,634   October 20, 1989
United States of America   3,846,719   November 5, 1991
United States of America   Re. 28,426   December 28, 1988

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

February 1990

 

APPENDIX B “B-TYPE DOLBY SYSTEM”

 

The B-type operating parameters referred to in Section 1.01 “B-type Specifications” are defined in the “General Information” volume of Licensee Information Manuals provided by Licensor.

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

March 1991

 

C-TYPE SCHEDULED PATENTS

 

All of the above B-type patients and, in addition, the following patents and applications:

 

C-TYPE PATENTS

 

Country


  

Patent Number


Australia    546,641
Australia    544,888
Australia    545,125
Austria    372,796
Austria    386,304
Austria    386,911
Belgium    889,426
Belgium    889,427
Belgium    889,428
Brazil    8.104.156
Brazil    8.104.157
Brazil    8.104.158
Canada    1,201,388
Canada    1,219,809
Canada    1,219,810
Denmark    156356
Finland    74368
Finland    76456
Finland    79428
France    81 12589
France    81 12590
France    81 12591
Germany    DE 31 25 789
Hong Kong    282/85
Hong Kong    283/85
Hong Kong    284/85
Italy    1,137,985
Italy    1,137,986
Italy    1,137,987
Korea    19113
Korea    19114
Korea    25295
Korea    25296
Malaya    1147/85
Malaya    1148/85
Malaya    1149/85
Norway    157 398
Norway    157 399
Norway    157 400
Singapore    42/85
Singapore    43/85
Singapore    45/85

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

March 1991

 

C-TYPE PATENTS (continued)

 

Country


  

Patent Number


South Africa    81/4423
South Africa    81/4429
South Africa    81/4433
Spain    503.493
Spain    503.496
Spain    503.497
Sweden    81 04061-0
Sweden    81 04062-8
Sweden    81 04063-6
Switzerland    654,703
Switzerland    660,653
Switzerland    662,684
Taiwan    17053
Taiwan    17054
Taiwan    17055
United Kingdom    2,079,112
United Kingdom    2,079,113
United Kingdom    2,079,114
United States of America    4,490,691

 

C-TYPE PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

Country


  

Patent Number


Denmark    2828/81
Denmark    2829/81
Germany    P 31 25 788.7
Germany    P 31 25 790.9
Japan    56-102188
Japan    56-102189
Japan    56-102190
Japan    62-270490
Japan    62-270491
Netherlands    81 03122
Netherlands    81 03123
Netherlands    81 03124
United States of America    642,943

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

 

March 1991

 

APPENDIX C “C-TYPE DOLBY SYSTEM”

 

The C-type operating parameters referred to in Section 1.01 “B-type and C-type Specifications” are defined in the “General Information” volume of Licensee Information Manuals provided by Licensor.

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

GTE920318

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT, effective October 1, 1992, to an Agreement between GTE LABORATORIES INCORPORATED (hereinafter referred to as “GTEL”) and DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING CORPORATION (hereinafter referred to as “LICENSEE”) which Agreement, date coded GTE920318, has an effective date of January 1, 1992.

 

The parties to the said Agreement further agree as follows:

 

  1. Add the following new paragraph to the end of Article I:

 

M. “Master Soundtrack Licensed Product shall mean a Licensed Product manufactured by a sublicensee that is used for the creation or the playback in movie theaters of a digital soundtrack for use in motion pictures.

 

  2. Amend Paragraph B of Article II by adding the words “or Master Soundtrack Licensed Products” after the words “Consumer Licensed Products.” Paragraph B, as amended, reads:

 

B. GTEL will not grant a license to an existing or prospective sublicensee of LICENSEE under the Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, sell, lease, rent, or otherwise dispose of Consumer Licensed Products or Master Soundtrack Licensed Products; provided, however, this commitment by GTEL not to grant a license to another licensee

 


CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.

 

shall not apply: (i) when the license to another licensee includes licenses under both technology and patents generally known as ASET, (ii) when the license to another licensee is a cross-license that includes patents on technologies in one or more relatively broad technical fields including that encompassed by the Licensed Patents; or (iii) to any activities of GTEL or any Affiliated Company of GTEL including, but not limited to, making, having made, selling, renting, leasing, or otherwise disposing of any telecommunications, cellular and other mobile communications, or satellite communications product or service.

 

  3. In all other respects the provisions of the said Agreement shall remain the same.

 

DOLBY LABORATORIES LICENSING CORPORATION

     

GTE LABORATORIES INCORPORATED

By   /s/    E D A. S CHUMMER               By   /s/    F RANK L. S TROUSE        

Name

  Ed A. Schummer           Frank L. Strouse

Title

  Title Vice President           Director Financing and Administration

Date

 

25 November 1992

     

Date

 

11/17/92

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

As a condition of my employment with Dolby Laboratories, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together the “Company”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by Company, I agree to the following, effective immediately prior to such time that the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 effective (“Effective Time”):

 

I. AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT

 

I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS FOR AN UNSPECIFIED DURATION AND CONSTITUTES “AT-WILL” EMPLOYMENT. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNAUTHORIZED AND NOT VALID UNLESS OBTAINED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE COMPANY. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT GOOD CAUSE OR FOR ANY OR NO CAUSE, AT THE OPTION EITHER OF THE COMPANY OR ME, WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE.

 

II. EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY RIGHTS & NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

 

I recognize that, as part of its business, it is important that the Company initiate, make and develop technological innovations and inventions, create copyrightable works, develop valuable information and trade secrets, and protect its legal rights in such matters. Therefore, in consideration of my employment by the Company, I hereby agree:

 

1. To maintain in strictest confidence, both during the term of my employment and thereafter, all confidential technical and business information, trade secrets, inventions and innovations and unpublished copyrightable works of the Company, its successors or assigns, and my co-workers, either learned or developed by me during the term of my employment; and

 

2. To promptly disclose and assign all rights to the Company, its successors or assigns, in any and all inventions or innovations that are conceived or first actually reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others, during my term of employment by the Company after the Effective Time; except that I need not assign to the Company title in any invention or innovation that either:

 

a. does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice (1) to the business of the Company or (2) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development (collectively, the “Business”), or


b. does not result from any work performed by me for the Company and was developed without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade-secret information, unless either (1) the invention relates at the time of conception or reduction to practice to the Business, or (2) full title in the United States to the invention is required by contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

 

I understand that all those disclosures of my inventions and innovations made to the Company under this paragraph for which I need not assign title to the Company shall be received in confidence by the Company.

 

3. That any inventions, products, processes, apparatus, designs, improvements, or business related suggestions and information conceived, discovered, made or developed by me, solely or jointly with others, after my termination of employment with the Company that includes or uses the firm’s trade secrets or confidential information shall belong to the Company and I agree to assign any and all rights in such items to the Company.

 

4. To promptly disclose to the Company all copyrightable works, including, but not limited to all computer programs and accessory materials, created by me, either alone or jointly with others, during my term of employment by the Company after the Effective Time resulting from work performed by me for the Company; and to assign to the Company, its successors and assigns, the entire copyright in any and all such works and to execute such instruments or transfer as the Company may require to perfect its proprietary interest in such copyrights under the Copyright Law of the United States or otherwise, except that I need not assign to the Company the copyright in any work for which no trade secret information of the Company was used which does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice (1) to the business of the Company or (2) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development.

 

5. To execute all documents which the firm may consider necessary to carry out this Agreement, including domestic and foreign patent applications prepared at the expense of the firm and formal assignments to the firm of all rights in such inventions and patent applications and the patents issued thereon together with all divisions, continuations, and reissues thereof, to submit to a reasonable and confidential review process under which the firm may determine any issues as may arise under this Agreement.

 

6. That any breaches of this Agreement pertaining to inventions and the like, confidential information, protected trade secrets and non-solicitation will cause the firm irreparable injury and damages in an amount difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, in addition to any other relief and damages to which the firm may be entitled, I agree that the Company shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief by any competent court.

 

7. I understand this Agreement does not apply to an invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code section 2870(a). That section provides:

 

Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the


employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either: (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

III. COMPANY COVENANTS

 

The Company agrees that I may use the Company’s equipment, supplies, and facilities to conduct research and development on my own behalf (“RMD R&D”) and that, if during my employment with the Company, I conceive or reduce to practice an invention that I need not assign to the Company under 2 above, including, without limitation, in the course of RMD R&D, all intellectual property rights in such invention shall belong to me and is not a work for hire and is not assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

IV. CONFLICT OF INTEREST POLICY

 

I agree to adhere to the Conflict of Interest Policy of Company as set forth in this Article IV; provided that it is understood that no conflict of interest exists based on (i) my performance of RMD R&D under Article III of this Agreement, (ii) any agreements in place between the Company and me as of the Effective Time, (iii) any lease arrangements between the Company and me that are contemplated by the Company and me as of the Effective Time and any modification or renewal thereof; and (iv) my use, registration, or renewal of any form of the name “Dolby” in accordance with Section 2.2(b) of the Asset Contribution Agreement entered into as of November 19, 2004.

 

Subject to the foregoing:

 

The Company expects me to avoid situations that create an actual or potential conflict between personal interests and those of the Company. A conflict of interest exists when my loyalties or actions are divided between the Company and a competitor, business partner, collaborator, manufacturer, supplier, licensee, or customer. If I am unsure whether a certain transaction, activity, or relationship constitutes a conflict of interest, I shall discuss it with a member of management for clarification. The President of the Company must approve any exceptions to this guideline. Some examples of the more common conflicts that I must avoid include, but are not limited to:

 

  Working for a competitor, supplier, licensee, or customer while employed by the Company

 

  Engaging in self-employment in competition with the Company or soliciting competitors or customers to participate in competing outside business relationships

 

  Using proprietary or confidential Company information for personal gain or to the Company’s detriment


  Having a direct financial interest in a competitor, customer, licensee, or supplier that is greater than a 10% percent ownership

 

  Committing the Company to give its financial or other support to any outside activity or organization without appropriate authorization

 

  Acquiring “Friends and Family” stock from licensees and/or other business partners

 

Acceptance of Gifts and Gift-Giving

 

Soliciting gifts, entertainment, favors, money, loans, credits, preferential discounts or services from competitors, customers, licensees, suppliers, or potential suppliers is expressly prohibited.

 

Accepting personal gifts or entertainment (such as another company’s stock, computer software, hardware) of significant value from competitors, customers, licensees, suppliers, or potential suppliers is also prohibited. It follows that accepting such gifts and reselling them for personal gain is expressly prohibited.

 

Acceptance of occasional personal gifts of nominal value (such as invitations to lunch, candy, food baskets, or flowers) from competitors, customers, licensees, suppliers, or potential suppliers is generally allowable. When it is deemed inappropriate to accept a gift, it should be declined graciously.

 

V. MISCELLANEOUS

 

1. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Company and I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the City and County of San Francisco, California for any lawsuit filed there against me by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement.

 

2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes as of the Effective Time all prior discussions, representations or agreements between us including, but not limited to, the Employment Agreement between Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and me dated July 10, 1978, as amended. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the President of the Company and me. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

 

3. Severability . If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

 

4. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.


Date: November 19, 2004

      /s/    R AY D OLBY        
       

Signature

       

RAY M. DOLBY

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

/s/    N. W. J ASPER , J R .        

 

Witness:
/s/    L ARA M. H OPWOOD        

Signature

Lara M. Hopwood

Name (typed or printed)

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our form of report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

San Francisco, California

December 29, 2004